Skylab 4 Voice Dump Transcription 5 of 13

Dump Tape 351-01
Time: 351:00:22 to 351:00:32

12/17/73
-- Page i of 2
351 O0 23 53 $PT SPT at 00:23. Handheld photos 153

and 146-1; the drought area in Aus-
trailia .... Gulf of Carpentaria.
351 00 24 48 SPT The one thing I certainly was looking

for is this - any of these observa-
tions was any water or any vegetation
there. And was fairly open skies.
The - i0 to 20 percent cloud cover.
There was only one location where I
saw any vegetation. And that was
right by the mouth of the river by
Parwin. It ran up the up back past
the mouth of the river up the - on
either side of the river bank. I
would estimate up to, say, Pine Creek.
Other than that I could see no signs
of vegetation. The land looked pretty
barren; in some spots it was just
plain open, Looked as though it had
been wind - wind eroded a fair amount.
I couldseeno - no smalllakes. It
was certainlya ratherdepressing
sight, knowing how much they are in
need of water in that location.
351 00 26 21 SPT I did get a photograph of the - one

particular area with a - where I did
mention previously where I did see
same vegetation and also a couple of
shots a little further inland as we
passed over. Nmmbers on those are
CX17, frame numbers ll0 to ll2. Okay,
moving onto another area of weather.
Opens cells, closed cells, the Bernard
type and waves. I thought I'd get an
illustration of these all in one
location, while we're out over the
ocean. These were taken on CXl7,
frame numbers ll3 to ll5.
351 00 27 19 SPT The Bernard cells, well, were on my

right, open, fairly classical pattern
in them. And the - as I scanned
w
f_ Dump Tape 351-01
Page 2 of 2
further to the left, they tended to

be more lined up in a linear fsshion
so that their - their sides all tend
to come together in a wave moving
east/west, white line east/west; that
is they were not hexagonally shaped,
if you will. They fitted among one
another, but gack - backed up right
beside one another, so that they're -
the further - furthermost and closest
side to me formed a linear line of
clouds. As you move further to the
left, we gradually moved into an
area of closed Bernard cells, very
classical again .... it's a combination
of the two in what appeared to be
essentially a uniform weather system.
It was kind of interesting.
351 00 28 37 SPT The wave which had drifted over the

open Bernard cells also were evident
to a small- to a lesserdegreeover
the closed.
351 00 28 46 SPT SPT out.
351 00 29 01 SPT Oh, SPT back in again. I should add

to that - this last observation of
the weather that for, I'd say, a
period of 500 miles or so that these
types of clouds had drifted open
and closed; and to some degree, some
stacking up of them, the manner I
Just described. Oh, I think what I -
what I got was probably - the photos
I got were probably the best illustra-
tions in the area.
351 00 29 28 SPT SPT out.
_D OF TAPE
I- Dump Tape 351-02
Time: 351:02:56 to 351:03:12 CaMT
12/17/73
Page 1 of h
351 02 55 39 CC For the SPT or the PLT, I've got a

question I'd like to ask you about
ILCA.
SPT ... Crip. Go, Crip.
351 02 56 Ol CC Okay, one of the things that's we've

been pordering day 3_7, about h
days ago ... - -
CDR Okay, this is the CDR on S019. It's

03:56 right now. We're in - our posi-
tion. I believe I have Aldeboran in
sight. It's very close to being in
the proper position. It is, at the
moment -
CC ... 39 degrees and we were wondering

if possibly ... - -
CDR On the reticle it is about two marks

up, and about five marks to the
left. I'm naw gonna put it - I
hope - on the left margin.
CC Okay, Ed, that makes - eases the

EGIL's to know why his temperature is
not what be anticipated. And did -
did - cleared up last night when you
cycled that circuit breaker and that
you did not have to cut off switches.
SPT ...
351 02 57 lh CDR Okay, the corrected angles are 27.7

ROTATION - -
CC - - ... did not have to turn the power

switches off to do that.
CDR - - and 22.82, TILT.
CC ...
CDR Now I'm going to the TILT and ROTATION for

SPICA.
Dump Tape 351-02
Page 2 of 4
CC ... very good. We're I minute from LOS.

We'll see you again at Tananarive in
about 1T minutes .... - -
CDR 164,1 and 20. _.
CC - - ..° And for ...... - Just as a

reminder, for the CDR we've got the
VTR to dump it, so it's not available
to you.
BS1 02 58 O_ CDR All right. Spica's way over to the

right. That's ab - right 6 and down
1. I'll try to work it back over to
where it belongs.
351 02 58 28 CDR All right. There's Spica. And

Spica's at 166.9 and 18._. All right,
I'm now going to the ROTATION and
TILT values for Kohoutek, which are
204.5 in ROTATION and in TILT, 22.8.
CDR All right, let's verify that again.

It's 20_.5 and 22.8. Watching for
Kohoutek. Got 20 seconds tll rise.
We're coming through the airglwo now, I
believe. This one will be a 270 widended,
If I can ever find Kohoutek. As yet,
I do not have it in sight. There it is.
It's - it's on the left line, but it's -
it was out about 6 points.
CDR Okay, it's where it belongs now. I'm

gonna start the exposure. Stand by -
351 03 00 35 CDR MARK. Starting a 270 widened and I

started it about 30 seconds late.
We're looking at counter frame number
23. I Just check and the film hatch
is indeed open. The corrected values
for ROTATION and TILT are 204.8 and
21.8.
CDR Okay, and I'm prepared to stop this

rascal early.
f-
Dump Tape 351-02

Page 3 of 4
CDR 40 percent has gone by and it's now

04:02 (sic).
351 03 02 00 CDR MARK.
CDR Coming up on 03:00 now; 03:03. Stand by -
SPT ... Jer.
CDR Okay -
351 03 03 00 CDR MARK. At 03:03, we had 72 percent.
CDR Okay, Kohoutek is about one-half

a mark up from the 9 o'clock position,
and it's on the left-hand - -
CREW ...
CDR Okay, we have - we have at mark,

20 seconds to go. It's 90 percent
now. I'm going to close the shutter
at - with about 2 seconds to go. Well,
the sky is startening to (sic) light
up already. I'm gonna close the
shutter now.
351 03 04 O0 Okay. And the film hatch is closed.

It is now 03:04 Okay, Bill, no
swe at.
CDR Okay, we had about 97 or 98 percent of

the widened exposure completed then.
The film is closed. We're in the
CARRIAGE RETRACT position. I'll put
it in STOWAGE. We're looking right
now at frame number 23, that was the
Kohoutek frame. Ed, you can turn on
the lights down there if you want
to, if you need them. Here comes
the Sun. I'd better get the mirrow
in.
351 03 04 42 CDR TILT coming out. And ROTATION coming

out.
351 03 05 09 CDR Okay, TILT and ROTATION are out. I'm

gonna retract the mirror now.
Dump Tape 351-02
f Pageh of 4
351 03 05 26 CDR I'm gonna close the SAL door.
CDR Okay, this is the CDR recapping

again. For Kohoutek, the pointing
I found to be 904.8 and 21.8 -
That's ROTATION and TILT. For
Aldebaran, I found the ROTATION to
be 277.7 and 22.8. And for Spica,
I found 166.9 and 18.h.
351 03 06 15 CDR Okay. This is the CDR terminating

data on the SO19.
TIME SKIP
351 03 i0 28 SPT SPT at 03:10. Handheld photo CXl7,

frame number 116; was of on island wake
taken at 00:20. Again, I saw a bow
wave as though from the ship, al-
though it was not the same as
previously. The - the wave pattern
itself was not anywhere near as
- extensiveand it was repeatedalong
the axis several times back with the
waves being parallel to one another,
and until there was second and third,
and fourth, and fifth sources beck
there ; although I know that not to
be true. One side was more pronounced
than the other. And in general, the -
it looked as though the clouds - air
mass was a little more unstable than
the last one which I discussed, which
I believe it was yesterday. I found
no evidence of cloud cover and vortices.
I couldn't see the wave effect.
351 03 ll 45 SPT SPT out.
END OF TAPE
Dump Tape 351-03
/c5- -
Time: 351:04:h7 to 351:05:13 :GMT
12/17/73
Page 1 of h
351 04 47 40 CDR This is the CDR at 04:47 Zulu

reporting on S233. Missed the
01:25 observation because of the
medical conference and we did not
an opportunity to take our 233
• pictures during the S019 maneuver
or during the time S019 was going
on. So I elected to wait until
the next norm, l comet-rise in
the night cycle. I took the first
frame, 60-second frame, focus at
15 feet at 04:32:50. At 04:34:08,
I started the 2-minute frame,
focused at infinity. I would
estimate that it was probably
20 seconds after comet-rise -
20 to 30 seconds. The first
frame I initiated at 32:50 and
at - I initiated it the instant
i I could recognize the comet in
the Earth atmosphere. As soon
as I recognized it, I hit that
frame and then, as I said before,
the 2-minute frame was activated
at 34:08 and I decided not to do
the third frA-_ because it was
obvious there was not 60 seconds
of darkness left, was already
getting quite lig_t at that time.
• 80 1 terminated w_th two frames
and the total francs taken for
the day were 6. Four this morning -
the first frame, I think I explained
before, the shutter closed as
soon as it opened_ and I think it
was because I did not press the
mechanism hard enough. Frames
2, 3, and h - Actually, the first
fr--_ was frame number zero in
the camera. Frames i, 2, and 3
were this morning's 233. Fra-_s
I
Dump Tape 351-03
Page 2 of 4
4 and 5 were tonight's exercise.

So we start tomorrow morning with
frame _mher 6o
351 Oh h9 52 CDR CDR out.
351 04 53 09 CDR This is the CDR at 04:53 Zulu.

Subject is handheld photography
or Earth observations. The site
requested was the Galapagos Islands.
The time was 00:58 Zulu. Unfortu-
nately, Earth observations was
_pstaged by solar observations.
That was about the time we were
getting our first good look at
a solar flare. And so we did
not get a chance to take a look
at the Galapagos Islands at
night to see if any of the
volcanic activity could be seen.
±
351 Oh 53 h8 CDR CDR out.
351 Oh 54 13 PLT PLT at oh :54 Zulu, reporting the

initiation o5 squeezer bag dump
back at 04:h5.
TIME SKIP
351 05 OZ 53 CDR is the CDR at 05iO3

the results of limb
and
?LT : _I • Day
of the 350. rol_e,
left 17.8, 18.8, _
20.7, 22.8, , 26.3,
:25.8, 24.5 26.0, 26.4, 26.9,
27.7, 28.1, 17.6,
16.6, 16.8 20.1, 22.9,
25.5, 26 27.5, 26.8,
26.0, 26.9, 3.66,
29.0 P.5. That's 19
on arm. Left leg,
, 20.2, 21.2, 23.3, 25.5,
32.6, 34.0, 33.1, 31.0,
Dump Tape 351-03
Page 3 of4 .
42.2, 45.7, 46.8, 48.5_.8,

•T, 50.4. Right ie_21.6,
, 20.4, 22.5, 2_, 27.6, m J
35- Cor_ion - m
335;t was
i0 is 33._3._31.2,
9 32.5, 34.5,
,a •
34.2, 33.7,_2, 38.1, 42.8,
50.0. N_k measd_s, 35.3;
92 •5_waist 71. O_^hips,

e_er ozmass, z_'.,9 een'clme%'lBs,
CDR subject is the CDR, missi

31. Limb vol_,m_. Left
15.7, 17.1, 18.5, 20.7
24.3,
24.3, 25.8,
25.4, 26.0,
25.6, 25.6, _,_
27. 27.0, 28.5. That'
- Nowtheri_ arm:
17.8, .6,17.0,18.1
22.6, 25,5, 26 26.8,
V
26.5, 24.5, I, 26.9,
27.5, 27 27.3, .4. That's
19 positi¢ go to the
legs with Lons each. Left
leg: 20.4, 20.5, 22.3, 24.1,
26.3, 28.2, 32.4, 31.7, 30.2,
30.6, 31.6, 34.1, 33.8, 34.8,
36.8, 40.2, 47.2, 48.9,
_0.6, 51.0. g: 21.2, 20.0,
20.4, 21.8 29.5, 32.0,
33.8, 32.5 31.4, 30 32.0, 34.2,
34.8, 34 35.0, 36.2 ).4, 41.2,
44.3, 50.0, 51.2, Neck,
3_.5 that - 37.:
, 101.2; expired,
hips. 8Y.5; cent
of 22.9 •
351 05 08 42 CDR The SPT, there were no measurements

taken on him today. There was not
enough time allowed in the schedule.
\ And we suggest that it he rescheduled.
CDR out.
Dump Tape 351-03
Page _ of
CDR This is the CDRwith an addendum

to the previous report on leg
volumes. The IR photos were
taken. The e.g. mass - or the
center masses were taken. And
the SPY will report that with
hie measurements of limb volume.
And the sterophotos were taken.
351 05 09 18 CDR CDR out.
END OF TAPE
Dump Tape 351-04
Time: 351:14:30 to 351:15:38 GMT
12/i7/73
Page 1 of 1
351 14 41 26 SPT This is the SPT at 14:30. PRD readings

h2411, 23227, 38298. Out.
SPT SPT at 15:06. M071. A blue dye

markers were taken on mission day 32,
rather than day 31. SPT out.
351 15 16 16 CDR Okay, this is the CDR at 15:33 Zulu,

debriefing the $233 pass this morning.
The first exposure was taken at
15:25 on time, for 60 seconds and
15 foot focus. The second exposure was
taken at 26:19 with a 120 second
exposure. With an infinite focus and the
third one was taken imediately after
that. These were frames 7, 8, 9, and i0,
I guess they would be.
351 15 33 31 CDR We've shot 6 frames yesterday and 3 frames

this morning. Looks to me like maybe
the next day or so the comet is going
to be occulted by the strut that's
out in the are_ there, and after about
tomorrow we'll be unable to take any
pictures. It's getting very close.
351 15 33 50 CDR CDR out.
_D OF TAPE
i-_ Dump Tape 351-05
Time: 351:16:53 to 351:17:18 EMT
12/17/73
Page 1 of 6
351 16 55 36 PLT Okay, this is the PLT. Time is 16:55:40

on my mark.
351 16 55 40 PLT MARK. And I'm waiting for 16:59:10.

I have ROTATION 201.5 and TILT of 23.1.
I have filter A-I in position now. l'm
trying to see comet. Okay. Okay we're
in position and I don't see a damn thing
in the air. I never have. All I can see
is a fuzzy white blob, maybe that's it.
Filter, all the way on. See if that takes
care of it. Okay now, this did not have
focus. So that's not the problem, I've
got the mirror down, I checked that. Flat
no way you can tell it until you get there.
Well, l'm kidding myself I guess. I'm
Just going to take them on time. Okay.
CREW ...
PLT No. No, that's okay. Coming up on 58.

I can't figure this out. When I first
looked in there, it seemed all right.
There's nothing - no circle to use. Well,
it looks hopeless as far as trying to
center the nucleus. Next 58. Okay, I
want a 28 now. Screwed up my exposures
trying to diddle with the ROTATION/TILT.
Okay, ROTATION is 201.5. TILT is 23.1.
30 seconds starting at 16:59:10.
351 16 58 40 PLT Well right now I don't have much confidence

this camera is going to work right, but
we'll give it a go. Okay replace filter
and standby. God damn ... Okay, here
we go. Stand by for 59:40.
351 16 59 42 PLT Have MARK. Okay on filter A-1. Okay

and filter A-1 ..., 3 seconds, starting
at 17:60. Stand by.
351 17 O0 02 PLT MARK. l, 2, 3. Okay .... change filters.

... Charlie 3. Charlie 3 is in position.
Now stand by for 170h5. Stand by. 15 seconds
to go. This will be 90 seconds. Stand by.
Dtunp Tape 351-05
Page 2 of 6
351 17 O0 51 PLT MARK. Okay, I'ii put the A filter up. Coming
up on 45 seconds on my mark.
351 17 01 33 PLT MARK. Okay, 45 to go. Now filter Z-I ...

30 seconds to go. Okay, standby.
i0 seconds to go mark. 3, 2, 1 -
351 17 02 18 PLT MARK. That's so. And ... filter.

... Bravo i. Okay and at 13:02:55
coming up shortly. 60 seconds on ZI.
Yep.
351 17 02 56 PLT MARK. 17:02:55. Starting a 60-second

exposure on Bravo i. Okay. Okay. You
gave me 5 seconds to center the nucleus.
And I don't think I can quite do it.
I'll try. There is - one exposures on
time and the maneuver pad executed as
per pad. Looks like I have about 5 seconds
to pad. Stand by.
351 17 03 59 PLT MARK. Take the filter out and see if I

can see it. I can't see a dog gone thing,
it's light. Okay, I finished them on
time.
CREW All through?
PLT Yes. Okay, frame count start with 18. Frame

count at end is 22. And I never did - I never
was confident that I saw the comet. I did
have a fuzzy white blob in the field of
view. Very indistinct, and I don't know
if it was the comet or not. And only as I
say executing my exposures for pad and with
SPT executing the m_euver per pad, there was
only 5 seconds time remaining to perform
the required centering of the neucleus and
from - even though I looked in there it was
too light. There was light already-
CDR Okay, I 'm going ROTATION jump 0 and

ROTATION 0.
"_--_ CREW ...
PLT Yes, well actually I can't find m_ - my little

camera mount, so it will probably take a half
hour to get it all rigged up.
Dump Tape 351-05
Page 3 of 6
PLT Okay, PLT out from S019.
351 17 06 50 PLT And correction that's 063.
CC ... pad ... give you the exact data

•.. towards that time•
CDR Okay, good enough•
CC Jerr, I don't know whether you meant

advise or not but we would like to give
you a brief run down on what tomorrow
looks like and see how it suits you.
What we have scheduled tomorrow morning
is .•. EREP with an early get up ....
10:00 will be the wake up time in order
to do it. And we Just started ..• - but
we have to wait until it gets dark for the
comet and we have two opportunities, one
for tomorrow and one for 2 - 2 days later
and it's an even earlier wake up. We
try to keep it within 2 hours of normal
set up. And at this same day tomorrow
evening, we got 201 op - scheduled and
because of that we can't get you to bed
before your regular time. That will be a
pretty long day. However tomorrow day
will be scheduled ... Try to make some
of this up.
351 17 09 36 CDR Okay, let me get this straight. I think

tomorrow morning we will be getting up
2 hours earlier, and staying up until nor_1
bedtime. And the next day we'll be able
to sleep in.
351 17 09 50 CC Roger. The next morning will give you one

extra hour of sleep (laughter) which will
mean that would be a 9-hour period. And
we think - we did tR1_ ..• into moving
the rocket launch for the 201 tomorror
night. We're going to try that again at
•.. again running out of windows on that
thing. We're losing our opportunities
now, Jerry .... in the interest of schedule
a little bit, we wondered if it was okay
with you to go ahead and do this.
Dump Tape 351-05
Page _ of 6
351 17 lO 20 CDR Okay, and we'll just have ... for it.
CC All righty. And we're about 30 seconds

from LOS. Coming up on Vanguard at 06:05
and I believe we've got an ATM conference there
for Ed.
CDR Roger.
PLT PLT, Hank, and Just thought ... call ...

S063 ... also I only had 5 seconds from
the time I finished the nominal exposures.
And on top of that there was ... wasn't
able to perform that last item ...
CC We copy, Bill.
351 17 12 17 CDR Ed, are you recording, or did I

have the recorder on?
SPT The SPT at 17:12. Debriefing the ATM

pass which began at 15:29. Everything
went as planned for the building block 1
I was a little late in getting the whole
production started because of the conflict
of the $233 up in the MDA. Looking at
the corona I saw that the area above
l0 o'clock, a helmet streamer which was
in there yesterday, now it's very much more
pronounced relative to what it was yester-
day, also relative to the surrounding
corona.
B51 17 13 07 SPT The region above 00 is now full with corona

again, although I do not see - there's a
couple of small streamers imbedded in there,
but no real major featmres, other than Just
a general enhancement of the corona in
the picure I have, out there around 2 1/2
solar radii.
B51 17 13 19 SPT Contrasting yesterday where that area

of the region appeared to be depleted. That
area of the corona over on the west limb,
the area between B and B:BO, looks now
like - essentially Just a band running with
the same - l0 degrees wider. So Just running
straight out. It's not a helmet type
streamer, but Just a band of corona which
Dump Tape 351-05
Page 5 of 6
has straight sides running straight

out. I imagined this is due to 98
being rotated over - active region 98
being rotated over - to the edge of
the disc .... now.
351 17 14 lO SPT At the end of the building block l,

I went - I gave a set up on building
block 24 with the SLIT rolled tangent
to the limb. 55 at line l0 looking right
at the brightest point which in oxygen VI
came up to around about 30,000. I set up
for the FLARE ... on 54. So I gave a
PATROL SHORT and 55 received a - about
l0 minutes worth of MIRROR LINE SCAN then
a MIRROR AUTO RASTER truncated at forty
and then picked up on the MIRROR LINE
SCAN again.
351 17 lh 34 SPT And 56 did receive two PATROL SHORTs

and that it. Essentially a shopping list
item 2 with a MIRROR LINE SCAN thrown in,
well kind of combined if you will with
a building block 24. The end of the
orbit showed that mother nature managed
to do it to us again. That with approximately
4 minutes remaining, - I say approximate
because I had the the maneuver keyed
into the DAS and I had the last maneuver
keyed up with no ENTER and I could not
see the time although I could keep reasonable
good track of when ESS was. That was about
4 minutes remaining. Sure enough, along
comes a flare again, and right where we
were looking. And I got to a_m_t that I
did not get - I was not looking at the
scope at that moment. Let's see. The
scope ... the m_euver calling up and I
was starting to powerdown for the dark
side. However, I had 55 running in MIRROR
LINE SCAN looking exactly where the flare
was. 56, I gave them another PATROL
SHORT. SO I think SS received same good
data on it. The PMEC got up close to 600,
Dump Tape 351-05
Page 6 of 6
I don't recall the exact value, and then

we got into the atmosphere and it started
to fade out.
351 17 16 43 SPT SPT out.
END OF TAPE
Dump Tape 351-06
Time: 351:18:02 to 351:19:56 (_4T
12117173
Page i of 5
351 18 03 02 CDR This is the CDR at 18:03 Zulu, with

a message for the M509 Const,mables
people. PSS number 2 and nis-ber 3
after cool down have up to 2200 pounds
of pressure in them. PSS n,,m_er 4 is
holdong 2500 after top off. CDR, out.
351 18 05 25 SPT SPT, debriefing the pass which began

8t 07:22; and observing time and looked
for a flare. Was successful with hslf
of one scheduled orbit. Over in
monitoring oxygen VI, I was able to
find the hottest spot. I used the MIRROR
the AUTO RASTER to find the line it was
c_ and then searched around in that area
and finally found a temp up around 3000.
And it was in a H-ALPHA. The plage
which went between - through the loop.
It went between. Excuse me. It went
...... between two spots which I have to - I
did not really have time to look into
it in detail, but it appeared these
spots in H-ALPHA and I did not get the
WHITE LIGHT DISPLAY. I'll have to verify
that, however. During the course of
monitoring it, I got same counts up as
high as 57,000. So there was some
transients going on in there. I was
mostly here in the South Atlanatic
anomaly; I could not see what was
happening there to the PMEC ....
stepup I could not notice - I could
not see a great enhancement in H-ALPHA.
And the II_T_SITY count remained low,
below i0. SPT out.
351 18 08 33 SPT SPT at 18:09. Handheld operations.

Tsking now at the F-1_land Current the
associated plankton blooms. And Just
going by the wardroomwindow, I noticed
the Fslkland Current again right off the
coast of South America. And ... the
first time, and clearly able to distinguish
the eddy which is Just north of the
- F_]kland Islands. I could see the plskton
Dump Tape 351-06
Page 2 of 5
blooms which we've sll discussed very

clearly. Narrow and well-defined
planton coming down from the north and
Just north of the island, turning
out to - to the east. And there is
same plankton blooming south of the
island, although it was scattered clouds,
and I could not see too well down there.
351 18 09 30 SPT The eddy Just to the norht of the Islands,

that is, I could not see any direction.
rotation direction. But there was Just
a thick aggregate of plankton bloom with
some random spirall coming off of in
various directions ....... elements and
then some plankton again turning and going
to the east. SPT, out.
351 18 19 40 PLT PLT with the time here 18:51. Recording

the six pack temperatures. X-RAY ,
82 degrees, X-RAY 6, 81 degrees, yank 5,
82 degrees, Yankee 6, 81 degrees, Zulu 5,
82 degrees, Zulu 6, 82 degrees. PLT, out.
TIME SKIP
351 19 47 IX SPT SPT again, at 19:47. ATM; picking up

again on the debriefing notes. Established
again after P29. That's 15 - 18:42,
the flare wait. Okay as I was saying
I went out to the limb and looked at a
tighter roll so that I could put the bottom
on the MIRROR AUTO RAS'I'EHbelow the
limb. Teh active region at the top of
the MIRROR AUTO RAST_ has a SLIT on it.
•.. the SLIT. However, the roll
contraints did not allow me to do it.
So I went back to putting the SLIT
tangent to the limb, which would
give the best 82A, and also if we did
get a flare, and monitored it the same
way as I did the previous orbit. Unfor-
tunately, the PMEC remained down very
low - below 300 a good part of the time
Dump Tape 351-06
Page 3 of 5
because we were already getting into

the South Atlantic anomaly. I saw no
significant changes in the - the ZUV
or H-ALPHA. I got a call then toward
the end of the orbit to go over to
perform a shopping list item., and
let me mention that I did shopping list
item 1 at the beginning of the orbit,
and then I did one at the end, followed
ip up with a standard mode, which ...
dind't go below 400K ... below 200K
in order to complete it.
351 19 48 52 SPT One frame or so, perhaps, one or two

frames, I don't know which it's best
to go s.head and at least can get it
in and you Just be careful in looking
at the data. I then looked at it with
the TVs, and I'm not able to notice
anything ... And not knowing exactly
what the -what's going on 'cause it's
something I could not hear clearly. I
was looking at the whol corona trying
to detect changes, and I will say I Juat
didn't see anything. I did not have had
time to get out the photographing frame
up here, so I'm - did not see anything
over there where lll blew off. WEll,
now he Just gave me solar 49 again
which is at 0.1 - no 1.O, and I could not
see that go off. I was assigned to corona;
I'll take a good look at it next time we
come around and compare it with the
photograph, ... out and Sun centered.
Okay, let me go on now. It's - S054
CRT mail list Just came up. And I'll
go ... pretty much as written here. Okay,
now to - ... CRYSTAL set to l; I'm gonna
counter test and hold. And the array
of ... four by four up there shows up
at the top. And it is - Well, let me take
this to circle, three circles, actually;
a very small one center, one medium way
out, and one, I believe, it was 48 are-
minutes one. And the line between those
circles and at the top the four - the
Dump Tape 351-06
Page 4 of 5
square ray is centered in UP/DOWN on

the horixontal line between the
outer circle and the middle circle. A
LEFT/RIGHT, it is about two elements
to the left. That's two elements to
the right, one to two. They've both
been running to the right one to
two elements I think must be centered in
LEFT/RIGHT also, on that horizontal
•.. mark.
B51 19 52 l0 SPT Okay, now going to 16. Mske a test hold.

Okay, and I'll give you a locatin now of
three sides that I can see of the RASTER.
The left hand side is exactly tangent ...
circle, the outer circle, the _8 arc-
minute circle. The right one is - falls
a little bit short. And I would say that
if ... the distance between the intermediate
circle and the outer circle is about 80 to
85 percent from that distance out. So it's
not far from the out circle but maybe
80 percent, and I guess there are two ...
now, an UP/DOWN in the ..., and there it
starts with the very top all the way,
and only comes down to the horizontal
pic mark between the bottom of the square
box and the intermediate circle. That is,
in going out from the center downward,
and the small circle, a box, and pic
mark. It makes it down to the pick mark.
351 19 53 52 SPT ... point that I did notice ... oh, about
a week ago or so. And it was in - it
was working properly, and I guess I
should have reported then, although through
an oversight, I believe I was working and
concentrating on the operation and I did
not. And then we Just noticed when I
called down the other day, it had gone
back into tis mode of operation. It is
degraded, but I did not think that it -
that serious a degradation, unless we start
having a two or three active regions on the
f disk at oppositesideswhich at about -
very potentially could flare. And we used
this as the break point for determining
Dump Tape 351-06
Page 5 of 5
which one we should be doing. Right now

we use the XUV MONITOR ... andH-ALPHA
Grated, larger field of view would help
a little in that sense, but I don't feel
frankly, we're handicapped by this
m_Tfunction or anything else .... restored
•.. happy•
351 19 55 02 SPT SPT, out.
END OF TAPE
Dump Tape 351-07/D-319
Time: 351:21:05 to 351:21:54 GMT
Page 1 of 3
351 21 07 29 SPT SPT at 23 - correction, 21:07. ATM,

flare wait which began at 20:15.
SHORT, no luck. At the beginning of
the orbit I went over to Sun center.r
Took a look at the corona and also gave
a standard.
SPT Excuse me, gave them a continuous for i

minute and 56 a PARTORL, SHORT,
shopping list 1. Then went over to
the active region rolled - active region
00, rolled to plus 9568 - must have
been 180 whn I - where I was before. It's
a little tangent to the limb. Did
this set at the bottom of the MIRROR AUTO
RASTER with the - looking toward the other
activity, active region99. I know of course
it could cover all it, but it would
certainly ... hopefully see some ...
going in that direction. I gave them
two MIRROR AUTO RASTERS at a GRATING of
772 which is optimum for putting neon
Vll in DECTERTOR 6 which may show up
in the loop.
351 21 09 37 SPT Then did a GRATING AUTO SCAN in that

position. Now, let me first say that I
chose that position by maximizing in
carbon iii which is the itermedlate
line and should be a little bit further down
than oxygen V1. I'm gonna repeat that.
I believe this block should be - should be
a little bit further down in the atmosphere
than exygen V1.
351 21 lO 25 SPT I gave 55 nearly two MIRROR AUTO - two

GRATING AUTO SCANS. And then at detectors
at position - at grating position 0000
started them - gave them a MIRROR AUTO
RASTER in that position, full MIRROR
AUTO RASTER. And then went to the
stop mode and maximized using oxygen
V1 and found the maximum was different
but I think the appearance in H-ALPHA
was somewhat different too. So rather
than having an up of plus 3 and ...
right of plus ... zero ... maximizing
in carbon iii. The oxygen VL gave a
Page 2 of 3
up of plus ii and a right of ... And

the active region had certainly changed ...
is the difference in the lines.
351 21 ll 51 SPT Toward the end of the orbit, I found that

the oxygen VL was fluctuating fairly -
fairly greatly. I was at about 20,000 and
I went up to 20, or 30,000, 35,000. Then
I had to be a little reposition to make
aure I was on the maximum. This led me to think
there might be something coming up in
central - or in the South Atlantic anomaly.
I couldn't . .. So rather than going back
Sun center again and picking up that last
shoppign list itme l, I stayed where I was,
hoping that I'd be able to catch a - a
flare rise, but unfortunately nothing
developed.
B51 21 12 44 SPT 56 operation. Oh, correction, let me go back

For 52, they did receive a standard at the
beginnign of the orgit. 56 ... received a
SINGLE FRAME, FILTER 2 for 5 minutues and
unfortunately at the end I moved before I had
closed their shutter or cycled on to
another frame, secret free hope that 2 35 minutes
again. Un so I'm afraid that particular exposure
fortunaly at the end I know that why I had
close is not the usual term. I then had
56 in AUTO, SHORT for the So - so - so - we
got different exposures that duration except for
one time when I stopped it when I had to switch
position to maximize in oxygen V1. I guess old
Sal is Just perverse and isn't gonna show
us her stufff when someone's looking.
351 21 l_ l0 SPT SPT out.
351 21 49 14 CDR This is the CDR at 21:49 Zulu with the report
on $233. The exposures were taken on time.
at 21:38, the second exposure at 21:39:17 and
the third exposure was taken at 41 - be
21:41:3_. Exposures were completed before
sunrise and the situation on exposures now,
_ is that we are sittingon frame12. I'ii
recap it. I think I was a little bit vague
this morning when I did it. The exposure
are as follows : last night I took only exposures
4 and 5 - frames 4 and 5, this morning as
i

page 3 of 3
frame 6, 7, 8, and this aft - this

afeternoon the frames were 9, 10, and ll.
351 21 50 l? CDR Hyst visually observing the comet, there is

definitely a brightening around the nuclus
and streaning back from on the nucleus I
would estimatee i0 percent of the tale, is much
as - the front lo percent is much brighter
now. The comet no longer looks like a ...
point in a long tale diminishing in - in
brightness all the way out. It now shows the
nucleus rather brightly and then extending back
from the nucleus is a - a wedge fo light that's
you know, included in the tale that is almost
as bright as the nuclsu itself. And then the
extending on back beyond that wedge, the tale
begins to look more normal, that is it - as
you get away from the comet the tale becomes
less bright. I didn't notice that last night.
I think it took the rem-_ks by Bill Snoddy
this afernoon at the science confernce to make
to cue me to be more conscious of.
351 21 51 2h CDR But now that I look at it a little bit, it

most definitely is brighter today than it was,
say last week when, as I said, last week it was
sort of a bright dot with a uniformly diminishing
brightness in the tale all the way to the end.
And now we see the - the wedge of brightness
extending back from the point. I would
estimates about l0 percdnt of the lenght
of the tale
351 31 51 52 CDR CDR out.
END OF TAPEup
/
DumpTape351-08 0
Time: 351:22:!7 to 351:22:22 GMT _
/_ 12117173
Page 1 of 2

Reporting on handheld photgraphy.
The assigned sites were - were
scheduled for 23:0 - 23:07 Zulu -
Correction, 22:03 and 22:07 Zulu.
THe sites were HH33 Alia-5 and
HH30-21. HH33 Alia-5, the coral Sea
area, was impossible to see because
of cloud cover. Just as soon as we
crossed the southwest - Correction,
the southeast coast of Australia,
we in_nediately went into a broken-
to-overcast situation on clouds and
could not see any of the ocean at all
And it pretty much stayed that way
until we got over New Zealand, over
the northern part of North Island, at
which time we found a break in the
clouds and a large open area that
extended from New Zealand to the Chatham
Islandsand it was clearto scattered.
I did not get a chance to see anything
of the Caspian Sea, but I was rather
interested to see that on the east
coast of New Zealand, approximately -
oh, rough guess, 200 miles, I found
a line which crossed the path of our
orbit almost 90 degrees. And on the
landward side of this line, the water
color was the normal blue that we're
used to seeing. And there were not
much in the way of signs of current or
anything like that.
351 22 18 39 CDR Now the important thing is that when

I got to the side of this line, the
water abruptly changed colors from a
dark blue - a deep blue to a, oh,
let me call it a smokey blue or, in
other words, it 's the dark blue but
it had a path filled smokey - a little
white added to it so it became a lighter
blue. And there were mauy, many white
dots all over it. Now, I don't think
it's far enough south for that to be
• i
Dt_np Tape 351-08
Page 2 of 2
ice. And I'd be surprised if I could

see whitecaps through the - through
the binoculars, but it gave me a
definite impression that we - It gave
me the definite impression that I was
looking at whitecaps and that it was
a very windy situation down there.
The clouds were aligned parallel to
the line, much like clouds streak.
And, you know, what few clouds there
were; it was a scattered situation by
the time we got there. The water looked
very much like - like roiled water,
that is, you know water that's being
popped-up essentially by the wind,
and it turns a little lighter color.
ANd I think what I was seeing was a
wind situation and not a current
situation, although I may be wrong on
that. At any rate this situation
lasted - this coloring lasted ,Imost
to the, oh, about 100 miles or so west
of the Chatham Islands. And then by
the time I got to the CHatham Islands
and watched them very closely, there were
no si_as of any island wakes like we had
seen before on a previous day. I think
Ed Gibson saw water and reported it to
you. And the water around the Chatham
Islands looked pretty much normal for
that area. I did not see any booming or
anything like that anywhere in the area
indicating current or upwelling or
anything like that. But I did think
that this particular straight line of
demarcation was rather peculiar. I
probably shoudl have taken a picture of
it but I didn't. I spent more time looking
at the patterns rather than taking a
picture.
351 22 22 56 CDR CDR out.
f _D OFTAPE
D_p Tape 352-01
]2/17/73
Time: Bh8:00:29 to 352:02:09 _MT
(Day 3_8, verified by DATA C00RD. as the

i day on Master tape. However, dm_ changes
; to 3_2 on page 2.)
i 3h8 O0 29 O0 SPT SPT at 00:29. ATM pass began at 23:16.

_I Went throug,h building block 28, J0P 6.
_ No problem TV downlink. We went over
_ and looked at the ... page 59 and it
,! certainly is a goodie. Very extensive,
:_ it covers a ... to the ground no ...
H-alpha ... by now, I imagine. It
certainly is very extensive, extending-
at the top, perhaps maybe 3 arc minutes out.
I cannot see the top of H-alpha tho_,-a
I can certainly see the seat of it and
I would say up to ... is missing. We
chose to work at the ... I hope which
is the most dense. We can try to get
the ... there. And we figured that'll
be rotated aout to the llmb, first.
... shopping list ll. 56 ... for
8 minutes. 55 for shout 6 minutes.
82B, with the sensitive film in there
I had the exposure normal and I looked
at 3 arc seconds off the limb ... to
! the - changin_ to the limb.
• CC Skylab, Houston.
7-1/2 minutes. We're AOS Madrid for
3_8 00 31 17 SPT ... limb pointing. Exposure normal there,

7 arc seconds off the llmb. Exposure
: and I had to truncate the last exposure

because of Ii
normal in _OOK.
arc seconds off the llmb
348 00 31 31 Sl°T 55: ... with Jo!os for 82B, is parallel

to the limb and also to get man,nun
amount of prcWinence on the slit.• I
i would say the sllt was ... by 82 center ...
with %-isible pr_,_uence on H-alpha. So
oi what I did thl_re was give ... 55 to
mirror auto r_ter at 00:28. And then came
.... back and set 55 mirror UP and DON3 and
_i! that llne 27 _ve me the maxlmtm_ 1_nich
:i
_ _ •__ _ _:?!• _i.U " •
i
i
Dump Tape 352-02

Page 2 of 15
was of- Almost i00 or so in ali_ment

data and then I moved it one out from
the limb, Just to get away from any
limb effects. So we ended up doing a
grating auto scan at 07:24. And it ...
I think one of those things we ought to
be doing in the next few days - the reason
I had looked at this this morning.
352 00 33 00 SPT I think I got a little ... on getting

a good flare out of region zero zero.
And what ... would have been to study
this film I ... I set as many experiments
up as I could for the flare mode. And
_ this one went off. I treatedit as a
the work on the flare requires long

time exposures that would allow a fair
... flare. Many of the - much of
smount of attention ot he devoted to
watching for a flare .... end of ...
longitude has come around and ... had more
like them.
352 00 33 46 SPT SPT out.
352 O1 30 O0 CDR This is the CDR at 01:30 Zulu. On the

EREP C&D panel, S192 has gone to CnHCK
and MONITOR Delta 6 reads 68 percent.
352 01 31 ii CDR CDR out.
1 CDR Okay, this is the CDR on the READY

verification check. S192, power's ON,
... HI. S191, CALIBRATION 9, P_F_wE_CE 2.
S190 is in NA, XTC is 193, ANGLE is 0,
POLARIZATION i, 93-Alpha, ... in a MODE 5,
RANGE 61, and AUTO B on 194.
(DR Okay, at the T minus i0 point, we 'ii go

i ahead and get - get going on some monitor
readlngs. Alpha 2 is 60, Alpha 3 is 86,
Alpha h is 7i, Alpha 5 is 65. Alpha 6
i is O. Bravo 2 is 56; Bravo 3 is 76;
Bravo 4 is 71; Bravo 5 is 75; Bravo 6 is
I 50; Bravo 7 is 32; Bravo 8 is i; Bravo 9
_, is 58.
Charlie Charlie 2 is 44;5, Cherlie
_, 71; Charlie 3 is 88;
83; Charlie 6, 47;
i_ Cherlie 7 is 52 - _e that 51; and
_ Delta 2 is reading 86; Delta 3 is 8h;
Delta 4 is 80-72; Delta 5 is 15; Delta 6
I_ is down to 57 now, and Delta 7 is I0. On
i MONITOR Delta 6 ...
T i_¸¸
, i I¸
Dmnp Tape 352-01

Page 3 of 15
CC Skylab, Houston, copying you on ...

through Texas for about 16-1/2 -
15-1/2 minutes.
CDR Okay.
CDR Just finished the monitoring check.
SPT Well, Crip, I got two questions for you.
CC Go, Ed.
SPT Okay, in the first maneuver in the y,

shouldn't that have been a plus ...
i
W CREW ... right here.
352 01 49 08 SPT ... in the entry is the same, but I

think the ... the gratings should have
been plus 4.36, and, secondly ...
352 01 49 17 CREW Acapulco's over to the left.
SPT ... what we're going to do after this

_ one coming up. That's the last flight
maneuver before the SI. Is that one
for ... or for experiment ali_-_nt?
' CC That's - for going back to the offset

attitude to get the principal axis ...
i to the gravity metric.
SPT Oks_, th_ you.
PLT Ed, do you mind if we kill the lights?
3_2 01 50 04 PLT Well, there's Acapulco at night.
PLT Come here and take a look at this.

See ... down there?
9
CDR 0h, yes.
PLT Beautiful.
CDR _Y_ co City coming up next.
i PLT Mexico City. There it is.
! PLT God, it's really great.

Dump Tape 352-01
Page h of 15
CDR Holy cow.
PLT Look at the visibility.
CDR Most of MexicoCity lookslike a

! big five-ointedstar.
PLT There's GuadalaJara ... to the left.
CDR Yes.
CC Sounds like you guys are getting a

pretty view.
CDR Yes.
PLT Oh, God, Crip. Terrific.
352 01 50 30 CDR Mexico City's lights are laid out in

such a w_ - or the city's laid out in
such a way -that it looks like a
five-pointed star.
i
352 Ol 50 36 PLT We can even see same beacon flashing
down there. Maybe it's a search light.
:_ CC For the SPT. Ed, did I understand your

i course there? On the first Y time manuever,
i the 50644, t_at is supposed to be plus

4.20 degrees.
SPT ...
! CREW Thankyou.
, PLT nothing. I'll tell you later ...

bright spot down there is Acapulco? That
i verybright
spot.
A_
CDR Yes ... el4m_nated church people.
!i CDR HA,
Take a look and see where we are coming
I here.
i_ CDR Okay, S192 door is OPEN. The d_v light

is out. Or the door Closed lig_ht_S OUT.
:_i Wait for READY light.
f
Dump Tape 352-01
Page 5 of 15
352 01 52 Ol CDR READY light is ON. MDDE's going to

c_.'CK. S190 heater switch OFF light
is OFF. 17 window ... pushed the
test okay.
CDR Okay, let's do the free operation

configuration. Tape recorder is ON.
READY light is ON. 92; POWER is ON.
READY is out. MODE is checked. DOOR
open. 91 is ON. READY light is ON.
The COOLER is ON, and the door is
OPEN. 90 is OFF. The READY is OUT.
And stand by, and the door is - is
OPEN because we've rubber necking
i through
it.
_i 352 Ol 52 45 CDR 93 R. Stand by. READY, OUT.
352 01 52 h9 CDR Scatterometer, OFF. READY, out.

Altimeter, OFF. READY out. 94, ON -
excuse me - ON. READY off.
PLT Okay, come quick - you can see the whole

Texas coast from Brownsville to Houston,
Beat_nont, Port arthur, - oh !
CDR Oh, heck. Look at that.
PLT There 's Brownsville and ... around the

, coast you can see Galveston Bay outlined
by the darkness.
CDR Yes.
PLT San Antonio, Austin. Let's see if we can

se Fort Worth.
CDR Okay.
PLT I can't quite crane my neck far enollgb.
SPT I told you it was pretty weather out

there.
CDR Sure is.
PLT Sure is.
CDR ,.,
i
Dram@ Tape 352-01
F_e 6 of15
)
i
PLT Trying to see the dome.
352 01 53 31 CDR Okay, I'm 45 seconds from my first

action here. You have approximately
1 5a:15.
! 325 01 53 37 PLT See New Orleans down there?
352 Ol 53 40 PLT Gosh, what a tremendous view. This is

Just like the one over Europe only
better. The whole Gulf Coast looks
clear as a bell.
CDR Yes .... the wells on the water.
ii PLT Yes. That's what he's talking about it.

i There's quite a few of them over there.
i I don't see any on fire though.
__ CDR Okay, on my m_k it will be 54:15.
352 O1 5h 15 CDR MARK.

i
! CDR Stand by.
"i
J
CDR The altimeter's going to STANDBY.
J The radiometer's going OFF. Next mark

will be at 58:15 with an EREP start.
i CC Think you're going to pass Just about

over Pensacola.
PLT Yes, we have the whole Florida Peninsula

:! in sight. All the way down to the Keys.
Miami's lit up. Look at - you can see
Miami Beach. Tsmpa, St. Pete ...
CDR Oh,boy.
PLT You can see the whole thing.
CDR ... Just down there around the

everglades, it's the only place that
there 's no light.
_ PLT Tallshassee. That 's right.
PLT Pensacola. Where I first learned to

fly. And we ...the wholeeastern
seaboard, too. Look.
Dm_p Tape 352-01
Page 7 of 15
CDR Well they're got snow in Washington.

So it's got to be cloudy up there.
PLT Coming up, Atlanta.
! SPT Say, you can sure m_e out the

major highways ...
PLT Yes. Well that main route there goes

all the way up to Atlanta, see.
i CDR Tallahassee ... Altanta.
PLT Yes.
352 01 55 22 CDR ... cow. Look at that. You can see

that - you can see the interstate
highway all the way down the center
_ ofFlorida.
352 Ol 55 28 PLT That'sright.

/
,_ CDR Right downthe middleof it like a
,! backbone.
5 PLT There's the Cape. Se the cape plain.
i CDR Yes.
'_ PLT Orlando

...
i CDR MerrittIsland- the whole smear.
_. PLT Cocoa Beach doesn'tseem - yes, it's

litup fairly
well.
! CDR ... you guys are gettingall the good

lookingand I've got to watchthis darn
C andD panel.
i PLT Look. The east coast now is still clear.
i CDR Yes.
• PLT Jacksonville.
i CDR (Laughter) Beautiful.

Dump Tape 352-01
i Page8 of 15
CDR That's got to be Savanna. Straight

!
i down.
PLT Yes. That

's right.
I' CDR Charleston coming up.
PLT Cape Hatteras can't be far behind.

i
CDR That's got to be Colt_mbus in there.
And Augusta.
PLT ... it's too bad you can't take a

_i picture of this.
! PLT This is very good demographic data.

It's Just too bad you can't record it.
i Whatwe - whatwe needis an IR ...
•i camera.
_i
° PLT Look at the exquisite detail down
_:_ there. The right - with the right camera
_ you couldreallydo a properJob.
352 01 57 01 PLT We can see Lake - gal, you can see all
!,_ the way to Lake Michigan. Chicago.
_ Starting to pick up a few clouds now.
352 01 57 12 CDR Oh, yes.
i PLT Wait a minute. I - is Washington

; clouded over? It looks to me like -
_i_
_ CDR Let's see, we're Just going over -
i / is that Wi!mlngton?
PLT ... Yes.
i CDR ... that city ... to the left.

That's New Bern, North Carolina
down there. Cherry Point.
/_
_ PLT If you get over here you can see all
Over here where I am you can see

_ Chicago.
_i the way over to Lake Michigan.

D_p Tape 352-01
Page 9 of 15
SPT ... Oh,yes.
PLT Okay, now we're starting to pick

up cloud cover. Okay, I - Washington's
got to be right down there.
CDR Yes there's Norfolk down there.

Look at that - Langley Norfolk, the
whole area.
PLT Now this is Washington right over
.! here, isn't it?
'i CDR Yes. Washington, Baltimore.
ii SPT Look at there. What is that ...

!
CDR Tellyour ... Baltimorefolks
they can - your Washingtonfolksthey
can go home. The clouds have cleared.
! PLT LoOkScloudsPrettYbut
- clear. I see some
l
i:
i CDR Okay, I got an EREP start to do here.
I'm going to need some light, guys.
!_ PLT Yes. I don't know.
_i CDR I'ii see if I can do withoutlight.

:_ Standby for EREPstart.
352 01 58 21 CDR MARK.

i
_ CDR EREP start at 58.21.
'i PLT ...DelawarePenisula.
!
CDR Altimeter is ON. I got behind.
Altimeter went ON at 31. The EREP
! start
at 21.
J
i PLT We're screwing up Jer. Let's stop

:_
i
it. Okay, light's coming on.
352 01 58 46 CC CAn you guys verify for us that we
did get the FLOWof the valve- the

!_t_ EREP valveto the FLOW,please.
,ii
Dump Tape 352-01
Page l0 of 15
352 01 58 54 CDR Verify that, Ed.
i SPT Okay, it's gone to FLOW now. It did

not get there.
CC Put it there for us. We'd appreciate

it.
SPT It 's there now.
CDR Okay. This mark will be 02:01

and45.
CDR I've got anxALTIMETER ON LOCK light,

but I've still got a BEADY light.
! Okay,it Justblinkedand went out.
Now it's back on. Now it's out.
....
_ CC Jerry,you can delay your 183 Alpha
:_ii_ standbyto 02:01:55•
'i, CDR Okay.
CDR We'llpick up that i0 secondsI

i lostat thebeginming.
CDR Okay, we're passing on 145. On

my ma_k it will be 01:55. Stand by.
' 352 02 01 55 CDR MARK.

,3
CDR Altimeterto STANDBY. EREP stop.

Changing the altimeter RANGE to 63.
_ MODEto 2. Radiometer
has goneto
i STANDBY.
CC We enjoyed the - the ride over the
clear coast there with you guys.
CDR I'iitellyou we did too. I'm

sorry I let it get to the C and D panel
and I was late. But it was worth it.
CC No sweat. No problem at a11.
CDR I don't believe I have ever seen it

that clear before. And ... the
opportunity to see it from up here
i is Justfantastic.
i
Dump Tape 352-01
Page 11 of 15
PLT It is, and it's - it is Just so

seldom, of course, you're in ZLV
only in the EREP pass, that you can
look out the big picture window.
PLT Boy. that was tremendous. I think -

i the whole Southeast quarter,a
little bit mere ... was clear.
CDR Yes.
352 02 02 _9 CDR It looked like a spider web with

water droplets on it.
PLT Yes.
11
:_I 352 02 02 5k SPT Hey, Crip. You could see every
major artery _nning .11 over the
whole east side of the country.
CC Yes, it must have cleared up

considerably up therefromwhere
considering you guys sold a

I VISUALwere
they OPS having
VTO. that snow and -
CDR Very good.
PLT Yes. It looked like the clouds

started Just to the south of the
DC area and, right over DC, looked
llke a - there may have been a
solid over if you were looking fro_
the city but from up here, it looked
llke they had about 6/10. You know,
integrated over 100, 200 mile area.
CC We're about 30 seconds from LOS.

We'll pick you up again at Madrid
in about 5 minutes, 02:08, and we'll
be doing a data/voice recorder d_wmD
there.
SPT I tellyou, Crip,it reallywas a

shamethatwe didnot have a camera
%_ out with some high speed film,
because those demographic studies
could really be_nefit by a,. l_l,ss like ._
'. thatone.
"I _ D_p Tape 352-01
! Page 12 of 15
I CC Roger.
_! CDR This would have been a - a good

_ opportunity for a camera with that
sensitive film
super •..
! Yes
:J CDR Some of that for taking pictures
at night.
PLT It's a rare opportunity when you get

cleararealikethis - get the country
clear.
CDR Yes.
CDR Don't you think the people, the

population ...
b
352 02 04 05 PLT If they had a democracythey'd go

' right out of their courde looking
:r ! --
atthat.
CDR And those folks studying the

metropolitan areas.
' 352 02 04 i0 PLT Yes.
•
T
352 02 04 13 CDR All of the HHI01 sites.
i_ CDR M_ is one of the sites.
PLT It wasn't...but it stillwas

,_ muchbetter...
CDR Mexicocityis one of the sites
andwe were lookingrightdown
atthat.
_ CDR I couldn't get over how much

Mexico City looked like a star.
j
Did you see that?
' PLT Yes. Yes.
i PLT I didn'trealizethat Atlantawas

'-_ that large. _, that'sJust a
ii_l
_ bit city.
Dump Tape 352-01
Page 13 of 15
CDR It is.
Z1 PLT Sure see GAlveston Bay outlined.

i
! CDR Sure could.
PLT here. Let'sgot

Okay, I've see, I've got set
everything nothing
to do except ten seconds -
i excuse me - ten degrees of tracking.
_ PLT Ckay, 14:40 to 17. I Just moved

5 degrees up, and let it track
i_ 5 degrees down.
, PLT ... to put over this. Yesh.

i ,
_ CDR You know, a pass like that ; se_,s

_ to me llke, would have been worth
using up some- of course I don't
buess we had any 16 black and white
I.. movie film - 16 millimeter.
'i_ CDR I don't think so.
PLT I 'm Just wondering how much you

, could get.
!i] SPT What kind of ... film do we have?

i__
_i_ PLT Well, I think that is black and
_ white, sensitive film. but I don't
think we have much of it, I think
its Just for 183 and ...
CDR All the stuff we have to burn is -

is A11 fogged up.
_i PLT Yes. It 's already ... But I was

wondering if I could get regular
• color interior on something like
that.
PLT No ? /
CDR I don't think.

Dump Tape 352-01
Page 14 of 15
352 02 07 41 PLT Open and wide open and 1/60 of

a second. I guess that's as -
slow as you can go.
CDR That's as slow as you can go.
352 02 07 4_ PLT If you took a roll of that, and

they specially processed it. No.
Get .11 they could out of the
emulsion, Yeah, well I think they
could probably get some data out
_ ofthat.
I SPT Probablycould. I don'tthink you'd

want to spend the whole roll for
! something likethat,though,is
the trouble.
i_i PLT No, you wouldn't have to. Two

_ frames a second would be fine, for
i _ where we've Been.
....
_ PLT I mean if we could get it at all,
it would be Just as good that ...
i_ SPT No, what I'm talkingaboutEd, if

you develop the whole roll that
... it.
!!_ PLT Oh,yes. That'strue.
_. CDR Okay, coming up on 9 minutes.
_i!_ PLT On second thought, I think it would

'_ he worth a whole roll of film. I
imagine it's all -1located.
. i
CC ... back with you through Madrid
for 7 minutes doing a data/voice
i recorder dump.
! SPT Roger,Crip. On m_ mark it willbe

i 09:00. Stand by.
Dump Tape 352-01
page 15 of 15
i
352 O2 O9 00 SPT MARK.
i_ SPT Scatterometer's coming up Stand by.

_ EREP start 55 seconds.
! CREW ...
1
_. _D OF TAPE
/!
_J
:I
J
Dump Tape 352-02
Time: 352:02:16 to 352:03:21 GMT
12/18/73
Page 1 of 7
352 02 16 04 PLT - 5, off and high h3 5, off. On

high 54, off.
CDR On my mark, it'll be 16:44.

Stand by -
352 02 16 44 CDR MARK. S191, REFERENCE to 2.
PLT l, 2 -
CDR *** by for m_ mark -
352 02 16 50 CDR MARK. 16:50; 192, MODE to

STANDBY.
352 02 16 5h CDR Scatterometer to STANDBY.
352 02 16 55 CDR RADIOMETER, STANDBY.
PLT One more swath. A little bit

past 17 minutes, but I'll go ahead
and let it finish.
CDR On my mark, it will be 17:08.
CDR/PLT Stand by -
PLT Off.
352 02 17 08 CDR MARK. The ALTIMETER is ON.
352 02 17 l0 CDR 194, MODE to MANUAL.
352 02 17 ll CDR RADIOMETER is going OFF now. And,

Bill I want VTS AUTO CAL at 4h. I'll
give you a countdown.
PLT Okay, at the 20 - 17:hh or - -
CDR Right.
PLT - - or 23?
Dump Tape 352-02
Page 2 of 7
CDR 17 :_h.
PLT Standing by.
CDR Okay, l0 seconds. Stand by -
352 02 17 43 PLT/CDR MARK.
352 02 17 45 PLT AUTO CAL.
CDR Okay.
PLT NOW what **_ see?
CDR Nothing.
PLT You'd think we'd be able to see

something over to the left. I guess
we're looking right in the middle
of Med right now.
CDR We should see Africa off to the left,

if we haven't already passed it. Athens
and cypress.
PLT Let me use that map for ... - -
CDR ...
PLT Oh, yeah. There's Athens right down

there right below us I'll bet you see.
I don't really know. Time is right.
That 's probably it. That 's the only
big city.
CDR Oh, yeah, probably.
PLT Or Constantinople or *** name of the

place is now - -
CDR Istanbul?
PLT Istanbul.
CDR That should be well of to the left

of Athens.
_k
Dump Tape 352-02

Page 3 of 7
PLT Yeah. I could see something down

there but it didn't look as if it's
big enough to be Istanbul.
CDR Okay. Next Dig city we'll go right

over will be Alexandria and then Cairo.
PLT Cloud cover over Ned [sic].
CDR About 2-1/2 minutes, we will he

over Alexandria and 3 minutes to Cairo.
352 02 19 03 PLT I think that's Malta we are looking at

straight down there.
PLT *** like a harbor.
CDR Mala - Malta - Let's see, Crete, the

island of Crete.
PLT Crete? Okay.
CDR Directly under us.
PLT Well, maybe it's too big to be - -
CDR No, Malta's clear over by Italy.
PLT That 's right.
CDR Okay, Ed, you got about 30 seconds to

maneuver time.
PLT Okay, here we go. You can see ... over

to the left. Get down here, Jerry and
take a look. Let me turn the lights -
Do you need the lights over there, Ed?
PLT See, you can see the curve.
CDR Yep.
PLT Going up around to the Holy Land.
CDR Couple of big islands there.

Dump Tape 352-02
Page h of 7
PLT I see Cairo; where's Athens? ... on the

coast, right under us.
CDR That' s right.
PLT There's Cairo right up ahead.
CDR The big island was Cyprus, Nicosia.
PLT That's right. Okay, now look over

to the left, there's ... And one of
those - island from ... there, the
lighest point, that's Just at Jerusalem.
352 02 20 39 CDR Beirut, where is that?
PLT It should be on up a little bit further.

Well, I'm not real sure about that, but -
CDR Bierut, Damascus is inland from Bierut.

Yeah, Jerusalem and then inland is
AE_nan.
PLT That's it. I think I have it.
352 02 21 00 CDR Okay, the S191 READy light came on all

right.
352 02 21 06 CDR EREP, STOP.
352 02 21 l0 CDR ALTIMETER to STANDBY.
CDR Okay, that's the termination of the - of

the pass.
352 02 21 25 PLT you can see the Sinai Penin -
352 02 24 02 CDR Okay, Bravo 7 is reading 32 percent.

S192, DOOR, CLOSED now.
CDR Wonder why we didn't run out of

tape recorder.
PLT You didn't have 192 running, did you?

Dump Tape 352-02
Page 5 of 7
CDR Yeah.
PLT You did! Son of a gun, very long?
CDR Well, let's see.
PLT I - I wexpecting a tape change -

here after last batch.
CDR It ran for nearly B minutes .... is

it C-8 is the tape recorder. No - yeah,
tape remaining. Let's see what C-8 is.
PLT ... That's supposed to be two ...
CDR Yes.
PLT Okay ... gimbal angle zero zero. VTS

POWER, I got it there. There we go.
... power -
CDR Okay, the DOOR CLOSED light is on.

Through looking out the window?
PLT Yeah.
CDR Get that door closed.
PLT ... power, off. Stow lightweight

headset cable, camera. Discontinue
hot mike.
CDR I'm through recording, too.
CC Skylab -
TIME SKIP
B52 0B 08 _0 PLT Okay. it's the PLT. The time is

19:09 Zulu, reporting on upwelling or
at least coloration to the northeast of
Chatham Islands, estimating the
distance between 50 to a 100 miles.
Dump Tape 352-02
Page 6 of 7
Looking at the ocean current map

and also looking at the surface
coloration on the water that we
saw, the following sounds like a
reasonable explanation of what we've
seen. In this area, there is a
general northwest - southwest flow
indicated on the ocean current map.
And if there is a landrise to be
north of northeast of the Chatham Islands
and this current sould - depending on the
depth of it, this would indicate
bringing lower depth water up to the
surface in this area and because of
the interference or resistance or
friction, it's got to be with the
landrise or perhaps Just a - a
backwater eddy on the back side of this
landrise in the Chatham Islands. We're
seeing an awful lot of mixing. There
does not seem to be much order to the
pattern, although there seems to
be sort of a general serpentine path
to the south and southeast. This is
what you asked to report on. This
is the first time I think that we were
able to sort of discern a directional
pattern to this. Before it's Just
been sort of a general area of
coloration the water, more or less
nondescript with no directionality
or progression - direction - progression
implied by the pattern that we saw.
Again this looks to be a pretty slow
flow, almost stagnant, a lot spin-off
eddies. We saw one rather large
clockwise eddywhich apparently is -
was generated off of the main stream
of the flow. But all of it's varying,
very nondescript and with a very little
discipline or order to the pattern of the
flow.
352 03 i0 43 PLT PLT out.
352 03 18 47 CDR SPT at 1 - 03:17, ATM operation after the

Z-LV pass. I decided to get a little
Dump Tape 352-02
Page 7 of 7
better pointing as we had a mis-

understanding where the pointing
sould be at the conclusion of
the last A_4 pass. So we now got
the good - relatively good pointing.
The MIRROR, AUTO RASTER will cover
Just about all the prominence,
although it's pretty tough to
squeeze that in there. It's really
a large prominence. And we are in
ROLL of minus 5400 right after the
nuZ update.
SPT While we were Sun centered - Well I

did go back to Sun center first and
gave 52 a STANDARD MODE and 56 a
PATROL, SHORT and 55 also received
a MIRROR, AUTO RASTER at grating of
MECHANICAL REF 102. Then I went out
and did the repointing and they
received a partial MIRROR, AUTO
RASTER although ... optics cover for
the prominence. I did some moving
around ... stop the MIRROR, AUTO RASTER
and moved and then started it again to
get a little better repointing for
the unattended.
352 03 20 15 SPT SPT OUT.
END OF TAPE
q
Dump Tape 352-03

Time: 352:10:09 to 352:11:59 GMT
12118/73
Page
1 13
352 i0 09 12 SPT SPT at 10:19 [sic]. PRD readings:
42425 2323 38305. SPT out.
TIME SKIP
352 ll 09 h8 PLT PLT at ll:09 Zulu. Delta 6 is

reading 56 percent.
352 ll 17 53 PLT Okay, and we're going to record.

... minus lO. Okay, I'm reading monitor.
Alfa 2 is reading 59; Alfa 3 is reading
86; Alfa h is reading 70; Alfa 5 is
reading 68; Alfa 6 is reading zero.
Bravo 2 is reading 56; Bravo 3 is
reading 76; Bravo 4 is reading 70;
Bravo 5 is reading 75; Bravo 6
is reading50; Bravo7 is reading
32 ... ; Bravo 8 is reading l;
and Bravo 9 is reading h8, Bravo 9.
Charlie 2 is reading 45; Charlie 3 is
reading 88, and it's a little high.
No, it's okay. We got the attenuator
installed. Charlie _ is reading 71;
Charlie 5 is reading 83; Charlie 6
is reading 47; Charlie 7 is reading 51.
Delta 2 is reading 86; Delta 3 is
reading 85 ; Delta h is reading 72 ;
Delta 5 is reading 13, good; Delta 6
is reading 57. Go back to Charlie -
I was trying - ...; that's right.
352 Ii 19 48 PLT Okay. 91 ... 7, that's okay.

Okay, I'll go CHECK the ALIGNMENT switch
is OFF.
352 ii 21 30 SC The - yeah, see, that's much better. We

may be - now it's okay.
CREW ...?
Dump Tape 352-03
Page 2 of
PLT Uh, no.
PLT T minus 5.
352 Ii 22 h0 PLT 192, MODE to READY.
352 ]I 22 45 PLT DOOR, OPEN.
352 ii 22 49 PLT Door closed; lights out. Waiting

for READY light ON.
CDR Okay, thank you.
352 ii 23 56 PLT Okay there's the READY light; MODE's going

to CHECK.
352 ii 24 00 PLT 91 HEATER switch OFF; light OFF.

It is. PRESS to TEST. Both of them,
-- good. Waiting for T minus 3.
CDR Let's see. 58 step starts over San

Francisco. Yeah. Looks like I
won't get to do much rubber-necking.
CDR ...
CREW ...
CDR 36, which is right at - San Francisco.
PLT 93 verifying voice/record preoperate.

Config pad.
352 ll 25 19 PLT Preoperate Config, the tape recorder

ON. READY, on; 192, ON; READY out; check.
352 ]1 25 27 PLT DOOR, OPt; 91, ON; READY; ON; COOLER,

ON; Door stuck open; 90, OFF; READY,
out. Stand by - DOOR CLOSED; 93, RAD
to STANDBY; READY out; SCAT, OFF;
READY, out ; ALTIMETER, OFF; READY, OUT;
94, ON; READY; on; TV input station,
133; POWER, ON; VIDEO SELECT, ... Ed,
would you verify that TV input station 133,
POWER is ON; the VIDEO SELECT is to TV over
there on that other switch 1327
Dump Tape 352-03
Page 3 of
S_T oo.
PLT Thsm_k you.
352 ll 27 07 PLT Okay, we're all ready.
PLT Okay, on my mark it will be 11:28;

ALTIM_f_:H will be going to STANDBY.
Stand by -
352 ll 28 00 PLT MARK. STANDBY. Okay, Jer, at 31:06

I'll give you a call; I need AUTO CAL.
CDR Okay.
PLT ...
CDR Okay.
CDR What was the time on that VTS?
PLT 31 :06.
CDR Okay.
PLT On my mark it'll be 31 minutes ... EREP

to START.
PLT Stand by -
352 11 31 00 PLT MARK. EREP, START. Stand by for VTS

AUTO CAL, Jer.
CDR Stand by.
PLT On my mark.
352 Ii 31 06 PLT MARK.
CDR Okay, you got it.
PLT VTS, AUTO CAL Stand by for 31:14 ...

MODE, MANUAL.
352 ll 31 14 PLT MARK. 194 MODE to MANUAL.

"_ Dump Tape 352-03
Page h of
PLT Stand by for 31:40 for a RADIOMETER, OFF.

Stand by -
352 ii 31 40 PLT MARK RADIOMm'±'ER;OFF; and I will

switch postion 6 on the down. Switch
position 6 is on the downlink and
standing by for 33 minutes.
PLT Kill those lights for a while, if you

want to, Jer.
CDR There's nothing to see right over the

water.
PLT Stand by on m_fmark it'll be 33 min-

utes. 193 ALTIMA'I'_:Ris going ON.
Stand by.
352 ll 33 01 PLT MARK. ALTIMETER, ON; I have an

ALTIMETER UNLOCK light. Stand by -
I'll watch it. ALTIMETER UNLOCK light
is out, Just blinking now. Staying out,
good.
352 ll 33 21 CC Bill, we're reading you loud and clear

and got you stateside, 14 minutes.
PLT Ah, good, Story.
PLT Standing by for 33:46.
PLT Okay READY light cam_ on at h5 ;

REFERENCE, 6. Stand by for 3h min-
utes even.
352 ll 34 O0 PLT MARK. SCAT to STANDBY.
352 ll 34 06 CC And your vehicle's looking good

from down here.
PLT Thank you, Story.
CDR Story, would you clarify that that

f setting was 1.2? I believe you said
wide open this morning and I copied
2.0.
Dump Tape 352-03
Page 5 of
CC That's f/2 and shutter speed now 1/125.
CDR Okay, thank you.
CDR Okay 1 minute to go on the

nadir step.
352 ll 35 19 PLT MARK. ALTIMETER to STANDBY.

stand by -
352 ll 35 25 PLT MARK. 35:24; RADIOMETER to STANDBY.

And 35:30.
352 ll 35 31 PLT MARK. RADIOMETER, ON. And standing

by for 35:39. *** 192 MODE to READY.
Stand by -
352 ll 35 40 PLT MARK. 192 MODE to READY. Tape motion

green light, good. ALTIMETER UNLOCK,
okay, that 's ***
352 ll 36 O0 CDR MARK. At 36 we started the nadir step.

Tracking through zero.
CDR Okay.
352 ll 36 12 CDR MARK. It's minus 5; going to plus 5.
352 ll 36 21 CDR MARK plus 5.
352 ll 36 32 CDR MARK minus 5.
PLT Okay, Story, it looks wide open

again and we're getting some good data.
CC Okay.
352 ll 36 h2 CDR MARK plus 5. *** Nadir.
352 ll 36 52 CDR MARK minus 5.
PLT Standing by for 37 :lO.

Dump Tape 352-03
Page 6 of
352 ii 37 00 CDR Mark. Plus 5. Nadir.
PLT Stand by.
352 ll 37 lO PLT MARK. RAD to STANDBY.
352 ll 37 ll CDR Mark. Minus 5.
352 ll 37 16 PLT Okay, 16. SCAT, OFF; RAD; ON.
352 ll 37 19 CDR Mark. Plus 5.
CDE Nadir.
352 ll 37 28 CDR MARK. Minus 5.
352 I] 37 37 CDR MARK. Plus 5. Nadir.
352 ll 37 h8 CDR MARK. Minus 5.
352 1] 37 55 CDR MARK. Plus 5 .... Nadir.
PLT Taking some good pictures?
CDR Sure am .... minus 5 .... We got

some good coverage for him. Got every
major artery and every small town along it.
PLT Great. Too bad we didn't have that

c_ra last night.
352 1] 38 17 CDR Mark. Plus 5. Yeah, boy, I'll say.
PLT Man that's tremend - that was Just

a tremendous view.
CDR Nadir.
SC Everything's looking good here.
352 ll 38 36 CDR MARK. Plus 5. Lots of lights

f down there.
352 ii 38 h6 CDR MARK. Minus 5.

Dump Tape 352-03
Page 7 of
352 ii 38 51 CDR MARK. Plus 5. Nadir.
352 Ii 39 02 CDR MARK. Minus 5.
352 Ii 39 i0 CDR MARK. Plus 5.
352 Ii 39 21 CDR MARK. Minus 5.
PLT Standing by for 39:hh.
352 ii 39 43 PLT MARK. 192 MDDE to CHECK.
352 ii 39 45 CDR MARK. Minus 5.
PLT ... tape motion.
PLT Okay.
352 ii 39 53 CDR MARK. Plus 5.
PLT Stand by on my mark -
CDR Nadir.
352 ll 40 00 PLT MARK. 40 downlink to OFF.
352 IihO 04 CDR MARK. Minus 5.
352 ll 40 30 CDR MARK. Plus 5. Nadir.
PLT And, Story, I'd like to confirm

one thing.
352 iI 40 40 CDR MARK. Minus 5.
PLT I turned the ALTIMETER to STANDBY

at 35:18 and I'm not turning it on
again until44:32.
352 ll 40 50 CDR MARK. Plus 5.

Dump Tape 352-03
Page 8 of
CDR Nadir.
CC ...
PLT Makes me suspicious because of a

change in SELECTION at 42:12.
Probably right, but I Just want you
to check.
352 ll 41 lO CDR MARK. Plus 5.
CC 44:32 is verified Bill.
PLT Thank you.
CDR Nadir.
352 ll 41 52 CDR MARK. Plus 5. Must have picked up

a little sunlight.
352 ll 42 l0 CDR MARK. Plus 5.
PLT Standing by -
352 ll 42 12 PLT MARK. 192 MODE to READY. ALTIMETER,

plus 5.
CDR Nadir.
PLT Frame 65.
CC 44:32 is verified on the ALTIMETER,

Bill.
Dump Tape 352-03
Page 9 of
352 ii 42 29 CDR Plus 5.
PLT Okay.
CDR Nadir.
PLT Thank you, Story.
352 ll h2 42 CDR MARK. Plus 5.
PLT Everything looking good.
CDR Nadir.
PLT Tape recorder is ***
SPT *** sunrise, Story.
352 ll 43 21 CDR MARK. Plus 5.
CC Hang in.
CDR Nadir.
SPT Sunrise. Ccompletion of photos.
CC Thank you.
PLT Coming up on 4h.
CDR Nadir.
f-
PLT Stand by -
Dump Tape 352-03
Page i0 of
352 ii h4 00 PLT MARK. 192 MODE to STANDBY;

tape motion ...
352 ii h4 01 CDR MARK. Plus 5. Nadir.
352 ii 44 i0 CDR MARK. Minus 5.
PLT Stand by. I_:18 on n_ mark -
352 ll 44 18 PLT MARK. SCAT to STANDBY; at 20 -
352 ll h4 19 CDR MARK. Plus 5.
B52 ll 44 20 PLT MARK. RAD to STANDBY.
PLT 26 -
r CDR NADIR.
352 ll 44 26 PLT MARK. RAD, OFF.
352 ll 44 30 CDR MARK. Minus t.
PLT Stand by -
352 ii 4h 32 PLT MARK. ALTIM_'I'E_,ON. READY light

on. Green.
PLT ALTIMETER UNLOCK light at 41.

Still have a READY light.
CDR Nadir.
PLT ALTIMET_, ON; light is blinking.

It went out. Good.
PLT We still have a READY light.

Dump Tape 352-03
Page ii of
PLT The old ALTIMETER's hanging in

there, looks like.
352 ll 45 53 CDR MARK. Minus 5. That's the

end of the swath.
PLT On my mark 46:10, it'll be REF 2

on 191. Stand by -
352 ll 45 l0 PLT MARK. REF, 2. And, Jer, in

about 1 minute I'll need a VTS
AUTO CAL. I'll give you a call.
CDR All right.
CC Skylab, we're a minute from LOS.

About ten minutes to Vanguard. Be
d_mping the data/voice there. We'd
like verification if you did go to
EREP collant valve to flow?
PLT That's affirmative. We did, Story.
CC Okay, and we'd like you to go ahead

and enter the maneuver time back to
SI, so we can take a look at it over
this station.
SPT Okay.
PLT I got an ALTIMETER UNLOCK now, but

I still have a READY light.
PLT Okay Jer, I need a - I'll get it.
CDR All right, I'll get it.
PLT Stand by. 47:20. It's fifteen

seconds yet.
PLT Okay, 5 seconds. Stand by -
352 ll 47 20 PLT MARK. VTS AUTO CAL.

Dump Tape 352-03
Page 12 of
CDR You have it.
PLT Thank you.
PLT Okay, I still have - of, now -

it Just went out. This ready
light went out at 26 on ALTIMETER;
I'm turning it off. Now I go to
STANDBY at 50 seconds anyway. I'll
to ahead and get a little bit more.
CC Got a good maneuver time Skylab,

see you in about ten minutes.
PLT Okay, Story.
PLT And ALTIMETER's back on and then

I get an ALTIM_'I'E_ Unlock light and
about time to go to ALTIMETER STANDBY.
352 ll 47 50 PLT MARK. Range 68. And at 48:06.

Stand by on my mark 48:06.
352 ll 48 03 PLT MARK. 193 ALTIMETER, ON. ALTIMETER

UNLOCK light blinking at ll seconds -
48:11. It's out now.
PLT And it's staying out. Good.
PLT ALTIMETER UNLOCK light is staying

out. This really looks like a very
good pass. The UNLOCK - ALTIMETER
UNLOCK - lock light came on late in
the previous ALTIMETER swath. Stand
by 50. I do not have a 191 READY.
At 06 I go MODE, MANUAL. There's
the 191 right on time. Stand by.
352 ll 50 05 PLT MARK. 50:06, 194 MODE to MANUAL.

Now the ALTIMETER UNLOCK light came on
at 50:10 but the READY light is
still on. Just got a 194 MALF light
blinking. That was at 50:38.
CDR Nothing but clouds.
PLT Okay, I Just lost my READY light

going to STANDBY ...
Dump Tape 352-03
Page 13 of
CDR We were - we were so busy we

didn't get a chance to look down at
the light.
PLT What's happened is that this

thing is going - I'm - I'm finally
losing my READY light Just about, oh,
h0 seconds before the end of the
swath.
352 ll 51 Oh PLT ... MARK. Back on. I got a READY

light on the ALTIMETER. And - -
CDR See South America, Peru.
PLT I do not have an UNLOCK light; it's

hanging in there and I got about 15
seconds to go in the ALTIMETER swath.
CDR Lima, Peru. Peru.
PLT On my mark it'll be 51:35. Stand by.
352 ll 51 35 PLT MARK. And EREP to - ALTIMETER to

STANDBY; EREP to START - STOP in at
11:54 which is about 3 - 2 minutes
from now we'll go to start fine
maneuver. Okay. Fine maneuver
first.
PLT No, okay.
352 ll 52 24 PLT Okay, RECORD switch is going OFF.
END OF TAPE
Dump Tape 352-04
Time: 352:12:11 to 352:13:00 GMT
12/18/73
Page 1 of 4
352 12 ll 28 PLT PLT, time is 12:11. Bravo 7 is

reading 32-1/2 percent.
PLT PLT - PLT recording CF tape at

5.8 centimeters.
TIME SKIP
352 12 46 i0 SPT SPT at 12:46 ATM op after a EREP

pass only had around lO minutes
left of day. We got to the center
fo the sun and gave it a shopping
list item 1. Took a look at the
streamer structure. The one over
T59 is larger at the base than it
was yesterday and as strong in emission
further out as it was yesterday, so
it has essentially Just grown a little
bit at the base. I also see a little
point of structure to - close to the
base further south than the center
line of that streamer.
352 12 47 09 SPT Another good streamer is, although

not anywhere near as intense, is
located over around 2 o'clock on
the east limb, correction the west
limb. The XUVmonitor shows the
active regions which we have on the
disk quite well.
352 12 47 34 SPT 96 shows up, 97, both of which are

relatively weak. 00 shows up
exceptionally well. And 01, and
I believe there is another one right
at the limb. 8o looks like we've got
a real o_plex system coming around,
right next to 00.
Dump Tape 352-0h
Page 2 of 4
352 12 48 00 SPT Went over then and looked at the

prominence and again that certainly
has extensive light. I'd love to
see that one blow off. We rolled so
the MIRROR LINE SCAN was tangent to
the llmb and gave it a MIRROR AUOT
RASTER and got to 400K Just as we
were going through 09, 15, 16 somewhere
in there. So we got one good MIRROR
AUTO RASTER grating of zero.
352 12 48 34 SPT Detectors all looking at the prominence.

It's probably not anywhere near enough
in order to get a good look at it,
but that's all we could squeeze in.
352 12 28 43 SPT SFT out.
SPT SPT at the 12:49 reporting some

observations, visual observations. A
plankton bloom and current structure
in the South Atlantic. Okay, at the
conclusion of the EREP pass, we
came across the east coast of South
America, came out right over Montevideo.
Due to clouds I was not able to see
the plankton bloom very close to the
coast ; however as we moved further
out, let me describe to you what we saw.
We were heading essentially southeast
to east a - at an angle of 120 or so
relative to solar n - relative to
Earth north.
352 12 50 54 SPT Okay at 12:06:30 we saw running

perpendic__lar to our path essentially
northeast a very faint but discernible
plankton bloom, very low contrast
in intensity and the fairly discernible
green, and it seemed to ... as a
stresmllne okay, rttr_ningas a streamline
to the northeast. At 12:07 to 12:09
we saw a fair amount of plankton blooming
although extensive in area, it was
again very low contrast, low color
difference. I don't have the Forel scale
Dump Tape 352-04
Page 3 of 4
here, but I would - as best I can

remember - that we were looking at
the 4 or 5 contrasting with a 2 or a 3.
352 12 52 13 SPT We saw several things, mostly eddies. One

eddy I noticed at around 12:08,
which again was slightly to the
north of our path, as most of this
material was; it was counterclockwise.
the others were pretty much random.
We could not notice any specific direction.
352 12 52 51 SPT The clouds which were further north,

at the very base of the clouds there
appeared to be a little brighter plankton
blooming by base I mean Just leading
into the clouds fr_ our vantage point,
and it leads me to wonder whether the
clouds are associated with the bloombs
themselves, blooms representing the
colder water and thereby cooling the
normal ocean air blowing across it,
with a - them bringing the dewpoint
down to where we formed clouds, or
bringing the temperature down close
to the temperature where water will
condense.
352 12 53 31 SPT I've seen this on a number of occasions

where I've been frustrated because
all of the plankton bloom appears to be
Just starting where the clouds start,
and usually there is a relation.
352 12 53 48 SPT Okay, ..., can you look further out

at around say 12:12 to 12:14 and at
this point we are moving pretty much
directly east. We saw tow things, one
is a wave pattern in the water. Showed
up quiet well and the contrast or the
sun angle we had. The waves themselves
were running parallel to our path at east
we st.
Dump Tape 352-04
Page h of 4
352 12 54 24 SPT Now over a very extensive distance,

over hundreds of miles both along
the wave and pependicular to them.
And then also, a little bit to the -
ss_v around 12:l_, a little bit further
east of the major portion, we could
see the waves real well, we saw cloud
streaks.
352 12 54 45 SPT These clouds streaks were in the

same direction, that's east-west of
the wave, so apparently the wind and the
waves were parallel at that point.
Whether there is a relationship there,
I'm not sure and I'm not sure what -
what caused the waves at that point.
Cause too very small angle of our
explanation, the cloud streaks which
were fairly long and linear were parallel
with the waves, which were very long
and linear so, coincidence or cause and
effect I'm not sure, or both effect
of the same thing.
352 12 55 29 SPT SPT out.
352 12 56 03 PLT PLT at 12 - 12:56 subject is S183

Carvisel. I have the 292 ont and I
found the two alignment marks peperdicular
to the line of the film wide opening,
and I have rotated it counterclockwise
which has the easiest way that it went.
352 12 56 32 PLT Very difficult to rotate the other way,

and I moved it to line up with the film
hatch opening slot.
END 0T TAPE
r
i
"_ Dump Tape 352-05

Time: 352:14:19 to 352:14:33 _T
12118173
Page 1 of 4
352 14 19 47 SPT SPT at 14:20. The ATM pass began

at 13:50. Building block i - Bravo.
The JOP 4, step 4, building blocks ll
and 28 really went with no problem
but I found I was a little rushed in
getting the pointing in. That is, to
try to find a maximum as well as to
get the Slit off the thread. Took
a little care and patience, and I find
I got a little rushed. I think we
got good data and I got in what we
wanted, but it put it pretty close.
These threads are very visible - using
the H-alpha monitor. One thing that
will show them up better is not Just
use the low contrast brighten and a
relatively high brightness, that is a
contrast of 3, brightness of 7.
/F But if we also move most of the - solar
image off the end of the tube, and
the - gain in the TV will compensate
and bring out the structure even more.
And that's worked to real good advantage
to get visibility. With that, I am able
to see the whole beautiful prominence
structure which really has, as I looked
at it, - a little complex - array of
arches and features. Let me Just start
at the very north part - I'm not trying to
give you dimensions of them; big and
smal I. The - northernmost part has got
a relatively small arch, fairly bright at
the frist foot of the small arch, that's
coming from the north. And then we have
the most - brightest point in the cromin -
prominence, which is - the feet which
I guess peopl are referring to it as the
north foot of the prominence.
352 14 22 21 SPT And that's fairly intense as well as dense

and I do not see very much thread structure
there. Then I see the prominence as I go
south looping out and perhaps the largest
/ arch of all, which is part of what's been
called the major portion of the prominence
and I can see that - at least, low lying
Dump Tape352-05
Page 2 of 4
thread of that going from one foot all

the way across to the other; Just as I
reported that was open - where I could
not see that. Today we're trying new
technique and also making some changes in
the prominence. I haven't been able to
check that. I can see it quite well.
..., of course, arches above that, which
I cannot see. And the restriction line
mentally I would say is probably an minute
or so off the disk. Okay, so now we come
to the end of that long arch and there
is a - foot there which may be called the
southern 00 which is attached to the disk.
Except, well, maybe a very small fraction
of an arc minute. I can not see it on the
disk. I'm not sure what the - the cause
there is - the reason is. But it's - does
pretty close to being right down there at
the very bottom, so I do believe that one
is, in the - the normal sense of the word,
attached to the disk, There is where all of
the beautiful vertical thread structure
is. The structure itself, or that is, the
numerous threads encompass a fairly wide
area, maybe an arc minutes or so across in
multi vertical structures. This is where
I did the pointing for building block ii
and building block 28. There was one nearly
vertical structure for building block ll;
that's l-l/2 arc minutes off the disk. I
did not measure but that's an eyeball estimate.
352 14 24 33 SPT And then I chose one which was - with a top
which declined slightly to the north,
maybe 20 degrees or so, for the building
block 28. That's right a adjacent to it,
the - first one. I think - I know to line
it up a little bit better, and I'm taking
a little bit more time. But in looking
at the intensities in Lyman-beta, I found
that within that range then they did tend
to change a little bit but not as much I
might think from looking at the H-alpha
display. Then looking at the width of the
5 arc second aperture all though I - I
Dump Tape 352-05
Page 3 of h
doubt that; that's still relatively small

for what I was seeing in H-alpha. They
look as though there is more in the
Lyman-beta and I would suspect that most
of the higher ten_perature lines than
anything we are seeing in the visible -
I suspect that's quite a bit broader than
the thread structure we see in H-alpha.
The Ly_-beta count we are getting in that
structure was - 300, 350, which is quite -
quite high, as - as I understand it. I
looked for the one we looked at a couple
of weeks - a week and a half ago or so.
That's prominence 39 or 37 when it was on
the east limb. Sorry, the west limb.
That was only 200, and that was considered
relatively dense.
352 lh 26 18 SPT Okay. Continuing further south in this

description of the prominence, there is
another small arch, which I can see quite
well. And it's at the southern foot,
then coming into a series of relatively
low-lying filament structure which is -
I'm sorry, prominence structure which is -
fairly dense but low-lying and there's
one or two arches in it; seems like al]
of them are seal1, one ...
352 14 26 5_ SPT So in general, then I see four feet and I

broke the one up mentioned ... to the
south; I can probably find more of them.
I think we have an excellent tool for
doing the Sun from turning for a little
while. Building blocks themselves
mechanically were carried out with no real
problem, except for at the very end, 55;
I was at mechanical REF and wanted to
maximize Lyman-beta again and went to - 130,
and for some reason I could Just not get
anything out of the detector; it was Just
laying down there around 20 or so. And I
suspect for some reason that I had a grating
p positionthat was off. This was coupled
with the fact that when I gave a GRATING
AUTO SCAN in building block ll, I put it
GRATING 3 SCAN. I had a mechanical REF
w
Dump Tape 352-05

Page 4 of
and - was indicating all zeroes. I don't

believe I was really in mechanical REF ....
not sure what the problem was here. Most
likely it was residual but I cannot unravel
it. And then before we did building block 28,
I had to take another lap around the GRATING
to get mechanical REF, zero, stepping up
to 102 and I did get a zero AUTO RASTER
down to line 16 which did encompass the
filament before we got to h00 K.
352 14 29 03 SPT Descriptions of XUV MONITOR and WHITE LIGHT

CORONAGRAPH, that's given on air-to-ground.
I won't waste -
352 14 29 14 SPT SPT out.
END OF TAPE
r
Dump Tape 352-08

Time: 352:19:39 to 352:20:34 G_T
12/18/78
Page 1 of 2
352 19 31 28 PLT M092, subject PLT. Left legband, Charlie

Juliett; right legbandAlfa Quebec. Out.
TIME SKIP
352 20 32 02 CDR This is the CDR at 20:30 debriefing the -

19 - debriefing the 19:35 ATM pass. The
first was a JOP 10, building block 2. No
problems with that. Wasted about a minute
and a half or so trying to get the VTR
work done. I elected to wait in order to
give you about 30 to 40 seconds of white
light coronagraph. Okay, then we got to
J0P 25A, building block 10. You specify
roll of plus 2000 and the best I could get
was 1915. And I didn't want to leave the
canister in a roll to stop - up hard
against, so I backed off to 1900 and your
data then was taken for JOP 25A - was taken
at a roll of plus 1900. And then at the
UP and DOWN and Left and Right coordinates
that you specify on the pad.
352 20 33 06 CDR One the third one, I seriously considered

going up 250, instead of down 250 arc
seconds, but I looked at where that would
take me and I decided that really wouldn't
be in your best interest. So I went
ahead and - and did the lesser of the two
evils and kept the roll where it was and
followed the other pointing coordinates
precisely. We got down to JOP lO with
l0 minutes to go and actually only had
8 minutes to go. And by the time I got
55 to the right grating position, we
did not have enoughtime for a full MAR,
so we had to truncate at line number 45
in a MIRROR AUTO RASTER, DETECTOR all
GRATING zero.
352 20 33 51 CDR The other two experiments, 56 and the

WHITE LIGHT CORONAGRAPH, yes, both got
their exposures complete before we hit
the 400K llne. And looking at the -
SL-IV MCI081/I
Time: 16:04 CST 33:22:04 (;MT
12/18/73
PAO This is Skylab Control at 22 hours

4 minutes Greenwich mean time. With a reminder to the press
that at 4:30 p.m. today central time we'll have a press
briefin_ envolving Dr. George Withbroe. That press 5rlefln_
will be in buildin_ number i, room 135. Dr. Withbroe is
associated with the Apollo telescope mount activities.
Space station is about a half sec - half a minute away from
acqllisition through the Canary Island trackin_ site. And
we'll stand by for the call up from Spacecraft Communicator,
Bob Crippen.
CC Good afternoon, Skylab. Crippen team
with you through Canary for 12 minutes.
CDR Crip, strange it should be to you, I
was just going to announce that we finally have the moths
on TV.
CC I think we might have a small problem
there. (Chuckle) The last time we showed that the TV switch
up there was in mon 1 and not TV.
CDR I went through the whole thing all over
again Crlp. I think we _ust completed the whole tape.
CC Okay. Understand you got it. Have we
seen any new moths?
SPT Yeah, I think I saw 1 possibly 2 new
fellows orawllnR around there today. They only last about
a day or two so the ones that are crawling are usually
fairly recent.
CDR You guys better start thinking up some
names, Crip.
CC I'm not good at naming things llke that,
I thought you guys were. All these are in the wild ones,
none in the tame yet.
SPT Yep, all wild ones.
SPT There's got to he a moral there somewhere.
CDR Crip, how does our Delta P look across
that condensate holding tank?
CC Checking it.
CDR How does the Delta P look across the
condensate holding tank?
CC It's coming up we want to leave it
connected. We'll tell you later when to disconnect it if
we do so.
CDR Okay.
SPT Hey, Crip. Any thought on the singling
up in our YX's on rate gyro number 2?
CC We're still lookln_ at that one Ed.
No answers as yet. And I wonder if we could find out how
f_ Time: 15:48 16:31 GMT
12118173
Page 1 of 5
352 15 h8 50 CDR This is the CDR at 15:h9 Zulu. The

subject is Earth observations. The first
target suggested today way HHI06 at
11:57:24. We just flat missed that one
we got busy cleaning up after the EREP
and Just missed our opportunity to look
out and see that one in the window.
352 15 49 17 It looks like it was probably pretty good

for that too. The next two opportunities,
for me anyway, were at 15:28 Zulu, and that
was HH77 and 78. Again all three of us
were busy with other Jobs; didn't get a
chance to look at it. I did however, get
a look - a short look-out the window at
about 15:33, and I noticed it was awfully
cloudy in that area anyway. So it may be
because of clouds we didn't lose much
anyway. We did, however, get some good
352 15 48 50 Earth observations in, and stand by a

second. Let me get a map to refer to.
PLT How you going, Jer?
CDR Yes, I'll be down in a minute.
PLT Okay.
352 15 50 26 CDR Okay. The observations I'm referring to

were done this morning at approximately
12:00 Zulu as we were on the Earth
resources pass and coming out over
Montevideo and the Rio de la Plata
harbor there, _he area where it - where
it comes into the ocean. We got out over
the ocean and remembering that this is
the point where the Falkland current and
the south equatorial current come together
and head out in a southeasterly or east
southeasterly direction, it Just happened
at that time we had very good sun glint
conditions.
f_

Page 2 of 5
352 15 51 20 CDR And so we - Bill and I started poking

at the water. I with binoculars and Bill
unaided, and noticed nothing particular
in the - in the wave forms that would
indicate any current. However, we
did notice after we got a good 200 miles
offshore, that we picked up some very faint
plankton bloomings that were light green.
352 15 51 _7 CDR It was nowhere near as pronounced as what

we've seen in the Falkland current and at
certain other areas. But there were definitely
hints of it out as far as 200, 300 miles
southeast and east southeast of Montevideo.
We looked at it and took several Hasselblad
pictures and Bill will report those at another
time. The frame numbers and all.
352 15 52 16 CDR There were no intersecting wave patterns or

anything like that to indicate where the edge
of the current was. That was not - not too
easy for us to find. However, we were sur-
prised to see so far out at sea, away from
land falls, the - again the indication of
plankton blooms. And this as far as we
were concerned indicated that the - the
currents were - were coming together in
that area.
352 15 52 46 CDR CDH out.
352 16 00 O0 PLT ... this is the PLT.
352 16 01 55 PLT Okay. This is the PLT. The time is 16:01,

coming up on 16:02, and the reason that I
did not get a voice recorded was because of
a couple of interruptions, one of which was
a master alarm wlth a problem with rate
gyros. However, the exposure was started
on time at 15:_8. ROTATION. and I'll check
it on the gauge, 016.2, TILT. 09.6, and
everything was started on time so -
except - with one exception and that is
that _ it was when I started the exposure
it went to slate 13, and I had - I set 12
in when I set up the experiment.
Page 3 of 5
352 16 02 36 PLT So I'm not quite sure what's going on

or if it's Just an indicator problem.
In any event Just about the time the -
all the clicking stopped _aud the exposure
started, I assume, on this is field
Charlie 99 Alfa, Alfa, that the plate
indicator advanced to 13. I'm going to
check it in the next exposure here.
We'll see how the time works out.
352 16 03 05 PLT About 5 minutes to go in this exposure.
352 16 05 08 CDR This is the CDR at 16:05 Zulu with ambient

food inventory data so far. Test number 1
was frozen food locker F553, canister
number lO. The contents are 2 prime
rib, 2 filet mignon, 2 pork loin, and
5 vanillaice cream, ii total,i missing.
Okay. Step number 2 was inventory of
locker 561° 2, and 3. Locker 561, front,
number 31/ number 10; number 26/ - now
let me give you the code here first.
Number 31 means canister number and the
slash and then the ten means the tenth
item is missing, or the number i0 item
is missing.
352 16 06 05 CDR So we'll start over again now. This is

locker F561, front. Number 31/10; 26/9;
25/9; 20/8; 17/lO; 15/9; F561, rear:
number ll/9; 16/9 and 10; 21/9; 27/10; 25/9;
Locker F562, front. 16/2; 17/h; 21/6; 26/9
and 10; 27/10; F562 rear: 21/10; 18/9;
16/9; 15/9 and 10; and ll, i0.
352 16 07 00 CDR In some cases the slash nines were the

bottom ones and in some cases the slash ten
was the bottom one. I don't see - I think
your records probahlytell you how many are
in there, so I think Just the number should
be adequate. Now, we have F563 to go and we
have the overage ambient inventory to go,
and you're going to have to schedule us
with extra time for that.
352 16 07 43 CDR CDR out.

Page 4 of 5
352 16 ii 04 PLT Okay. This is the PLT, 16:11. It did

advance to plate 14 and I'm saving up
for field Charlie 38 Alfa, and that'd
be ROTATION 2119. 2119 and TILT is 05.7.
Okay. 205.7, it's plate 14. Exposure
in 0° 300 at 0, okay. Okay.
352 16 12 20 PLT Start. And that's about 12. And we're

in work.
352 16 18 h0 PLT Okay. This is the PLT at 16:19. Completion

of that 300-second exposure on field Charlie
38 Alfa. And I say again thzt was plate lb,
13 and 14 were exposure on these two.
Not 12 and 13. I don't know what happened.
I set up 12 Just like it said in the pro-
cedures. Anyway, in time available after
S183 exposure complete, would like you to
point at two reference stars with no photos,
to calibrate the .... Point at the following
stars ... reticle in the crosshairs.
Canopus 225.4 and TILT 16.6.
CREW ...
352 16 21 08 PLT Okay. By Canopus centered, I've got 225.3

and 16.9. Okay, Regulus 139.8. 139.8,
01.2. Okay. Right in the center.
CREW ...
PLT Okay. Regulus 0140.2 and 001.8, and I

will now call that down to ground.
352 16 22 39 PLT And PLT out. I'll be settin_ down the

experiment as soon as I call this to
ground, real time.
352 16 27 57 CDR This is the CDR at 16:28 Zulu reporting

on $233. The first exposure was to have
been at 16:17. Started having camera
problems agains. I pushed the remote
control on shutter release and the shutter
opened and then promptly closed again. So
I checked - checked the shutter speed and
. A

Page 5 of 5
it was at B. And so I tried it again

about 12 seconds later, and this time
pressed firmly on the button because I
figured the last time it happened to me
because I didn't press hard enough on
the button. And that didn't help either.
352 16 28 h2 CDR So 13 was wasted. So I went to time-T,

tried it again and got nothing. That is
by nothing I mean the shutter opened and
closed again immediately. So I went back
to B, and by that time I was approaching
16:18:52; so at 16:18:52 I went ahead and
took the 120-second focus infinity exposure,
and luckily that one worked okay.
352 16 29 13 CDR Then I tried number 16 frame came at 21:0h,

I believe it was, and that was no problem
either. It was well before surnrise. So
essentially what we have then is 5 frames
used and the last two were successful, the
last two normal frames of $233.
352 16 29 37 CDR CDR out.
END OF TAPE
Dump Tape 352-07
Time: 352:18:51 to 352:19:18 GMT
12-18-73
Page i of 4
352 18 51 52 PLT PLT at - - 18:52. Debriefing an ATMpass

that started at 17 - -
CC Houston, we are i minute.
PLT - - 18:03.
CC ... Guam, at 26 and were sehedt_led to

dump data recorder there.
CDR Rog. Han.
PLT Okay, the Solar wind, excuse me, the lunar

libration clouds was run with the exc -
okay except for the fact that I had the -
S05h - the S054 experiment was in high 64
and I ran it through several sequences 8/Id -
before I noticed it. We had entered
lighting all turned down on the panel and
I Just flat screwed up. Okay, and your
next on was the ma - maxirasters. That -
all - one, two, three, four of these were
completed. And - except I had to use roll
plus 1992, I couldn't get 2,000. Jop i0,
building block two, step one at the end
was - completed - per pad, and truncated
at six, looked at the white light corona-
graph before and after; looks like a very
nice corona. I'm sure it's been described
to you already, but north at the top we
got a good helmet streamer about 9:30,
i0 o'clock, two very faint streamers, one
at about 8:30, one at about 7 o'eloek_
maybe 7:30. And over on the west limb at
about, oh, 2:45, almost 3:00 o'clock, a
nice - a very nice heist streamer, and
a very faint one down at about 4 or 4:30.
352 18 53 45 PLT I did not notice any change. I looked at

the WLC during the first JOP l0 and the
last JOP l0 and I could not tell any
difference. The activities on PMEC on
inage intensities averaged around 250 on
the PMEC and noise level one, two, maybe
Page 2 of h " / / _ _-
three or four on the inage intensity count.

The - I never got an aperture change in
beryllium. I got several X-ray, triggers ...
triggers on the flare. Used the XUV MON
and the helix intensifier scope. Did not
see any brightening it looked like one
spot came up. At least it was a little
brighter on the INTEGRATE at time, but
no particular ... on I think it's zero, zero.
352 18 5_ 36 PLT PLT out.
SFT Hold on ... back over this way ...

Okay. Let me get ... this pocket here.
352 19 04 38 SPT Hello. Welcome to Skylab Ill and the land

of the moths. I have right here in these
two vials, essentially our growing number
of companions. These are two vials containing
eggs of - 50 moths; one is tame and one
is wild. That means a laboratory species
and one's from the wild. The objective of
having these along with us is - is to see
if we can prematurely induce by having them
in zero g, a production of the moth or
diapause, hatching of the egg. The normal
hatching for these fellows that I'm
holding right here, on the ground come
about February or March. We've been up
here a relatively short time, and they
have not expected to see anything - I don't
think - quite this early. We have in vials
essentially five to six moths which are
visible, and perhaps an equal nl,m]_erof
partially hatched or partialy emergents
from the egg.
352 19 06 12 SPT Now if we can find a way, such as use

of zero-g prematurely inducing their
hatching, then this opens up a way of
producing them in large numbers and
understanding what some of the mechanisms
maybe. It will greatly aid the laboratory
rearing of these animals or moths, if you
will. And enable people to produce large
quantities of sterile moths which can be
Dump Tape 352-07
Page 3 of 4
used to decrease the moth population

where they turn out to be a great nuisance.
What I'd like to do now is move in a
little closer and give you a close-up
view, as close as we can, of the eggs and
some of the moths. These eggs turn out
to be about the size of poppy seeds, and
even with your eye right next to the
vial, they're pretty hard to see, but we'll
put a close-up lens on the TV and give
it a try.
352 19 13 00 SPT SPT at 19:14 for M171. Start of the run

of M092 with the PLT as subject. It
started at 19:10.
352 19 13 l0 SPT SPT out.
352 19 15 40 CDR This is - - This is the CDR at 19:15 zulu

with a note to the food people. Yesterday,
in my - in the status report I forgot
that there was a little bit of variation
in my water usage. It was occasioned by
one of those blankety-blank food - Apollo
food packages splitting. The - What it
actually did was, it didn't split, it
was mainly caused by the little check
valves; its -where the nozzle goes into
the bag - on the side of the bag, there's
a little hole with a flapper on it, and
apparently that flapper stuck closed and
would not allow the water to go in with
the food. And the pressure from the
dispenser finally split the side of the
tube going to the bag, and we lost that
water and I ended up having to open the
bag and put the water in with my water gun.
I've already repressed what the food was,
so I can't think of that. But anyway, I
do remember that it was 3-1/2 ounces of
water. So if you really want to get -
get the details correct, subtract 3-1/2 ounces
from m_ water gun reading and apply that
toward food reconstitution and the 3-1/2
Page h of 4
that the table tried to put in the

bag Just kind of went all over the
workshop. So chalk up 3-1/2 ounces
for the workshop.
352 19 17 i_ CDR CDR out.
END OF TAPE
Dump Tape 352-08
Time: 352:19:39 to 352:20:34 GMT
12/18/78
Page 1 of 2
352 19 31 28 PLT M092, subject PLT. Left legband, Charlie

Juliett ; right legband Alfa Quebec. Out.
TIME SKIP
352 20 32 02 CDR This is the CDR at 20:30 debriefing the -

19 - debriefing the 19:35 ATM pass. The
first was a JOP i0, building block 2. No
problems with that. Wasted about a minute
and a half or so trying to get the VTR
work done. I elected to wait in order to
give you about 30 to 40 seconds of white
light coronagraph. Okay, then we got to
J0P 25A, building block lO. You specify
roll of plus 2000 and the best I could get
was 1915. And I didn't want to leave the
canister in a roll to stop - up hard
against, so I backed off to 1900 and your
data then was taken for JOP 25A - was taken
at a roll of plus 1900. And then at the
UP and DOWN and Left and Right coordinates
that you specify on the pad.
352 20 33 06 CDR One the third one, I seriously considered

going up 250, instead of down 250 arc
seconds, but I looked at where that would
take me and I decided that really wouldn't
be in your best interest. 8o I went
ahead and - and did the lesser of the two
evils and kept the roll where it was and
followed the other pointing coordinates
precisely. We got down to JOP l0 with
lO minutes to go and actually only had
8 minutes to go. And by the time I got
55 to the right grating position, we
did not have enough time for a full MAR,
so we had to truncate at line nnmher 45
in a MIRROR AUTO RASTER, DETECTOR all
GRATING zero.
352 20 33 51 CDR The other two experiments, 56 and the

• WHITE LIGHT CORONAGBAPH,yes, both got
their exposures complete before we hit
the 400K llne. And looking at the -
Page 2 of 2 F:::_'_fl _/'/&_'g7 /3[_/ .. :J7 ,_,,_,-'t,_
352 20 34 lh CDR STAND BY - )(5C/Cs:'_ /7 <_/_, J

END OF TAPE
Dump Tape 352-09
Time: 352:21:12 to ]52:22:39 GMT
12/18/73
Page i of i
352 21 ii 30 This voice segment duplicated verbatim

to within dump tape 352-10.
352 21 28 22
SC It's right in the center of your screen.

... the little guy is right in the edge of
the vial there where the light transmission
is distorted. Wait, and I'll write down the
vail, get that .... And I hope ...
resolution and your monitor is better than
mine. I'll Jsut leave it out here for
a while and in that .............
for you. I got rid of that glare for
you. This certainly has provided a little
bit of divension for us. Filled with -
filled with observations; learned a lot
about ourselves imedieally, man in
general. And we've been viewing the
comet, northern light. And doing a lot of
maneuvering, all on 2 CMGs. So life has
been interesting and this has been one - one
additional feature. Hope you've enjoyed seeing
it. I'll keep you posted on what happens.
352 21 36 30 SPT So long for now.
TIME SKIP
352 21 45 15 PLT PL2 [sic]. Percent 02 is 73.07, percent H20 ,
4.41; percent C02, 2.02.
352 21 49 59 This voice segment duplicated verbatim

to within Dump Tape 352-10.
352 22 37 14
END OF TAPE
f---%
f
Time:
D]_p
352:21:00
Tape _52_i0
to 352:22:39 GMT _
12/i8/73
Page i of 6
352 21 03 05 SPT SPT at 21:02 [sic]. M092/171 run.

_7! data on PLT. CAL, N2, 02, C02, 1177.
CAL, N2, H20 , 1256. CABIN AIR PRESSURE
is 5.145. CABIN AIR, PERCENT 02, 74-33;
The PRECENT H20 , 23.27; PERCENT C02, 1.96.

Vital capacities, 6.197; 6.19 - 6.159;
and third, 6.083.
352 21 03 47 SPT SPT out.
352 21 03 54 SPT SPT back in again with MI71 information

to finish the MI71. For the MI51 people,
on the run on 171 which was concluded
at 21:02.
_ 352 21 04 ii SPT SPT out.
352 21 i0 19 PLT Jet, just go ahead and turn it on.
CDR Okay.
SPT Okay, let's ta - have our close-up

look at a few of these moths that have
emerged. I'ii vary the distance back
and forth here so you can come up with
the best focus. On the bottom of
your screen are the ones that are wild.
And those are the ones - I wish we had
some hatching. And the ones on the top
are tame. And from which we have not
seen anything yet. And I think that -
I think it's probably good right about
there. Now let me point to an area
at the very top here in the cotton. There
are a few clinging. There's a couple
who are there who have once clinged [sic]
who can cling no more. They had a
short life. And are the few which
have emerged recently. There's also a
big ball, a cluster, if you will, of
these. Let me see if I can move it
f awayfromthe cottonhere.
352 21 13 02 SPT There it is, down there. Now, the only

way we can see these is to hold them up
¢
Dump Tape 352-10

Page 2 of 6
to the light and get rather close, right

as - far as - close as your eye can until
it goes out of focus. Then you can see
some of the little fellows crawling
around in there. Okay, maybe I had
that off the screen at that moment.
Let me point again. The whole cluster
where they all are is right here. And
a few up at the top, a cuople alive and
a couple who have bitten the dust,
or in this case the cotton. That big
cluster is a cluster of some who had
partially emerged, or partially
hatched, as you will, from the - from
the egg. And some which have emerged all
the way. Very minute. Look about the
size of a pencil lead, very thin pencil
lead, maybe even smaller than that.
Hairy. And they don't do much except roll
up into a ball occasionally, or crawl
around. Life is hard enough when you're
first born, but to find yourself in
zero g, that can be doubly confused.
352 21 14 51 SPT Now let me try one othe/ thing here, and
then you can change the zoom which I
have set on 35 right now. And I'll
slowly increase ... And, as you can
see, I can focus on the main type very
well. But the depth of field is so
shallow that - and the object that I'm
looking at on the monitor is so small,
it's kind of hard to tell when we h_ve
it in focus for you.
352 21 16 l0 SPT Let's go over to the wild. Okay, you

can see tha little cluster of them.
Let me take a lok a minute and I'll
try to identify some for you. Okay.
Right in about the center of your
screen, right at the vdry top in the
cotton, the center of the two which I've
rotated now, yo
S
w •
Dump Tape 352-10

Page 3 of 6
Even if you can't determine the exact

number or see the specific ones
tha have hatched.
352 21 19 19 S2T Okay. Well, that's it. Both trying

to keep the people tha are interested
in moths informed as we go on here,
between all the good Earht resources
and solar observations, medical work,
comet viewing and looking at auroras.
We also keep an eye on our moth eggs
for you.
352 21 19 39 SPT And especially if we see anything with

the tame ones coming up, Ole Pickle
will let you know.
352 21 27 i0 SPT Okay, SPT here again at 21:27, and we'll

try this whole mothe egg spiel again.
Last tiem we managed to get a switch
into ATM buff i, rather than TV. So
all we got all the good words, hut
no picture. So now I hoep we will
get both of them at the same time.
Trying to get set up here, and we'll be
ready to go.
352 21 28 14 SPT Okay, Jet, you ready?
CDR Yeah, I 'm ready.
SPT Okay, flip here on.
CDR Okay.
CDR you got it.
Time Segment 352:21:28:35 to 352:21:30:40

is duplicated verbatim on D-331
352 21 31 02 CDR This is the CDE at 15 - correction, at

21:58 Zulu. Last 183 operation. The
SAL is OPEN. The mirror's extended.
f
Dump Tape 352-10

Page 4 of 6
The ROTATION has been set at h0.8.

The TILT is zero 3.3. The first
plate is 15, not 14. And Bill Pogue,
the PLT, briefed you on that earlier. Teh
exposure s are 00 and 1260.
352 21 59 00 CDR The field is Charlie 24. Experiment

recorder number i is running, go
ahead and operate the DAC. We've had -
it's now shady. 12 per second. Okay.
Now we're down on ... adm we're at
1/6. That's verified. Okay, coming
up on 16 - correction - 22:00 right now.
Be in about i0 seconds.
352 22 00 00 CDR MARK. 22:00. Okay. The available

tiem is 22:01. I'm going to start it
then and right 22:02 we ought to be taking
the first exposure, which is Sunset.
CDR These lights don't have to he out,

do they?
CDR Okay, STAND BY at 22:01.
352 22 01 00 CDR MARK. Sequence start. I reverified

The MIRROR is OUT and, the TILT and
ROTATION are properly set. The DOOR
is OPEN. Exposure is 1/260.
CDR Everytime I hear this thing clickity'

clacking along it makes me thing of
that peter Pan. Te story about - with
the alligator the clock in his stuffing.
Okay. 3 seconds late. Teh - I just
turned a frame. The DOOR pop open and
frame came out .... light for alternating
left. (Laughter)
CDR Okay, whatever star field Charlie 24 is

in, there's three stars right in a row
Now, I'm wondering if it is Orion's belt.
The right star is out at the fouth mark.
I presume that's on actual 4. Millde
star is down on octal 3. And the left
hand star is in the lower left side, ray
f •
Dump Tape 352-10

Page 5 of 6
down in actal 7, and left in actal 4.

That just may be Orion's belt. I
don't have a field - a feel for what
the field of view is at this rascal,
whether this one has got a much smaller
field of view than the S019. That's
right. I don't see Orion's sword
hanging from his belt, so it must not
be it.
352 22 04 07 CDR Okay, we're still looking at plate

number 15, so it didn't screw us by
advancing the plate. 1260 seconds.
That's 21 minutes, l'm not going to stand
around here with this stuck on my head
all that time. CDR going off for the
moment. Be back in about 15 minutes.
352 22 21 44 CDR This is the CDR back up on the loop

again for S183 operation. Standing by
for termination of the first plate, which
is plate number 15. On star field Charlie 24.
Let's see. The exposure started at 22:02;
that's 21 minutes long. It'll be
22:23 when it terminates, and it's just
passed 22:22 right now.
352 22 22 53 CDR Stand by for 22:23.
352 22 23 O0 CDR MARK. 22:23. Come on machine. There

it goes.
CDR Okay, it's just sequenced up to plate

number 16; exposure's complete. I'm
going to change the ROTATION to 205.6.
And LOCKED. The TILT is 21.2. And
LOCKED. Okay, reverifying: 205.6, good;
and 21.2 is good.
352 22 22 08 CDR Okay. This is plate number 16. Number 16.

The star field is Kohoutek - Kohoutek
I guess it's pronounced. Exposure is
160.0; and O. The SEQUENCE switch is in
STANDBY; l'm wait for the available time
of 22:31 to throw the switch. And that's
coming up - it's a little over 5 minutes
away.
Dump Tape 352-10
Page 6 of 6
352 22 27 55 CDR Time is now - coming up on 22:28.

Stand by.
352 22 28 00 CDR MARK at 22:28.
352 22 30 04 CDR This is the CDR, S183 operation. The

time is 22:30 and 12 seconds.
CD_ Okay. Reviewing the bidding. We're

looking at Kohoutek. ROTATION is 205.6 ;
the TILT is 21.2; the exposure will be
done on plate number 16. Teh exposures
are 160; 0; and 0. And the available
time is 22:31. And that's coming
up in 8 seconds. Stand by.
352 22 31 O0 CDR MARK. SEQUENCE, START.
CDR Right now we're looking through

the air glow.
352 22 32 09 CDR MARK. Exposures start at about

5 - i minute and 5 seconds later.
CDR Okay Kahoutek - Kohoutek is in sight.
CDR It's way off to the left in that field

of view which I expect is probably correct.
In order to get the right position on
the picture - or on the frame, I beg
your pardon. All right, Sunset time
is 36. We're coming up on 35 now.
We sure be done in short order. All
right. Sequence is completed well before
Sunrise. Okay. We now have plate 17 in
the window. The SEQUENCE is gone to
STAND BY. Exposure is all gone to zero.
Setting the TILT to zero; setting the
ROTATION to zero, and LOCKED.
352 22 35 54 CDR RETRACTING the MIRROR, and LOCKED. CLOSING

the DOOR. DOOR LOCKED. A_-idI didn't
do you a favor I; didn't do your camera
for you. However, I think the purpose is
probably only to get some film between
the exposures, so I'ii go ahead and go it
now. And tha's complete. Okay, this is
CDR terminating the experiment at this time.
And I'ii be doing this from ... ston. CDR out.
END OF TAPE
L
Dump Tape 352-II/D-331
Time: 21:11 to 21:34 GMT
12/18/73
Page i of 2
Time Segment 21:16 - 21:30 duplicated

verbatim on D-330.
352 21 28 31 PLT You got it.
352 21 28 35 SPT Here we are looking at a - at a close-up

view - at our companions on our 85-day
flight. It's not much, but it's all we
got. On the top of the screen there's
a vial containing the tame moths or
larva, those which were bred in the
laboratory. And on the right are ones
which are wild. The ones on the right
are in a - excuse me_ itts on you_
bottom. The one on the top is the tame
and the one on the bottom is wild. The
ones on the bottom are the ones which
have hatched. A relatively small percen-
tage of them have hatched, but it's still
a significant quantity. There's about
five or six which have fully hatched
and have been out crawling around or
have ... to crawl. And the other five
or six are partial emergent, that is,
they got part way out and that's as
far as they got. Now, - first of all,
the ones on the bottom, you can see the
large aggregate, as I shake these around.
The large aggregate right now is right
behind the tape. I'll try and get it to
the bottom there. Now on the bottom of
the tube - you can see the contrast of
the one - the vial which has not hatched
at all. They're spread pretty - pretty
much uniformly as you'd expect ... to
spread out. The aggregate comes from
those which have hatched and are crawling
over their potential brethren and those
who have Just partially hatched. They
all tend to stick together in the little
world of moths. Now we'll zoom in a
little bit more and I'ii try and show
you some of the details.
Dump Tape 352-II/D-331
Page 2 of 2
SPT And - aw, phooey. I'll pick you up

here about time to give you a reasonable
focus. So Just bear with me until I
get all the way moved in here. I'll
try to move in and give you a reasonable
picture. Okay, at the right side of
your picture is the top of the container
and we've got some cotton down in there.
Now there's one which is on the cotton
but I'll have to rotate ... mildly. So
bear with me. I'll be right back.
352 21 32 33 SPT Okay, right at the very center of your

picture is one who has emerged and begun
to crawl around ....
END OF TAPE
Dump Tape 352-12
Time: 352:15:50 to 352:20:35 GMT
12/18/73
Page 1 of i
352 15 49 25 This voice segment duplicated

to verbatim within Dump Tape 352-06.
352 16 22 39
352 16 24 34 SPT All right. The first and last one

I've ever seen, but it was very definitely
green.
352 20 32 02 This voice segment duplicated

to verbatim within Dump Tape 352-08.
352 20 34 12
END OF TAPE
_f
\
D_mp Tape 352-13
Time: 352:21:03 to 353:01:00
_" 12/18/73
Page 1 of 4
TIME SEGMENT 352:21:03:05 to 352:21:19:hh

is duplicated verbatim on Dump 352-I0/D-330.
352 21 19 45 CDR Ed, ...
SPT Damn ... time to fail. Fuck with

it.
CC Skylab, Houston ...
PLT Scrry about that, Ed.
SPT Fuck ...
CREW ...
352 23 h6 55 SPT SPT at 23:47. ATM pass which begin at

the 23:51. Okay, again, I got you
what you wanted in build block 37
JOP hA on the prominence D59. But
because I didn't have the time to sit
down and really think in detail
though ... before I started I got
off to a falsestart. By that, I
mean I took the 823 slit and put
it along a thread and our first
roll to what was specified - which
was minus 3200. Saw that we were
working at the north foot of the
prominence number 52. And then
took the JOP ... literally and
tried to put UNIFORM ADMISSION,
which I interpretated as a single
thread, along the 82B slit, which
I was able to do but I came up
with a roll of around minus 1800.
352 23 48 26 SPT I started the experiment off and

then saw that what they really wanted
was something which have the 55
MIEEOR LINE SCAN axis, change it
to the limb, so that when we move
the foot position or the aperture
_osition in the mirror, back and
forth,and LE_Vf-RIGHT ... roughly
at the same altitude.
352 23 29 Ol SPT _md so I completed at a roll of

f-J Dump Tape 352-13
Page 2 of 4
1800, with the 82B slit lO arc seconds

off the limb and .... I completed
one segment of the building block -
and that is 82B, with a WAVELENGTH
SHORT, exposure normal. 55 with a
GRATING AUTO SCAN and picture of
the PATROL SHORT. Then I went and
repointed and went to the JOP,
or the building block, ... essen-
tially ... 82B was again pointed
l0 arc seconds off the limb; that
is the tip of the slit in the white
light display was - was moved from
1023 up to 1033. No, I can't say
those are exactly the numbers but
it was moved up 10. 66 received
one extra PATROL SHORT. GRATING
AUTO SCAN limb is tall, except that
I used mirrorpositionsdifferent
than what were called out in that
I believe the ... assembly ... rate
of 32 rather than3B.
B52 23 50 36 SPT So I went into work at 1033 for

the first part, 1031 for the second,
1035 and then 1037, which I think
give you your lO arc second implements
o..
352 23 51 00 SPT I was somewhat surprised by the small

count in final data. That is, the
count was down from nlmost 250, 300
this morning to around 50 or so now.
And I didn't slew around.
B52 23 51 20 SPT I thought that maybe we had a

problem with the mechanical reference
so at the end, as you'll probably
see in the data, I stepped the
aperture down under the disk so I
could get the optical pulse and
get our optical zero. And then
went to a grating position of
28 and I ... unnecessary lap
f aroundthe gratingwith it and
checked it again and, sure enough,
• came up with the same values. That
surprised me.
Dump Tape 352-13
Page 3 of 4
352 23 52 02 SPT Okay, at the end of this building

block 32 and I think I was further
on completed that one at around
150 today. I took a look at it
and reported - well I noted on
air to ground - that is that the
bases of the streamer overlying
T59 appeared broadened to the shelf
and it could have been either another
streamer structure coming up or
asymmetrical broadening. I could
not see with sufficient resolution
or determine which it really was.
Also left the TV monitor on WLC as
I went into sunset and at around
40 seconds remaining we started
getting a brightening from the
bottom of the display and it ...
rather intense at around 37 seconds
remaining at which time I cut it off.
352 23 53 14 Sl°T There was a - sort of a V-shaped

brightening with the tip of the
inverted V - with the tip of the
inverted V - extending up towards
the occulting disk, Just about
reaching it.
352 23 53 29 SPT And Just a general overall brighten-

ing. I could not see detail of
any atmospheric structure of the
earth at all or the limb of the
earth. SPT out.
353 00 54 46 SPT SPT at 00:55. With a report on

the handheld photos taken this
morning during the local vertical
pass going over northern California.
They were taken on ...
353 00 55 26 SPT It was on BV as Bravo Victor, 43,

and they were frame numbers - and
they were frame numbers 4_ down to
22. They were all taken of the
lighted areas along the coastline,
that is city lights and country
lights, lights along the road, and
Dt_nn Tape 352-13
Page _ of 4
essentially what stood out was the

major arteries, major cities, small
towns, and intersections of arteries,
and occasionally, other miscellaneous
lights .. • small towns without any
major arteries connecting them. What
I tried to do was to encompass as
much of a total layout as I could.
That is, I tried to put as much and
as many ... pictures as I possibly
could, so that you'll find two or
three shots of San Francisco and -
and that's it. But you have a large
number of shots covering the out
laying areas - those which are leading
into the Bay area.
B5B 00 57 05 SPT In other words, if you want to make

a mosaic ... and that's essentially
what I tried to do, with those areas
which were well-lit. As we ...
whenwe passedoverthe ...the
previous night I was impressed by
how well the major highways and
the major cities are marked by
lights. California has certainly the
major coastal arteries. The one
running down off the coast, inland
about 200 miles down by the San
Joaquin Valley .•. we could see the
major arteries ... just like a road
map.
35B 00 57 54 SPT ... running down the center of

Florida ... directions •.. toward
Orlando, essentially a major artery
... the country, the United States
road map putting lakes along the
highway and the major intersections
... certainly ... in sharp contrast
to what I saw in - especially Italy
•.. where you have interlacing towns
but not very much ... not anywhere
near as well organized as our own
country in not a very over all or
gross sense. SPT out.
_D OF TAPE
Dump Tape 353-01
Time: 353:12:06 to 353:12:07 GMT
12/19/73
Page i of i
352 12 06 49 SPT at 12:1
END OF TAPE
.I/
Dump Tape 353-02

Time: 13:32 to 15:12 GMT
12/19/73
Page i of6 ....
'_
353 13 35 ii S-?T SPT at 13:35. ATM pass beginning at

12:38. Unfortunatelythere was not
enough ... under there when we got up
this morning, so we'll see. J0P 26,
portion to the right; this is the
look at the prominence,or what ...
equals the ... At the corona the large __
streamer was shown above the - the
prominenceP-59 with - there is no
longer very strong and completely
different exchange. It's no longer ....... - .....
_,
a helmet streamer. There is initially
the para - parallel sides encompassing
the l0 degrees or so at the inner edge
of the occulting disk and landing straight •
out until it becomes a little bit stronger
to the prom [?] side of it. Last thing _.
when I looked at the coronagraph, the
corona, I could see the helmet streamer . _
and corona a little to the south of the -
of the - I think it's not air-to-ground .... ._
f And perhapsthat was the startof its
movement out to which we had been up .we
would have been able to follow it. Okay,
through 03, building block 2, which we're
on, I ran not exactly at the same roii _ .....
!
which you gave althoughthey were _
approximate in ... site.
353 13 37 43 SPT What I did was to go to the first

roll of minus 10550 and look around
and I found the largest remnant of -
of prominence which was located at a
minus 10328 and did the 82B work
there, gave a 10-second from the limb,
where everything sure is cruising
normal.
353 13 38 19 SPT And then I also did the 30-arc second

one there and I stuck that ... inside ..... • --_ "
the ... Intensity out at that distance.
Very often do another short exposure .......
normal at that same roll. 82A got a
wavelength long at that point,
_T_pe -353,-_2
e_ge
_ of6
55 MIRROR AUTO RASTER, /fY2 ,at ._ .....

short. I then went roughly in _DD-
900-arc seconds, oh, _exause m_,
900-arc minutes in the direction _in
roll. Point to 10497 on the limb,
at the top of it Plus 10497. There's
no evidence of a prominence there at
10-arc seconds OFFSET, 82B got a clear
and a short exposure all the way on
82A. WAVELENGTH SHORT, exposure hO MAR
', skipping out at 102 and PATROL SHORT .....
Then at minus 9hB3, 10-arc seconds OFFSET,
82B with a WAVELENGTH SHORT exposure
NORMAL and ... 55 and 56 as before.
- . During the course @f_:this,I:mam_ge_ to
get myself .......
_nto a fal_e ]_E_iLARM.
The PMEC started to rise. I% _s _ing
through 500 and came Jtm_ng up to 6.
I looked up at the aperture positions.
One of them "said 3. I quickly initiated
the 54 and 56 in the FLARE MODE. Looked .-
f for the flare,couldn'_find it in any
displays. Then realized that I had Just
turned on the high voltage BERYLLIUM and
ALUMINUM, BERYLLIUM had stepped - stepped
all the _a,y down to _, but the ALUMINUM
had not. so that's when I saw the 3. I
should have stayed' oft the BERYLLI-GM_ anyway
but instinctive r@get_on got the better of
me. So I got two false indicatiOns,'cm_ On "_ '_'
the South Atlantic anomaly and the other
hysterisis in the ALUMINUM aperture that
trapped me and I got, I estimate 10 minutes,
no more of flare data on the nonflare of :_
the two ....
353 13 41 23 SPT I went over and did a shopping list,

item 2 on the 82B SEQUENCE on active .... _
region zero zero. I put the 82B SLIT
along several break points, and
essentiallya plage runningalong
there. It was not quiteparallel to . '
a neutral line, however. And that J
moved slightly limbward which ... the ., . _,,,. _..._
oxygen VI reachout. So that even - I
Dump Tape 353-02
Page 3 of 6
would look as though I was a little

bit to the left of my display of the
actual bright plage in H-ALPHA, but
it did maximize oxygen VI in ...
toward the limb. So I thought that's
why I'd give you the maximum also of
most of the lines ... looking at in
82B. There - 82B got a ... SHORT
EXPOSURE ... 1/_. 55 got a MIRROR
AUTO RASTER ... at the GRATING of
102, although we did not complete
the RASTER before h00 K and oxygen VI
... around 6,000 or so.
353 13 42 h3 SPT Just at the very end I wanted to go

back to Sun center and take another
look at the corona. Obviously I was -
I was a little bit rushed at this point.
Got back lined up at 125 to go. Actually,
I had 225 to go. No, correction, it was
125 to go when I actually started in the
/ CONTINUOUS MODE. And realizing it was
getting a lot of atmospheric effects, I
thought well, maybe the 90-second exposure
at the beginning would be useful to you
for coronaspheric studies and the other
two for atmospheric. Yesterday I noticed
that in the scope at around - 30-seconds
or so to go is when they start to see some
increase in intensity and that ... shape
which I talked about was coming in ...
So I figured at 125 you might be able to
see a little of that with a 20-second
exposure. Then we went from 125 down to
25, in time remaining. And I cut off
the CONTINUOUS MODE at that point.
353 13 44 12 SPT SPT out.
353 i_ 09 57 PLT PLT reporting satisfactory execution of

the 233 pad. That good 2-minute exposure
starting at 2:5h whatever it was and the
second ... 020hSh and the horizon ... was
definitely brightening toward the end of
the exposure, however, there should have
been a good full minute and 15 seconds of
F- Dump Tape 353-02
Page 4 of 6
integrated light without too much

horizon lighting prior to that time.
Stand by Just a sec.
353 lh i0 52 PLT And that was at lh:0h:6h that the

2 minute exposure started. The first
exposure apparently was for background
purposes. The third exposure, 60-second
at 15 ... was taken with a very bright
horizon and I think we explained already
what you want that one for.
353 lh ii Ii PLT PLT out.
353 15 06 18 CDR This is the CDR at - at 15:06 Zttlu,

debriefing the 14:21 ATM pass. The
JOP, building block without any great
problem was essentially the JOP and
the building blocks which was JOP 6,
building block 1A and B. 1A went with
no problem, the GRATING was sitting
at 102 and MECHANICAL so I went to
f" OPTICALand set the GRATINGat 732
in order to give them the 0630 that you
needed. I went ahead and did the work
on that, and decided to hold off the
VTR until I was complete. And right
at the - at the end of the building
block 1B, I went back to the WHITE
LIGHT CORONAGRAPH - and or Just prior
to the end of that I think he gave me
about 2 minutes of XUV MON and then I
put - went to WHITE LIGHT CORONAGRAPH
and - showed you some of that and then
ROLLED 90 degrees back up to a ROLL of
0000, using a little bit more of WHITE
LIGHT CORONAGRAPH, and back to the XUV
MON. And as time went on with the XUV
MON it became rather apparent that the
active region zero zero was starting
to act up. And there was one point in
XUV MON that it was starting to brighten
significantly.
353 15 07 57 CDR So I gave you an extra 2 minutes, I think,

of the VTR of that in order that you could
see the brightening in XUV of that point
Dump Tape 353-02
Page 5 of 6
and then I - when I completed - building

block i Bravo, I maneuvered over to the
area, to active region zero zero and
centered up on the brightest area, and
started a flare wait, building block 24
program with 56 in AUTO LONG and 55 and
MAR detectors all GRATING zero. And I
set up 54, ready to go, on high 64. As
we were sitting there waiting for some-
thing to happen, nothing happened. It
began to kind of fade off and then suddenly
just like popcorn, a piece of H-ALPHA plage,
about 20-arc seconds above the bright area
I was looking at, Just popped very bright.
And it - I - I do indeed mean it was almost
like instantaneous. Very, very high rise
time. It Just went up to bright. It
caused no effect on the beryllium aperture
or anything else; I didn't notice any
increase in the PMEC, but it very definitely
popped and then started to fade out again
f and this - the brightpoint I was looking
at in XUV was beginning to die out.
353 15 09 28 CDR By the way, this is H-ALPHA point that

popped, did not show on XUV, although
it was so close it probably could have
been included in part of the old one.
At any rate, it was apparent that the -
the flare wait program was kind of a
waste of time. So I terminated it and
went into a shopping list number 7, and
I laid the SLIT over both bright areas
and then Just did shopping list number 7
until 400 K. The 56 PATROL SHORT and
the XUV SLIT timed exposure both timed
out before 400 K, and I got two truccated
MARs in by 400 K. And that was about it.
All the action was at zero zero zero one
looks rather diffused. And in wait filament
number 60 you've got called out at 260 at
point 8. It's more like 240 at point 8. I
think that's the filament you're talking
about. And looking at the WHITE LIGHT
CORONAGRAPH, we still have nice wide
Dump Tape 353-02
Page 6 of 6
streamer structure area up around Papa 59

and nothing else of any great significance
that I can see on the WHITE LIGHT CORONAGRAPH.
That 's about it.
353 15 i0 58 CDR CDR out.
END OF TAPE
/
J
DumpTape353-04
Time: 353:19:35 to 353:19:44 GMT
12-19-73
Page 1 of 4
(Music)
353 19 35 53 CDR This is the CDR at 19:35, the subject

is Earth observation. On this particular
pass we came up over the southwestern
end of - through the southern end of
Chile, and kind of swept right up the
entire eastern coast of South America.
And I'll start with when we first crossed
the - the shore at Chile, the fiord area
was exceptionally clear today, and I
took one photograph with the Hasselblad -
with a lO0-millimeter lens and an f/8
1/250. And the target was Isla Guayteca, [?]
Isla Guayteca and Golfo del Corcovado.
This particular area was extremely clear,
and unfortunately the there - the Sun
angle wasn't such that you could get the
Sun glint and see any of the currents or
anything that could be in that fiord area
/_ there. (music!) The - the water there
was extremely blue. I looked to see if
I could see any indications of - of
waking or streaming in the fiord areas.
I tried using binoculars, but as I said,
the Sun angle Just wasn't right; everything
looked nice and blue and clear and smooth.
We proceeded on in over the coast over -
Well theresa VOR there called Castro,
and that's Just about where we went over.
It's right on the south end of one of
the larger islands there. And then we
proceeded on up Just over the northwestern
tip of Oolfa San Matias and _ust inside -
Just to the west of Bahia Blanea. We
got a good look at all of the ranch land
and the wheat land that lies down there
in the Pampa. I don't see any great
change in color as yet. There's alot
of green and a lot of gold - tan. And
I was not at - not aware of any great
change in color.
Dump Tape 353-04
Page 2 of 4
353 19 38 18 CDR Now as we were crossing the - the River

Parana - the Rio Parana which flows into
the - the Bay of Rio de la Plata, where
Buenos Aires and Montevideo are, I
looked out to see, and I got an absolutely
perfect picture of the confluent of the
Falkland and the South Equatorial currents.
So I took a picture. It was a
Hasselblad 100, f/8, 1/250, and it's
frame number 130 - frame number 137.
You're looking right out the bay - the
big hay there between Buenos Aires and
Montevideo. And if you're looking out
to the southeast, you can see the FAlkland
Current coming up from the South, and
you can see - not quite so clearly - but
it's plain to see the equatorial current
coming down from the North. And right
straight out you see from the - from the
city of Buenos Aires - in fact, actually
a little bit south of it - you can see
F where thesetwo currentsmeet and head
straight out to the southeast. The current
from the South, the Falkland Current, the
blooming that you can see there, the
stringing, the long serpentine coloring
that you can see there was considerably
more green, and the current blooming -
the chrorophyll blooming you can see coming
down from the South Equatorial Current.
353 19 39 59 CDR If I were to characterize the colors,

I would say that the colors down south
are more of a powdery, aqua, toward
the chartreuse; whereas the currents
coming down from the north are more of
a deeper blue, turquoise, or aqua.
353 19 40 18 CDR Where the two meet and headed out,

yon had a mixture of the two colors, and
it was very streaky, much - very taffy-like,
and serpentine. And then as they came
together they - they and pointed on out
toward the southeast with a very long,
rather straight, but slightly curved
serpentine, - you know, undulating. A
Dump Tape 35 J-04
Page 3 of 4
]cng st_'ea_ler headed out to the south-

east, and it had striations or layers of
color, between botn the darker and the
ligh_en green. The water itself was a -
was a good blue, typical of the blue water
we see just about everywhere else. Let
me grab the Forel scale chart, see if I
can give you some figures.
35J 19 4i 29 CDR Okay, the Forel coloring chart is a

lousy - Forel. I guess it's - it's too
bad we didn't bring - b_'ing something
a little better. But the water that -
you know, the general sea water was
about a Forel 6 or 7. Well, actually
it could're gone as fas as a 4 or 5.
qais thing is so bad. But at any rate,
ohe w_ter coming up from the South was
moL'e of a Florel [sic] i0; whereas the
watec coming down from the North was more
of a Florel 8 - Forel 8, I would say. I
would guess that the current coming up
from [,heSouth, it could be almost down
to the Falkland Islands, and you could
see that it was probably 20 - 15 to
20 m_les wide, not the current, but at
least _ne - the blooming that we can see.
35_ 19 I12 21+ (:JR i_ow that blooming coming down from the
IQo_'Lhwas more di±'ficult to see, and it
w:_s m<_±'elike 5 to i0 miles in width,
and yo_ could not see it extending as far
No_.im. Probably i00 miles north of
_'1_ate'.:ideo,
you ccu]d no longer see it.
._ continued to watch as we proceeded on
to the northeas_ to see if there was any
indications of the -- South Equatorial
Cu_'re_t up along tlxe more northerly ccoast
of South America. And I - As we moved
_!ong we - it became less and less apparent
to the point where by the time we got to
Sao Paulo, there was no indication what-
soever of any current ouz in the water.
Dhm_p [L'a.p ¢ ', I *,
Page 4 c,"
,'_q]o; , It, bti_c, en] _.>5 , it appears to

.,tL,;_t iP- t.h_ mo'_mt_,iE: c.Jlmtry, the hilly
! ,lhtqi , ;_,-:_ that'> :J¢)rtheast of S&o
, Jo, i _, i, s_sme !_;_" strong indications
, f - c.! e_tensi',c F,.,:iting, in the
,:rln_si _ Jt le<:k'.i to me ]ike the
_'_:_i.s _'_:_tJ_J]l_, _.ei'e headed east and
,_: (;, A _d il,'s -- j_'_; .,eget3ted ar'es.
_i_.i tL_ _;iH ang]e _)_l_jilst right, so _hat
::u] i s,. that l,Ieoc _as a greet - great
,. _s _' _- 3,_' rather :9t'_ight lines i_
,._ m_h_.uh]s, all [,_:<' ..leX to each
_q<:-,"_,_d he3ded c,,si !k_est,
f)_ ]9 4 ' )h i J: iz_ _ ><, ,)_I_.
S -
&
I_,,mpTape 353-05
Time: 353:19:51 to 353:21:31 GMT
12/20/73
Page i Of I0 .......... i
353-19-_----Uros_Aha_/-on the 152 per tape

to the left end up. And I closed
3 the door there immediately. And
in about that moment all of these
5 are going automaticdoor close
signal, and they all closed; at
= least 55 did and the 82B. They all
had 56, also off them. I'm not
- sure that all the DOOR CLOSE signal's
_^_ were at the exactsame time. I'ii i
-_ tell you it was something to get all 1
- ; that straightened out. I got back I
-: , C
:_ ; and redid building block 2 and I 0_
_, building block i0 on active region 4. ; ,._
:_ At this squeezeit in. No time for j .4
% ! observing time. Okay, let me pick '_
_ _
7 i up on any subject, JOP 18D. I really
i_ -_ should say - the plane test can be
_9 i worth no where near an 18D. That's t_
_! _ i Just *.a_ing general eoww_ent, and
-- -- _ _ _. that is that where there's a lot of
: -_=i"" >_ hand work, calculations, and Judge- O
2.
_ I.... ment required in determining the _ nl
_. _ 14 _ displays as opposed to Just keypunching, .;
-= I I'd llke to see the procedures up --
-- 2_ ! here at least a half a day ahead of _.
27 time. Like if I had had these
" [_ yesterday afternoon and a little (D
;_ _ time to look_at them, I think thing
:_" -- would have gone a little faster
-- -- this morning_ and we zllght have gotten --.
_2 into actuall_ doing 18D. Although
-- we'll talk about some of the problems --
_ that did come up which were not -
_5 associated w_th the late arrival of
_: that pad. I think if we Just pretend
_- we're going to do the 18D a certain
._3 day and then slip it in i, maybe
.?'_ everybody will he ready. Okay, we're
4_ picking up on the steps we went
41 through the maneuvers. Take step 7,
_Z ! no problems, 8, 9, i0, no problems.
43
z5
I
27
!
Dump Tape 353-05
Page 2 oflO I
When I got there, could not see

: ! the comet. I looked back over to
S i see what we could have omitted,
: I and I looked at our final attitude,
5 J. and we ended up with a final of
! 3.0, 342.1, and 351.5. And in the
7 : ...of 25, 1.6.
?
353 19 54 44 SPT I was a little concerced that the
_ X shows a little- shouldhave
_" been 3.1, and i should have been
"_ 342.2. But again there in only C
_-- 0.I degree error. And I didn't _
• think we had been putting in the ,_
I_ fine maneuver. But at that point I -_
!_. we had no other alternative - I --
c - Just couldn't see it at all, so I
"_: Just put the fine m,neuver in,
:_ even though in Y it was 0.8 degrees, t_
-= 2_ We couldn't see it again, and I
-- : realized that somehow we ended r_
_ up in the wrong location. And I'm O
_ 2_ going back to solar inertial by -_
-- Z_ hitting the SOLAR INERTIAL switch. -4
. i-_ I Just happened to notice that it --
_ grazed the very bottom of the

_ 27 tube. And then when we got back to
z- solar inertial that it was a little (D
_ b it in a left and bottom, which we _-
-- could only see by putting our top ._
_ of our heads 'up against the ATM _,
L2 panel and looking down over the
_C middle edge Of the TV restraint C
Y_
3_ back onto th_ tube. We made two
25 m-neuver to "get it up to where we
2_ can loot at it - now both fine
_neuvers a 52021 with a 50070,
"_ J 50,000 50,000. And a second one
": wqhich was 52021, a 5100, 50,000
-'_ 50,000. And ended up with a value
4 _, on the crosshairs of plus 114
:? and in X, and plus 32 in Y.
43
_, 353 19 57 46 SPT Okay, then I made a third msneuver, in
45 order to actually try see the comet.
Dump Tape_353-05
_ {
page 3 of %0 __•
t
And actually I should say what

i I was ... all this time was a
star. a little bit - star
: i a little further out - with the
5 i hope that the comet'd be re-
latively close to it, I'd be able
i to see it ... Hoping where it is
at the higher transition that's out
:s toward the edge. Okay, Xp, Yp were

i plus ll4 and plus B2' desored
was plus 130 and zero. I added the
_- appropriate co_nd that ended _--
up that plus 133 and minus 002. _ _
._ That was at around 16:29,that
_6 ,_neuver was made 16:33. We tried -_
7 another maneuver and again we had
" the ROLL set up on the display up _.
z_ "9 to this point as suggested from _-
. -- the ground, that's the initial _--
_ - roll. F
"-2
/- _ 1353 19 39 h6 SPT - - of plus 5650.
__ 15 i353 20 01 02 SPT Let me back up a bit . .. so hard

_- _" i to interpret. I'm trying to get "-
,_ _ test on ... the bookeeping. We £_
did do the building block 30 as t_
_: called out and that vas done --
z_ .. before the third maneuver. So that --
-_ "_ the third maneuver, which I gave _
___! you, where we ended up at plus 33
and a minus 002 was done after the C
building block 30.
_i
_. SPT Ok ay, I eel i e d out initial position "<
after the building block 30 maneuver
.. of plus 33 and minus 002 position i.
_ I went to position 2 maneuver at 13 and
35 - 13, 33 excuse me. A element
41 desire of minus 75 and 000. We
.. achieved a minus 105 and 000.
43 Now, let's go back. 0.2 again we
: i desired was minus 75 and minus 002,
_'5 Just wanted to make a change in X.
I
Dump Tape 353-05

Page_o#3.0- -
I
; We-e-nd_up_-w_ minus 105_--sh_d
t plus 000, so we had a little move-
ment along Y. We changed the roll
to plus 5710, Made a maneuver
5 now of 220 in the X-axis so that
when we started the maneuver, our
7 _ XP3 YP were minus i04 and minus
£ 003 respectively. We made a
_,nevuer of h2021 and 51220 and
_ achieved the attitude of plus llh
-, I minus 004 - Excuse me, we achieved
i the attitude of plus 120 at minus C
00h. llh is what we sould've _
• ideally got_ we actually got 120. ._;,_
-r
"_ !353 20 Oh 29 SPT We also moved a little on Y.

r So we changed our - Tried to get --
I- : of the Y provlem. We then went
to plate h, or number 4. We rolled ["
.'_ these things to 5750, Xp5 and Yp5 -_
--- " were minus 104 and minus 005. We
/< ;_ put the manevuer in of 42021 at 51220, JS
-. __ ;_ 50,000 50,000, and a changed a -- '_
"_ minus 122 and minus 003. Then again
-- -- some move in the Y. Went to a -----
"'-- ""
27 ! roll of plus 5700. The _5 Yp5 were
7__ minus 122 and 006. We ended up at '.9
"_ ' minus 102 and minus 005. Had a --
%< -" little movement in Y; we did not
_- -' change roll, it came back in the _.
___ opposite direction with a 5.0 -
_ 52021 and a 51220. Okay, now Z
_ talking about, point 6 we tried to 2"
_ get to. I "<
l
- 1353 20 07 23 SPT Okay, going to point 6. We started

-; at up minus 0 - 102, apparently
-" a little drift in there from the
.." time we got to that point to the
4_ time that we got to making the
_ m_neuver to other desired and
4_ here - this initial was . .. roll
-'_ to _X_' Yp was minus 102 and
_ Yp was minus 005. The desired was

-_ a plus 120 and 005. They tried
Dump Tape 353-05
Page -5ofi0
-%-6-_et--tB-tl_&_ing point, so we
i ended up at minus a 126 and plus 002;
, and we concluded we had more rolls
" I out. So we went 56 and i0 again. Tried
5 I another m_neuver a roll is 5610; initial
_ positions _i _ were minus 124 and
7
plus 002. Yp was up, X ... was - -
353 20 09 ll SPT Okay, forget the desired all we did

was put in a command to load 220
octal AUTO units in - in X. We ended
up with an X of plus i00 and a Y of --
-_ plus 0.005. So we ended up with _
_ another overshoot. We then said the - '
_ heck - the heck with changing these "_
'_ rolls anymore 'cause it looked as
_ _ though we were Just not going to narrow
:- _ down on them anymore. We took the --
_ roll of plus 5700,which seemedto --
.. give us the best results, and we
- stuck with from here on - there on
_. Z2 t and I suggest we do it from here on -_
-" out unless you can see, looking over -- "_
;_ --..
_D
the data, that there obviously is -J
_z _ a better one. I think we're getting ---
down into the granvlarity of the _.
,.... 27 whole procedure right there. [_
-_ .. 353 20 i0 35 SPT I'm afraid all of the futzing around _-

iA [ we've done here, moving back and forth _:
with this, essentially, we found out
_2 what our granularity was. Okay, we T
_J moved to a position 8, XTYT of minuss
i00 plus O05J Desired was plus 120
_R and 005. We !got to 124 and 00h. We "<
"-_ then went on with the - remainder of
the check - test. XT for the - for the
;_ next point that we moved to and the
_?
4_ XT was plus 124, YT plus 004. X desired
was plus 74 and a Y of 0Oh. Essentially
41
a delta of 30 units in Y. Y. Then we
12 achieved what we were after plus 74 in
_S X and plus 00h in Y. We had a little
hope we were getting, getting close. We
then made a Y manuver to point i0 X was
z"_ plus _4, YP was plus 004. YD was minuss 70.
.... .... I
!
F
Dump Tape 353-05

Page 6 of i0-
.................
i !
J
And we ended up with a X_

of plus 7h and plus 7, oh, excuse me,
3 minus 76. So we had a big overshot
4 in Y. And lastly a maneuver to point ii
5 XF - was X desired and Y desired were
minus 120 and O. Our initial values
7 for the manurer were plus 7_ and minus 76.
We made the maneuver and ended up at
plus 121 and minus 001. So my conclusion
IS from all this is that 5700 is really about
"_ a good as we can do. And maybe you can
do a little bit better after looking over C
_3 the data. But we dod have that scale
proble m in X. I looked at it, a couple _
_5 of the initial ones and figured we had
•
_6 [ something like - out of 220 octal units --"4
.a.
• v ! and octal air of around _ or 5
_ °
_9:353 20 15 20 SPT Next to the which gives us a relatively '_

-_ 20 I small percentage error. I suggest some- ----
_w_ _'" thing - ... something like moving the m
22 _ target over onto the X-axis, finding C
2_ I out what the m_euver we have to mate
-- Z_ is in octal, conoert it to decimal,
_" "S multiply by 0.97 or 0.96 and then into --
_- 2_ your third -_carry out the three digits
27 .... Convert ithat back to octal and
_'_ make the maneuver. That can be done
"_ fairly rapidly. When you got the HP35 ----
_ 7_ here and the octal to decimal conversion,
-- _ then it - it's not a big thing. I think
_2 the hang-up we had today in all of the
_ work we did was - one is the granularity 1-
34 of the system was getting to us and we --
_ spent a lot 6f time Just fighting ,_
that instead of figuring out what it really
- was, that is, your abilty to line up
_ the display and parallat and reading it and
_ which you should try to eliminate as
xC much as possible by putting your head
41 parallel to the screen wherever you're
-_ looking. The s_-ll motion which occurs
up around 0-01 arc se,.'ondsor so,
_,z or 0.01 degrees I mean, over a period
45 of time - like 3 or 4 minutes as we've
_ seen in the display here whether that was
c due to having - the ROLL in MPC ENABLE
/ _3 for _per_L O_ _im_ fh_e. _not -_e.
f
Dump Tape 353-05

Page ? of i0 ._
• 353 20 17 0--_ SPT And lasttly, I think-we could have

carried out all these maneuvers and
_ given you perhaps a little more
.
I
!
understandable data. If we could have
o made ourselves up a log of all the
: pointing you wanted to get to XP, YP,
T _U), YD the deltas and the commands,
then I think we could have gone through
this thing - much - in a much more
_= swift manner. Also looking for the
_ ' comet posed me a problem or the stars.
- I'd be interested in knowing what the C
"S magnitude of the star was relative t",
.! to the comet. I'll hold on to these _
"_ records, and I hope that it 's all not -4
q _ confuing to you. I know there's going --
-v to be some points that we moved to and ,_
_
c- -= from whre there might be some discrepencies.
'_ If so, I think everthing else was :_
,- ZS consistent either throughout those points U
- or give me a call and I'll hold on to
s- the data and try and straighten it out.
__ =_ Going back with no problem; disappointing, _
-_ _-" but no problem and I think we can carry out __
_- -- a JOP 18 D and everybody understands the --
_- :1 inaccuracies of the system. It's kind
'_ 27 of like trying to fix a watch with a
_ sledge hammer, but some day we'll look _
:: out and get 55 on it. Certainly 82]3 ----
_
_ .: _ could get some useful information
in observing the tail. And I hope we -:
$2 i will be able to do that.
Ss
_ 353 20 19 24 SPT SPT out. "Z
$3
:_"353 20 57 01 CDR This is the CDR at 20:55 Zulu with
- the M092. The subject is the SPT. The
_; run started at 20:30. The subject's
:_ left calf is 13-5/8, the right calf
-_ is 13-1/2. The legbands, being used
_ are Charlie Juliett on the left leg, I
.? i Alfa X-ray on the right leg.
_ 353 20 57 26 CDR CDR out.

_D
z_<
_7
f
/
Dump .Tape 35.3-05
page 8 of. 10 ....
353 21 21 27 PLT PLT debriefing the ... ATM pass started

_ at 20-hO. JOP 6, step 2, building
3 i block 32 was loused up; I had the
4 i wrong roll in. I did give you a shopping
5 _ list 1 at the completion of JOP 2 Bravo,
step 5. JOP 2 B, step 5 building block iO
7 • was completed as scheduled. 2 Bravo, step 5,
building block Ii was completed as
per schedule, and I interpreted the
_0 , exposure 02.5 to be 2-i/2 seconds 2nd
_
r tried to give you my best estimate of
2-i/2 seconds. I used the observing _
IS time to look at the rather bright streak- 5t
: and let me go see the number of it.
_=_ Zero one or zero two, actually, the ._
_6 largest active region on the disk there, _--
"7 since I don't know - don't know quite how _,_
._" _ old that - those ... coordinates are.
_9 Anyway, there appear to be rising and l"
_ i$ ebbing of the brightness of certain spots. -
-- ?_ Then I put in one grating auto scan
22 DETECTOR i and 2, and the hottest spot
-_ I could detect in that region. _.
___ -5 21 23 06 PLT Took a look at the corona - went back to

353
_- _._ Sun center and looked at the looked
- 27 at the corona. The coma looks much less
_ active than it did previously, was very 0_
; faint. On the west limb there appeared a
il _'_ sort of pyr-_dal corona then - rather than
"_ a helmet streamer. A helmet streamer is what _
._Z is is, but the lines don't curve any at all. ^
:1 The borders that - are -Smost straight lines -7
_ appear to be! ... at about that I carried -
_5 I got straight lines that good to
: 2:30 or 3:00. At 9 and i0 o'clock two
_ faint coronal streamers integrated light
:_ So that ... the way around the disk.
-'_353 21 23 53 PLT About all I Can on the corona, the two

_'I regions, the 01, I think, and 02, or
-'2 maybe O0 and 01, I can't quite tell
43 here looking at the cards, or something -
_. I'Ll look at them again and see if I
z5 can get them straight. The two on -
_7
DumpTape353-05
Page9 of i0 .... : i
that have Just come across the east

: limb - the largest one appeared
_ to be fairly active and the smaller
_ one appeared to be active also. A
5 I couple of times I got very faint -
what looked like bright, you know,
_" on the XUV MON, using the ... scope, !
but the image in 1050 count stayed down
around 2 to 8, mzybe 12 a couple of i
I
'__ times. ,
"!! i
_-_353 21 2h 37 PLT The PMEC count got above 600 a couple
_5 ;_ times, but it - it was very erratic, O9
and there were no sustained high levels
_ on the PMEC, above about 350, which seem to __
'_' be about the ground 350 which seem to --
be the gorund basing or base, even maybe --
:: _ a bit lower. Several maybe at that
"9 lower several peak above 500 in the _
_ _'_ peaks above 500, and then I saw two
_--_ _' right above 600. On the PMEC, of course, _
ZZ nothing - no change on the Beryllium aperture. C
2_ "n
-- -- -- -_ PLT PLT out. ---
"_
_ ?s 353 21 25 54
27 CDR This is the 21:26
Correction, CDR at Zulu.
21:25 Zulu.LBNP M092
The _h _'
_ _ i terminated
run with theat SPT
2h and - that's
as the subject21:2h
was Zulu. I -_
_" And we had to terminate early with 7 minutes
-- - 30 seconds remaining. Subject's blood __
-_ : pressure got _down to the high 60's
_; and it - it hit it t_-ice and we __
-_, terminated on the second time it hit -'_ -_
7-." 69. There'll be a separate recording
where the SPT will t_]k about his
- symptoms and all that. We saw the
blood pressure drop to 85, stayed
there for a little while, and the
z} subject said he didn't feel too well,
_l and when it dropped to 67 he said he \
T didn't think he felt that bad and stayed
z3 there for another count of 69 and
_ that's when we terminated. For M151
_ we're running behind. We got in such
7 J
Dump Tape 353-05
-P_ei0 of 10
a hurry-_o-ge_-ou_--6f the LBNP an_

get going that we didn't turn your
i csmera on and get the subject egressing the
_ LBNP.
D
_" 353 21 27 13 CDR I frankly don't see what earthly good
? that little bit of data is to you,
anyway. I think the first part's
more important.
!-
"_ 353 21 27 19 CDR CDR out.
i".353 21 i7 37 SPT SPT at 21:28. M092. I did not have a , £_

- successful run today only factors that I _
_ contributed to. First of all symptoms _re
: "_ sweating along the back of the head and __
-- a slight amount of dizziness. A little _,
/_" _ tinging in the hands with the accompanying
.-_ reading of the blood pressure. Probably _
-- -_ the onlything'sI can attribute it -
-- to is the amount of sleep I've been getting
2_. recently, and late and all last night,
r-_ ._ looked reasonable like 8 - a little over -_
-__-- _-_ 8 hours, but I guess a couple of
__ 2_ nights were not too good. And I'd be --
"_ r÷ kind of overtired. Last night,because --
__ 2?, of the heat in the workshOp and !
-: being able -[imable to get to sleep ; tq
-" for a couple lof night. I had a in order "_
to get a good night;s sleep I don't know -
-- - whether that medication has any effect 1 -
11 on the run or not. I did not take any
_l excessive amounts of water before the 1
_ run. I had kind of a action-packed _ _ L-_
"_ morning. I Was searching hard all the I _
-- time. No other factors that I can
-- think of would influence it.
2_ 7353 21 28 5h SPT sPT out. /

_2
4S ,_ OF TAPE
1
Time: 353:21:22 to 353:21:40 GMT
F 12/19/73
Page i of i
CDR 030. The subject's left calf is 13-5/8;

the right calf is 13-1/2. The leg bands
being used are Charle Juliette on left
leg, Alfa X-Ray on right leg. CDR, out.
TIME SKIP
352 21 2i 27 PLT PLT - debriefing. The ATM started

at 20 :h0.
PLT JOP 7 ... building block 32, plus the

last dump I had the wrong roll in and I
didn't give you a shopping list for it
at the completion of JOP - JOP 25.
JOP 2B, step 5, building block l0
completed as scheduled. 2 Bravo step 5,
building block ll, was completed as
per schedule, and I interpret that the
exposure 02.5 to be 2-1/2 seconds. We'll
try to give you our ... after 2-1/2 seconds.
I used the observing time to look at
the lunar brights - number of it.
352 21 22 39 PLT Zero 1 and zero 2 are actually the largest

active regions on the disk. I gotta -
I don't know quite how old those coordi-
nates are. Anyway, there appears to be
a rising and ebbing of the brightness
on certain spots that I put in one GRATING
AUTO SCAN detector 1 and 2 on the hottest
spot I could detect in that region. Took
a look at the corona - went back there -
looked at the corona. The coro - -
END OF TAPE
• -- _-.- _ ; Jr._ -- :/.!_i_/i
_ _• •
ape353-0/D- 0
i_ _ Time: 353:22:28 to 353:23:53 GMT
{ 12/19/73 r-- I
] P-g_e-I--_-15 ............ j
_ zz _8 h4 _LT -- _'.'f
a_ zZ:29 _eDrie-T- de_efing
i teh ATM pass start at 22:01. The
i _i 2 - JOP 2A, tep 6, building
! block lO's wE s performed as per pad
. I_ with the exceptionthat I took the
i . optionA at Jirston the first
ii execute of b_ila!ng block iO
! _ becausether_was no referenct to
5_ in the pac. Aud so I got that
:_ straightened out with the ground
, and I took a 256 sequence after
i two - After i_o 64 sequences. So
: in thatfirsi! JOP2A,step6, G_
building blo(_ iO, there were two M
' ', 64 sequences '_nd one 256. JOP -
i the second bl [idling block i0 was -_
per pad plus Bhat 25_ operated in
a 256 mode, We powered down early
i for the maneuver. PLT out. One :_
( other note, the PMEC was hitting i
occasionally iabove 600, IMAGE INTENSITY
P" i occasionally iaround 16, mainly around
! !
• 8 to 5. There were no changes in
:!
...........
_ BERYLLIIR4 APERTURE. The area looked _ -- -4
I Just like - _egion looked like it was :.
'-': on last pass4 --
I ' B53 22 30 07 PLT PLT out. (0
- _ TIME SKIP
353 22 46 0}4 CDR This is the (DR at 22:h5 Zulu with __

a message fo] the M509 palnners and
for FAO. It looks like it's senseless
for us to try.'to do an M509 prep the
day before b__ause the cameras as well
as the light_ getting grabbed and
away for use in some other experiment
; and there 's You know, the other
experiments _n't indicate that you
., should bring _hem back. So I think
probably wha_ we better do for at
least a setu_ done by the test pilot,
.................................. r .....................
, <-
I
i
i_
_ •_
!;
Dump Tape 353-07/D-3_0
_; t-hat is, th ._etup of the cameras said

....
_ the high int,_nsity lights, we might
:_i Just as well put that off until Just

_ before the _;09 operation itself,
because on bc,th occasions now, we've
,_ gone cameras
the all the nd
tro%%ble of up
setting setting up
the high
within a cou _e hours, somebody had

_ to come and ake them and go use
them somewhe _ else. And we might
_ - that
Just 's
as being
well wasted.
save all that time expended (n
C
m
• 353 22 _7 25 CDR CDR out. __
:i 353 22 50 4_ PLT Okay, this i_ the PLT, 8019 operations

i coming up. ._imeon my mark will be
*.:_ 23 - excuse me, 22:51:30. Stand by. '_:'_

.i 353 22 51 30 PLT MARK, 22:51:30 - 22:54:30, we started _I
_ first exposure. I have ROTATION C
"' 47.7; TILT of 17.1 dialed in, _I
[I
:_.......:
_ field 221.
270 selectro _t
iis'll
inbeposition.
270 widened,
The -- -_
•t -
3_3 _ _l _5 CREW ... m
1 " 353 22 52 21 CDR Also, Crip, f pump - pump Bravo is

.... as has as p_ p CHarlie, I think we 1.
should give ome consideration
; to securing he pumps at night. "_"
1 " Okay, from a fleW _ndpoint, pump
.... Bravo is - i better than Charlie.
Charlie is s ill putting out a - a
good flow ri ht now.
CREW ...
"i 4
_ _! ,i.i CC Jer, would _xu elabortae on us ... - -
_ PLT Okay. !
._ _ CREW - - Just a i ttle bit? We - everything

• we're lookin_ at shows that everythings
_ :_ hunky -
.i
I
i̧,_- _ -! _.T.......... _, • i,,_._
_J...... - _ -7T
Dump.Ta__e_..35B-OI/D-340
I Page3 of 16
f
CC Jer, would y_u elaboratea little
'i bit on that _ump noiseness? Looking
i ahead--
I
; PLT ... 30, on mark.
! 353 22 53 30 PLT MARK.
i CDR ... pumps reale a lot of noise. Just

_ a minute, I'i i put it on ICOM/PTT
,i i and m_ke nex to it and you can hear
._ it. C
:!
ii i; CC
PLT
Good.
Stand by, on my ma_k.

m
/_ CDR Can you hear !that? ... ,_
" BSS 22 54 15 PLT Okay, it's 5_:15; at 5_:30, I will C

_-/, go into SHU'I_R OP_. m
;; _i "" CDR Stand by Just a second, ... get m_ __ _1

• _'_ -_ cord a little longer. 4
CC Okay, Jer. s - is that thing bother- --

i .... ing you at n_ ght trying to sleep?
_:i PLT Stand

by. I
" SPT That's affirz Crip. It is a little -a

bit noisey.
L_ .u
_i : 353 22 5_ 32 PLT MARK. Okay, _tart of 270 widened,
_ field 221. 3TATION is 0_7.7, TILT is -<
17.1.
SPT ... thermal _roblem

| there.
i
i CC Roger. Are talking about when .;
_i you had the _m_ off? !
:_ i SPY That's affirm Crip. The other day

when they wet e doing the work in it,
,_ i I had to have the - one monitor on i
_ .- until I coul_ tell any real significance I
'i
I
i"
_T_. 353-07/D-3_0
b
!
........ temperature _l_nge.--6ver half an
hour, I coul 4 Just barely tell the
" difference. !,
i J
_ I CC That's a - t_at's a good data point.
: T_an_ you fo_ it.
CDR Here it is.
" '_ CDR Think Bill t, bok some measurements

I earlier today, with 487 gear. Let me
givyyou a li_ten to the rate gyros c-
! " while we're _t it. to
CC Okay. -_
m
! CDR That 's enot_ i? t_
!
CC We couldn't ear it. _.
i CDR I think the problem is, Crip, it's

_ not a localized source of noise, so
_ "- with the m_, you really don't pick _ _.
i it up too well.
CC Ah, so. Can we hear the p_-T.? _
SPT Did you say ou did hear the pump? to

Y_
CC No, I haven'_ heard it yet. Have you

" tried puttin_ it by the pumps? --'
SPT Yeah, I trie_ the p_s, too. I guess -'_

it Just won'_ get throught.
353 22 56 29 CC Yeah, could _e the frequency range

on it is too - is - is it a low noise? '
CDR No, it's a i_ irly high frequency_ Let i

: me think now those of - Well, you've ""
: been to St. . St, Louis when they were '_
i checking out '.the"vehicle. I think ;
you probably _heard them then when
!
, they were going. They sound Just
_ like the co_m_nd module glycol p_"Ts.
_t_ _!
• •i̧
/-_ Dump Ta2e 353-07/D-Bh0 ...........

..........
, .................
j
and it's Jus_i the !fact that they're i

so loud that _hey re bothering you.
, Is that the _rohlem?
CDR They sound li_,ethe glycol pumps in

! the co-.-=nd_o'd_le is all I can tell
i you. I ha_ni't heard normal ATM coolant
! romps,apparently.
ii CC Okay. but th e's no chugging or any-
thing associated with it like what
• we had prior _-prior to doing that ,_
C_Dprocedurq? nl
i _ CDR a whole
No, lotcarrect.
that's better, Just noisy.
They're See
z,,-ning _,
.T
much more quietly, and every once in _

before
awhile,they_erex-mn_ng
they would begin muchquiet
to undulate - mu
! and you coul4 - you could hear the '_
f_ I. changes in frequency ... - -
.......... 353 22 57 24 PLT Okay, we're coming to 90 percent in a

_ mo_t. _
| CDR ..... afte_ we did the flush and

got it rtmni_ again that they got this
i loud. --
CC Okay, and as !I understand it, the
'i reason that _u want to turn them off
at night - -
1
PLT Yes.
CC - - is Just _o that it won't bother you

while you're _ryi:_ to sleep?
CDR Yeah, that's.;right. The workshop is

i _ really a ver_ quiet place and now all
i of a sudden, _it's geting noisy.
_ CC Okay. We - w_ copy that.
CDR Okay.
- '!l
'I
i
7)I
I)qmp Ta_e 353-07/D-3_0
_ Page_g _"of i_ ..... i ' i
......... --_T- --Stand by - i

353 22 58 00 PLT MARK. i00 p4,rcent_on 270. All
right. Now _ want a ROTATION of 50.9,
CC Get it working rlgh and it comes

ba - around go bite you,
i
PLT And 32.3, aug I what a 270 widened

[!
'. _ on field 811. That's 50.9 - Correction,
32.3 check f_eld 811, 270 widened.
Standby m_ _ark at 59.
PLT Okay, stand

i
• Jy- m
_
i 'i B53 22 59 XX PLT MARK. St g a 270 widened, 50.9
That's field 1811, 270 second widened O"

: 'I am the ROTATION; 32.3_on the TILT. -
in progress. The next will be a t_
_i " 270 unwidened. .
1 • CREW ...
i _53 22 59 _6 CC Skylab, Hous_ _n, we're i minute from

i, LOs, and we'] I.pick you up over _
'i ' Madrid at alx _t _ minutes at 03 -
! CDR Okay. --
CC And, Jer, we _e working on the - the
:_ lm/m!0 problem here, Just to make sure

I we got a corn e_sus.._'_-
CDR Roger. _<
! PLT And through 0 percent.
i'I PLT Stand by on mark.
,' _53 23 03 09 PLT MARK. Okay, ithat's i00. I'ii have to

i wait until that thing gets down to
i _: llO. I'll t_ist it on over to this
side ... widened in this; okay,
|
!
t
i
1
7: I
i
Dun R_ Tape .35B-gl/Dr3hO
353 23 03 19 PLT MARK. That _s at 03:20, starting a

270 unwidene_. 4, 30, 7, 50.
I
" PLT Okay and ... I
1• PLT Waiting for _:50.

353 23 06 32 CC Skylab, Houston, we're AOS through
! Madrid for 54/2 minutes. How do
youread? I
I
i CDR Loud and clear, Crip. C
i | tO
CC Okey-doke, w_ had a little line m
>' :I problem ther_ for a while. Regard- ._
i ing Jery's p_vious request, he's -r
got a GO to t_rn off pump Bravo, which
" we'd appreciate if you could tell us
.i what the difference, if any, in the r_
i ! sound is. And also, maybe if you
: could give u_ a comparative anal - ,,
I difference between this pump and a
"- !i SUS pump when it's running. They're __
_-........ the same kin_ of p1,,_.. __
.... CDR Okay. i c-
• PLT Okay, waitin_for 07:50. Okay 07:50 m

_! will be coming up in about 30 seconds.
! '" PLT Stand by. -_
!_ 353 23 07 XX PLT MARK. Okay _hat's the termination of 7.

i the 270 unwi_ tuned on field 811. Now lll
i I'm
hl, going
okay. of_ _.i237_
and that'll be 68.1,
15.2, 58.1, 15.2, -,:
I 237 is the i_ _.Id. It'll be a 270
1 widened and _ 270 unwidened, I got 270
I set. I want _o start this in about
i 15 seconds. Looks like
y.mar r_m in good
. : shape. Stanc by ca
i ,: B53 23 09 01 PLT MARK. Okay, -_3:09 and we're starting

_ the exposure 'oa field 237. I have
.. 58.1 and 15._, ROTATION and TILT,
,_ respectively,l 270 widened.
•I
i
m_ T_e 353-071D-3_0
i
............
_DR --_ay,_, _e'reon p_ Bravonow
,_ and it's considerably quiter than pt_p
, Charlie. An_ I threw on SUS pum_ i to
i listen to wh_t it sounded like and
it's as loud as pump Charlie was;
however it's a loWer frequency than
Charlie is. Charlie seems to be running
a quite a bi_ higher.
CC Okay_ u_aers_ and pu,_. Bravo is bouth

, wu/eter and c f a lower frequency?
ii CDR No, pump Bravo is the same frequency

as pump Chars ie, except the - you _;
know, it's J_St not as loud - -
•_ CC Very good. rn
!
CDR - - and the SUS pump runs in a lower
! frequency, b_t it's every bit as -
loud as pump iCharlie.
i " CC Okay, copy that. Do you - what
i........... would you about the loudness --

_i of Bravo toth_nk_un
during the sleep -'_:
period? --
__ CDR Well, let's et it rim for a while _

_i_ and see how t does. Sounds like Z
, a good idea ight now. 7_
!
CC Okay, sounds liek e winner from here.
CDR ... _
SFT No.
CDR ...
SPT ...
!
1
_ PLT Do which?
CDR •••
PLT NO, it Just % Yeah, it's inside the

! _ case there.
r
P
I
! D_p Ta_e
k
353-07/D-3h0
' _. CDR ... ]
,_ PLT Which tankT
• '_ CDR ...
i PLT Did they ... his two samplers?
353 23 Ii 31 CC Skylab, Hous on, we're 1 minute from

LOS. Carnar on at 26 minutes and
i
I 23:37, 23:37
j C
"/
..... i PLT Do you know _ow to do that, Ed? Why (n
done that e_ ry time and it's so - __
I can do in bout 2-1/2 minutes. Z
/ SPT ... In
" PLT Well, that's_- all you got to do ...

and go down _here - Let me check m_
time here• Okay, I got - -
SPT
_ PLT I know it. ust making sure I 'm not

.... going to for et it. Do yo know
Where to get the sample?
SET ...
7
PLT Well, no, it s - it's on m_ side.
SPT ...
FLT Be sury - be sure you close both

valves befor_ou take it off. It's
a valve Justlllke this on the
sa-Tle port. I Water chiller sampler
port. You o_en tha one first and
_! then this on_. And it'll push the
' plumger out.! Then you ma_e sure you
, _" turn both oflthem off.
I
!ii
Dump Tape 353-07/D-340 ..........

Page 1Oof16
........... _- e o _m-%ml_-l_a-_mqm-jq_II 'have

to lift up t_s little tab - or push
it down as the ease may be.
<
5 SPT •••
PLT Okay, we've _ot Just a few seconds to

go here. Go_ a 270 widened. This !
is on field 737. Stand by.
|
I i
B53 23 13 13 CDR MARK. Okay,_now I'll he starting a

270 unwidene_. C
353 23 13 20 CDR MARK. That is, at 13:20 _I
' _I
, CDR That will te _ minate at 17:50.
_ Did you find,it over there, Ed.
i SPT .. • --
PLT It's under m_[ sied. You have to
_ I open the top_

SPT ..
_ PLT You got a hu_ge knob on it - huge --

accent knob. ;:
SPT tot
iz PLT Great big b1_iwn mother. Took me "

I 15 minutes t, find that the first _,
i time. That as in training.
! SPT ••• _!
PLT I - I saw thit thing and Just keep

saying that iouldn't be it. Okay,
we're in the 270 unwidened on
i field 237. ]OTATION is 58.1 and the
TILT is 15.2
:i
: _53 23 16 _5 PLT Coming up onilT., Okay bout 30 seconds,

; a little les_ than 30 seconds. Stan_
:_: by on my mar_.
' : • qC
i
'!
_16 i
: ,355 23-17 56 _--T ....... MARK. Termi;tation Of that exposure. -_

: : I Now I'm sett:u_g up 57.6. Lock - Oh,
:f: I 1 come c_ ther,,l And 20.2 .... and make

: _ that sure it's risht on 270 unwidened -
_/ _ _ excuse me - !70 widened and I'm
'_:i setting the ulob. Stand by and -
i, 353 23 18 22 PLT MARK. Okay, I _t that one at 18:20

We'll see ho!r it turns out. Got Just
! _' ! a little bit behind on that; 57.6
i ' '.ii . _ and 20.2. T.ds will be followed by

_ a widened 90 .second exposure. And at C
23:24, we're setting it with the _c
• '.,_: comet ops. i._:23 - 2_:_0, so 23 -
i.i excuse me 23 ,o at23-2 I'd
_ _ ' like to be tl_ough and ready to change T
i _ the mirror. It's going to take "-
you the plat_ number, darn it. This is 'i.

: number 31. I 7
t
PLT OkaY, _hie i deal 238. ROTATI0_ 5T.6

'_i! __ :, and TILT is _0.2. Frame number 31.
._ " PLT And steed by ion my m_rk. Termination

.... -
i'i
i_' _:
:! 353 23 21 _2 PLT MARK. 0kay,
Going for - lsettlng90
_ay, here weseconds
go. in.
Starting _=
O_
90 seconds. "_
353 23 21 53 PLT MARK. This s plate number 32. We're

still on fi_ .d 238. ROTATION is 57.6.
TILT is 20.2 -,
I PLT Okay. l'm @}ing to have to ... I think _"

i we're in pre;ty @ood shape. So you'd
._ have to te_-_nate it by 23:2_ at the
I latest. I tlLink may - we may be in
'i business
22.0. Nowher:.
w_'re And I want
going to be208.h =-d
in goo_l
_ shape. Stan _ by on my mark. Termina-
i _ tion of 90 :conds.
I 353 23 23 07 PLT MARK. Okay, let me get this come

._ '"_' here in view 2320 at 208.4. 208.4
• ii'_1 _- and 22.0. T'_ere we go. 208 okay,
........................... _ ,, ]
i !
1 t i
_ii_j_
i
:- end we wan st, at 2 -

• 23:24:40, which is a little less than
_ i a minute. 2_0 s_onds unwidened. Okay,
! I by!
:! " ._ PLT Stand by on "_'k.
353 23 34 39 PLT MARK 23:2_:}0. 230, that's

3 minutes an( 50. 28:30. Okay, so
: that gives -_ iO Seconds of leeway
there. 28:3( , (_y let's Just see
if we can 8e_ this better. See a C
" i little bit oJ the horizon.
m
; PLT Boy, you've _pt her nailed. It's in
the left fie] d of view. The tail is :.
sticking a!_st straight down and then
taperingoff!slightl_ to the left.
i i That bright _ar that I think is "_
i= Aldebaran (?)_, the tail's sticking =_
down towards iit. And as I get better _I
_! at that- st_r...thatI thinkthatI _
_ see more of _he tail. Okay, I'ii
---- "- - _ concentrate (n what I better be doing "--
_== _ hers. Okay, thi_is fr=-_ 33. And I
we're coming 27:30. About -
:i a little ovel
exposure. :& _:n:ow
Ol m_', _ to go
I 'ii in th_
close this GO
_:i/I film h_tch. _i_t after we ter_ina%et =
l the exposrue; I think that's what you
1 want. 28. _kay, coming up on 28:30, _.
:_ which will b_ the conclusion of a
i 3 minute and _0-second or 230-second .-
; " exposure. S and by. _.
353 23 28 30 PLT MARK. Okay. Oh bails. That went =11 i
_:_ the _y
hatch. -_8.3'
y_' ell again.
! it now.
_l_ed Film it.
Ding ,
!
_i Oh shit. Th t i_ a real trap. Okay,
lost a frame ou_ of it. Okay, the
._ _, TILT zero fi: st .... fault it'S your
comet exposwe. I didn't get the film
! hatch closed quite soon emo--_. Ew_ry-
.... thing right ¢n time right up to the
,_ ,
• ._ '' : end. Went rt _ht past the CARRIAGE
_ RETRACTed1 an_ teh SLIDE I_I-I_ACTED-
.....
:-)J
l 1
D um_ Tape
o353-_/D-3_0
16- -,. __ !
i that's what ' appened. That's the way

the old ba!] bounces, Make your
_ 3 i hardware tha_ wBy an_ doggone, I Just -
_ ' i big dumdum lJ ke me will fall into trap.
_ Okay, we're ooklng at plate _. Did
the same d_m_ mistake I made before;
" _ I went all t_e way from OPENed - I've
i _ been doing tl is as a bad habit -
iI got in the b_ d habit of doing this
when I went o my - to exposure where
'_ ' t you have so ittle time between them

! and I Just from OPEN to SLIDE
R_,'A_ACTED an then I would go from
I SLIDE R_'A'_ACED to OPENed. For the
._! exposure it inimizes the time. But __
: i_I then what - hat happens is you get I
, in a bind - hen I did that, I did _
that oa te_ nation of the Kohoutek.
_ Now what I _d was, I think I - well !-
_, wait a mlnut@, By the way, I didn't U
_ _ii screw up
wasted a Koh_u_ek
fr==_- is cause
what I - did.
all IThe
- I
" the Kohoutek!was stored, I guess, _,
...... ; because I pi_ ked up other frame.
-
bad as I tho
was screw out ofMaybe
_o' _ht. one fr_m_.
all I did ':_
--
_ I := So maybe - m, ybe it's not quite as
• :_ But once it _= I have to gO
: to OPEN amd ackto CARRIAGE ----
. RETRAC'r_ b_ ore you can get the ....

film hatch c osed. So there you _'
, _ii Sorry
are; itabout hat. a frame,
cost you I;m going to go
Karl.
: _ : ahead and bu ton it up here and -
_ stop ... at t. We're _11 buttoned
•, up here exce for closing the door.
i
_ i353 23 31 13 PLT PLT out.
!_ 353 23 31 32 CDR This is the DR reporting on

t "_ i handheld phc os Earth observation.
!_ i The 21:01 - r 21:05 passed over
i ! La Paz. We missed that - we could
' not see La PSz because of clouds;
_i_ :'_ it was i00 _reent overcast over

: the _ntire n_rthe_ end of
i ........................ i
i DR Ta2e SSB-07/D- O
I
.................... i .........
Lake
T-e-T-itqSa_&. T_-_T6 Just about it.
I took - I t: led to take a look
at Antofagas _a but realized too late
that that w_ one of our i01 targets
as well and ,,st missed a chance to
look at that and say a few words
because it w. s clear down in that
area, but it !was too far away when
I finally go" a chance to look at
_ it.
, _353 23 32 19 CDR CDR out. c
353 23 35 24 CDR This is the DR at 23:36 with a note _

for the PI o_ the ED76. The neutron
- neutron gathering devices that -_;
are around t_ e - the spacecraft. -
I'm afraid tlat we have poorly to
placed Bravo 3. I in the last 30 days
i have inadver%ently touched that
thing about _ve ti_s. It's in a
natural plac$as you come thro1_
f-_ •I "_ the hole from the forward compartment -I
_I
; ...... to the experiment compartment. It 's. - i
_
"- a reached
I very natur_
t_ io_,W.
place
the to
hole
grab,
and and
- __
--
and - and grlb and doggone it I've
got that da_ sli_e underneath it c_
I mY fingers. So I personally have -_
touched it n_ less than five times.
"i -- I'm sure the other guys have touched '
it several tJ_elves, and I'm
I
! afraid the dl.ta on that one - is touching
i degrades it, it is definitely degraded. "_
• ! 353 23 36 20 CDR CDR out.

t
I TIME SKIP
I
I 1353 23 47 16 SPT SPT at 23:47! Handheld photo
I observations _for 149-3 Perth Australia.

. Okay, when l igot directly over the
..i of clouds, b_t shortly before that

i ,:_ targetwe we
time ha_ Just ruaatinto
were_looking some a fairly
line
!
l.0f !6 ...
...........................
_e_ _c'_t-i_v_te_." By before
that time mean maybe I need time
- reading 15 -!20 seconds, and I feel
: that's probablythe subjectyou
were after. !The land itself was well
cultivated, _roken up in to m_ny
!i usually rect$n_,lar ... used a
recangleor plots, some of them with
! not rectang_ar, trapezoidalrecangier
nonpar-11 el _ides ...... trap door
! : straight sides; each plot having it's
_ own distinctive colors, maybe some C
of them bein_ the same, but in general O_
i showing argr$cultural ... Most of m
J it was light lcolored, I believe
reflecting colorof the ground. =
!
I
could
some
see
,are unifo,
Some of it
were
red. The reds which ,._
-.
faSrly dark, a very dark
Make that green, which I've taken to "
I
_I
be some plan$ which covers the
ground fairl_ extensively with
"
'_
.
_ ...... Igreen. Now he giving

chlorophyll, only way
it I
a -...
I d_k . ,_ .=
could recogn:.ze anything abnorm_
was not from one patch to another, :_
not the colo: "s from one patch to
another, hut the: variation of colors _
within a pat_:h. '_ variations _-
were linear • or the_ is with sharp __
boundaries. I would assume they _.
were manmade If they were perfectly
random ... d scoloration or spotty,
then I would have reasont to suspect -.
that nature 'ould be the cause and
perhaps infe tation. In the dark
green plots did notice ... that
in a few inc dents. The dark green
gave way to very ra_ged - edged
boundaries either lighter green,
almost a yel_ow, or - or almost an
orange. I s_w that in two plots in
_ particular
3_3 23 _9 46 SPT And on the p_ots I could not see

any infestation or any particular
:'_i_:
_h_:"_! ' , ! _>_i_: _ _ i _ _ . ii:_ _
i " Dump Tape 353-07/D-3_0
1 .........................
;i No-or ezrrere_ee ag _-F_-_ug-in
ii _ three or four of those green ones -
,4 " i maybethree cf them I was able to
i_. : t see a type of discoloration. One
_ them was a ki _ of light orange
_._ and o_e was _ yellowish green. I
think this p rticulam type of
observations really demands that
iI
the observer _ave a good feel for
_ i what he's i_ ¢ing at, and not having
' looked at th_ 3 area, either photo-
graphs or pr_ wiously with an eye
toward the t_pe of agriculture and
i these paztie,_1-r problems, that being _
'j, what is nor_l, it's h_rd to spot
the abnor-_l _ The only way I could "_
i do it is the _ which I have Just ,'S
_ mentioned. / _.n
i 353 23 50 40 SPT SPT out. i
353 23 53 00 SPT SPT at 23:52.; Handheld photo i_9-3

_ . with a note _o - to the previous
% .....
: I did use bl_ _culars. Out. -_
'_ END O] TAPE
-2
"l '
t
i
d
'
4!'_ :
,!
2
_2

_ Time: 354:03:17 to 354:04:21 GMT
12/20/73
Page 1 of 2
354 03 18 O0 SPT SPT at 03:18. M133. Had to break out a

new sleep cap tonight and inject quite
a hit of Electrolyte into the dry
electrodes. I now have one tube of
Electrolyte left, plus another one
with 5 centimeters.
SPT SPT out.
354 Oh lh hl SPT SP2 at 04:15 debriefing the last

ATM pass of the day. Scheduled
observations went as planned. The
observation time was used for looking
hack at region zero zero. The 823
slit was put on the straight plage.
Oxygen count on the 55 detector was
between 35 and 50 thousand, the
brightest in H-alpha and the brightest
I could find in oxygen VI. The
brightest point was a little bit
limbward of the brightest in H-alpha
At this position, 55 received
3 truncated MIRROR AUTO RASTERS which
covered ...
354 04 15 45 SPT 823 received a WAVELENGTH SHORT.

Exposur time was one-quarter sequence.
And 56 received a - first of all, a
PATROL SHORT, and then a SINGLE FRAME
FILTER h; about 6 minutes.
354 04 16 21 SPT To make a conclusion of that running,

the sllt was moved down about
i00 are seconds, so that it was essentially
in syne over the radius, hut away
from the plage; and a comparative
background ..., WAVELENGTH SHORT.
Exposure time was one-quarter. And I
got on J0P 7 at the end of 55 and
slightly pointed the active region in
a MIRROR LINE SCAN.
SPT SPT out.

Page 2 of 2
354 04 18 38 SPT SPT at 04:19, ... a Delta 14,

housekeeping 14G. Concentration,
h parts per million.
SPT $PT out.
END OF TAPE
Dump Tape 354-02 __
_ Time: 35h:14:24 to 354:15:20 _T
12-20-73
Page 1 of 7
354 lh 24 59 PLT This is the PLT. The time is 14:25.

SAL, door is unlocked and open. Rotation
is 33h7; tilt is 15.1; star field 801;
270/90/30 widened. Mirror is - has been
extended. I guess that o_gbt to really
be the other way. Film hatch is golmg
to open. And there is no crew
disturbance. Okay, Jet, we're starting
an S019, Just for your information.
(Laughter) 0kay, 26 getting ready to
come up. We're on 334 point - well,
I'Ii get the flashlight out and verify that
thing .... We can't read the units.
Yep, 334.7, 15.1. And we're reac_ to go.
Stand by. 15 seconds.
354 lh 27 00 PLT MARK. Plate number 35, field 801'

rotation 334.7, tilt 15.1, 270 widened
j inprogress.
SPT Is anybody using ... recording?
PLT Yes, l'm doing S019, Ed. Let's see, l've

got - if you can squeez something in in
3 minutes, gO ahead and talk.
SPT Hey, Bill.
PLT Yes?
SPT ...
PLT Can you - well there are 3-minute period

occasionally. I'm right in the middle
of 8019.
PLT Stand by, coming up 100%. Change my

habit patern here, I'ii go to CARBIAGE
RETRACTED so I don'Z screw up like I
did yesterday. On my mark. Looks llke
it's going to be about 3 and 1/2 minutes,
maybe 4 and i/2.
354 14 30 B7 PLT MARK. CARRIAGE RETRACTED. Okay, and

now we go to - for a 90. Okay, it's
90 widened.
k_
Dump Tape 354-02

Page 2 of 7
354 14 30 51 PLT MARK. Okay, I went to SLIDE RETRAuI_D

and then back to open. We're on frame 36.
Rotation is 3347. Tilt is 15.1. In the
middle of a 90-second widened exposure on
field 801.
PLT Stand by on my mark for 100%.
354 lh 32 03 PLT MARK. Going to CARRIAGE RETRACTWD. Okay,

setting for 30 seconds. Cranking the handle
over. Okay, I'm going to SLIDE P_'±'KACTED.
STOWAGE. Okay now, stand by.
354 14 32 19 PLT MARK. Okay starting the 30-second widened

exposure. Okay, there's 80, 90, stand by.
354 14 32 47 PLT MARK. CARRIAGE RETRAC_I'_IO. And the next one

is going to be 018 rotation Hum. 018.0
and 24.2; field 605; 270 widened. And we
want to start this at 14:34 coming up.
270 is selected. SLIDE RETRACTED. Ready
to go. Staud by on my mark.
354 lh 34 02 PLT MARK. Okay. Frame number 38. Started

at 14:h0. Rotation is - excuse me 14:34 -
Rotation is 018.0; tilt is 24.2; field is
605; 270 widened.
354 14 37 20 PLT Stand by on my mark, coming up 100%.
354 lh 37 37 PLT MARK. Going to CARRIAGE RA"_ACT_D and

setting 90 seconds in. Going to widen
Knob, minus ... and SLIDE R_t_CTED.
Ready, let here go. It's going to be
a 90 second widened. STand by.
354 14 37 57 PLT MARK. Okay. Frame 39. 90 seconds widened

on field 605. Rotation 018.0. Tilt
is 24.2. Mark through that line so I don't
do that one again. Hey, well Join the
club, I - I still have 1 ATM pass yesterdsy
I haven't debriefed. Stand by. Stand by.
354 14 39 ll PLT MARK. CARRIAGE RETRACTED. Okay, I want

192.7. 192.7, 06.3. 06.3, 192.7. 06.3,
field 303. 14:40, stand by.
Dump Tape 354-02
r-_ Page 3 of 7
354 14 40 01 PLT MARK. Frame n_nber 40. Ahhh. Here we go.

270 widened. I hit that pretty hard; there
may be sc_e Jiggles in the first part of
this field 303. Okay. 192.7 and 006.3,
and I barely got that one started on time.
Frame number 040. And I'll draw a _A_k
through that one. That wasn't the smoothest
operation I ever executed on that one. I
say I think you'll probably find some
squiggles in the first part of that spectra.
This was field 303, and that was me not the
spacecraft motion.
PLT Next one ... 198. (Whistling)
354 14 43 i0 PLT Okay, there's 90%. Mark 90%. This next one
is going to be field 302. Okay, stand by
for m_r _-_k 100%.
354 14 43 40 PLT MARK. CARRIAGE RETRACT_u. Okay. Unlocked.

198.8, 15.6, 270 widened. And I want to
• startthis one at 45 which is cnm_ugup in
about 45 seconds. 199.8 15.6, field 302.
It'll be frame number 41 when I put it in
position. Okay, I'm going to SLIDE P_'I'I_ACTed
now. STOWAGE. Okay, Okay, 270 .... the
widening Just a little and hold it there til
it's on the other side of 0. Stand by
15 seconds.
PLT Stand by.
354 14 45 02 PLT MARK. Plate number - Frame number 41;

field 302; 181.8 rotation; tilt is 15.6;
270 widened.
PLT All right, let's continue along.
PLT 80 percent
PLT 90 percent
PLT Stand by.
354 14 49 13 PLT MARK. CARRIAGE RETRACTED. Going to 90.

Turning knob. And stand by. SLIDE RETRACTED,
Mirror's retracted. STOWAGE released.
D_np Tape 354-02
Page 4 of 7
354 14 49 29 PLT MARK. Okay. Frame 42. 90-second widened,

field 302; rotation 199.8; tilt 15.6, and
that was started about h4:30. No, that's
not right. 49:30.
PLT Okay. Next will he a 30-second.
PLT 80 percent.
PLT 90, stand by.
354 14 50 47 PLT MARK. CARRIAGE RETRACTED. 30-seconds.

A twist of the know. SLIDE RETRACTED.
STOWAGE. 30-seconds is set. Stand by.
354 14 51 00 PLT MARK. Okay. Frame 43. 30-second widened;

field 302; 198.8; ... 15.6 on a tilt is
verified. Stand by, we're at at 50 percent.
PLT 70. 80. 90. Stand by.
354 14 51 27 PLT MARK. CARRIAGE R_I'I_ACT_D. Okay, now I want

193.2. 193.2 and 17.9. And I've got
to get my flashlight out and check that
left one. Man, don't give you eno,,v_
light, you can't tell. I got 193.2.
Okay, I want to start this at 52, and I'm
late. Okay, there's SLIDE R_'I'_AC'±'aD.
I want 270 widened. Stand by on my mark.
354 14 52 14 PLT MARK. Okay, this is frame 44. I'm into

it about 15-seconds late. Rotation is
193.2; tilt is 17.9; field 318. I should
be able to pick up a little time in
between these second two, because that
requires very little time. Sunrise at
15:01,
35h 14 53 15 MCC Good morning, Skylah, Houston with the ATM

conference and we'll be dumping the data/
voice recorder here. Over.
CDR Bill, perhaps you ought not do that.

Bill's right in the middle of an S019
and usingthe recorder all the way
through. Unless you you want to see
that data.
r
Dump Tape 35h-02

Page 5 of 7
MCC Okay, we'll hold that. And getting in

here to the ATM conference, on this
XUV MON downling came down last night,
We noticed a bright region that was
totally unexpected to us.
PLT ... rotation, tilt ... close SAL door ...
MCC ...
PLT 0kay, -
MCC ...
PLT SAL door. Turn off ...
CC ...
354 14 54 07 PLT Okay, terminate recording.
354 15 09 42 SPT SPT at 15:08 debriefing the first ATM pass

, of the day. Scheduled observations went
as planned, l've given m_, discussion of
the displays on the downlink. I've not
had a chance to look at them since then.
Bill's on the panel now. At the
conclusion of the scheduled observation
time,in the observing time, which amounted
to around ii minutes left ...... to
over and look at the active region O0
and I thought that we had a pretty
prnm_nent sunspot there, and we had Just
been looking at MIRROR AUTO RAS'I'_I_s
during the night .... and I tried to
get some spectra associated with the
spot. And a quick StUvey with oxygenVI
showed - with a roll of minus 2028
and UP/DOWN of minus 72 and a LEFT/
RIGHT of minus 392. I was able to locate
a saddle point in intensity in oxygenVI.
... around the spot was around roughly
200_ above and below the spot - let's
say plus or minus 40 arc seconds, very
low, say approximately 20, although
fluctuating quite a bit. On either side,
there was plage, quite point bl-n_ to
the left, 2000 or 3000 at least, and 13,000
Dump Tape 354-02
Page 6 of 7
on the right. So, I had a little

saddle point there, and I thought it
was going to be good, at least and in
oxygen VI, it was a saddle point.
I thought that was a good location.
I tried to give 82B a spectra on the ...
light intensity above the spot. So
at that pointing location, I gave
56 a CONTROL SHORT, 55 a MIRROR,
AUTO RAS'I'_I_down to line 14,
354 15 12 01 SPT And 82B, a sequence of WAVE.LF.NGTH SHORT,

TIMES 1/4. I then moved down - straight
down about 40 arc seconds, stepped
the MIRROR back up 8 steps, and started
the GRATING AUTO SCAN which I 'm certain
I did not finish, upper 400 K.
Then I gave 82B a WAV_W.RNGTH SHORT,
SEQUENCE of 3 with the ... in spectra.
And I think it was it was pretty much
off the ... of high intensity ...
oxygen VI, and also on the WHITE LIGHT
DISPLAY on the tip of the SLIT showed
to be Just touching the penumbra on the
spot. Unfortunately, I wrote down
40 arc seconds, and once I started
taking data, I looked back and it
had gotten to 42. Probably was
an overshoot, which I was exposing
too fast to wait for it to settle
out. So on e GRATING AUTO SCAN we
are not exactly up at the same
5 arc-second box which I hoped we
would delineate or define will in
the MIRROR AUTO RAS'A'_I_. The radii
are 2 seconds off on that. That was
again at GRATING OFF SCAN was not
aligned to -
354 15 13 37 SPT SPT, out.
TIME SKIP
354 15 17 18 SPT SPT at 15:17. Information for M151

run on M092 on the CDR. Beginning -
began at 15 :50.
Dump Tape 354-02
Page 7 of 7
354 15 17 33 SPT SPT, out.
354 15 19 25 CDR This is the CDR at 15:15 Zulu;

terminate charge battery 6 on
M509 and initiate charge on
battery 7 M509.
354 15 19 3h CDR CDR, out.
_ID OF TAPE
&
Dump Tape 35_-03

Time: 354:12:33 to 354:17:00 GMT
12120/73
Page 1 of 6
354 12 33 13 SPT SPT at 12:33. M133 log. Day 35h.

8.2; quality, poor. Remarks i, 2
and 4.
35h 12 33 25 SPT SPT out.
354 12 33 4h SPT PRD readings: h5429, 23251, 38--
TIME SKIP
352 15 34 53 SPT SPT at 15:35. CDR, left leg 13.0,

right leg 13.25; left legband Charlie
Juliett, right Delta X-ray.
35h 15 35 09 SPT SPT out.
TIME SKIP
354 16 00 35 PLT PLT debriefing the ATMpass carried

at 15:21. The first J0P i Delta,
step l, building block 28 was preformed
as prescribed with the exception that
I may have had the MAR position incorrectly.
The instructions in the J0P 1 Delta are
only referenced for MIRROR LINE SCAN ...
Also, there was what I think is a
extraneous entry and they set up -
for - for the building block 28 and
that is, that next three steps off limb.
And I don't see how that is really
pertinent to a 55 MIRROR AUTO RASTER,
13 line re - repetition scan. Perhaps
it is, but I looked at that and I stepped
off 3 steps, thinking I was setting
everything up. I did that at the
position of - I suppose it was line 25
instead of the slit center. And I
didn't notice that until I after I'd
started my MIRROR AUTO RASTER. And it's
f_
Dump Tape 354-03

Page 2 of 6
very confusing, and I think it would

be simpler if it was indicated to -
if you're going to ... 82B. If -
what - if - my concern is Justified,
then you ought to mske it pointing
the - either the center of the H-Alpha 1 -
the H-Alphs 1 horixontal line or
H-Alpha 2 horizontal reticle line to
the - to the limb so that the 13 line
scan of the MIRROR AUTO RASTk_ - 13 lines
of the MIRROR AUTO RASTER covers the
areas that you want. Now if it's not
critical, fine, and everything is all
right. About half - way through here,
it suddenly dawned on me that I had
gone through that thing mechanically
on the 3 step bit, counted the 3 steps
off the limb had nothing to do necessarily
f_ with the 55 13 line raster unless it was
essential to do that for setting up
pointing, setting up after you had used
either one of the H-Alphas to point the
pertinent part of the MIRROR AUTO RASTER
pattern, the area of interest. I haven't
said that too well but any way, I was
confused with that. Everything else
was nominal. I took a quick look and
repointed the active region, let's see,
where's the active region that's so
hot right now. 25 and point 4 may be
the one, make it 01 is the one. It's
time I look at it after the JOP and
actual observing time and did not
appear to - to be particularly active
even in the XUV MON. I did not ......
354 16 03 29 PLT PLT out.
354 16 12 14 SPT SPT at 16:12. MI51, conclusion of M092,

start of 171.
354 16 12 20 SPT Out.
F
TIME SKIP
f_
Dump Tape 354-03

Page 3 of 6
354 16 34 37 SPT SPT at a 20[?]:34. With a message for

FAOs and anyone else who gets involved
in flight planning. Okay, this morning
on paper our schedule looked fairly
straight forward and relatively easy,
met all the guide lines and Just looked
as though you could zing right through
it. Let me tell you blow by blow where
things go awry Number i: after my first
ATM pass for the day, SO19 was going,
did not use the tape recorder for the
debriefing. So I recorded what I could
on paper so I would not forget the
details to be recorded later by voice.
354 16 35 28 SPT After the ATM debrief, I had 13 minutes

before the - after _rriting it down, I
had 15 minutes before the ATM conference.
f I camewhistling downbut I had to
wrest - had to pull Jerry away from his
work. We had l0 minutes at that point
and concluded we had insufficient time
to do the mass volume measurement. Not
enough time for me to get my drawers off
and pull out the tape measure. So that
was not accomplished.
354 16 36 06 SPT At that point the ATM conference was

coming up. And we had our $233 going
on, all coming up in the MDA at the
same time as the conference. Just
then all the lights had to be out.
So at thatpoint I had to go up to
the ATM, get any paper work [?] I
needed for the conference, which
included a couple of photos, a couple
of notes I had made, the ATM schedule,
bring all that down to the wardroom.
Okay, at that point, I still had a
urine drawer which was not empty, not
changed, yeah. After the ATM conference
I went and took all of the materials back
up to the panel, debriefed the previous
ATM pass at - of 15:07, then had to work
aroundBillwho was at the panel.
Dump Tape 354-03
Page 4 of 6
354 16 37 12 SPT Okay, the ATM started - the net result

of that was that we started M092/ -
171 50 minutes late, and the only
way I got the urine drawer changed out
was in 2 or 3 minutes first, while
I - we're trying to run M092. And
that's no way to do business. So
you see we got all kinds of constraints
that come in to the operation up here
which on papers don't show up quite
as clearly. This seems to happen ***
considerably. I know you've got a
tough Job, with tracking down all
extremes - these certainly are a lot
of them. But I think from our side
what we're trying to do in this total
operation is to come back with some
quality data. And I personally -
and I'm speaking from a personal stand-
point, it's prob - probably past the
time since we've been up here to be
nothing but a 3B-day fire drill.
Right now we've been chasing quantity
rather than quality, making so ...
building ... rather than being concerned
with the quality of the data. I think
if we're ever going to bring back
quality data, it's going to have to
be done in a long duration mission.
If we don't have time to do things right
the first time, when are we ever going
to find time to do them right the second
time. If we can't do it right in a
85-day mission, we don't have time to
emphasize quality, when the heck will
we ever do it. So I plan from here
on to take the time that it takes,
regardless of what happens, it gets
pushed off till the end of the day,
in order to do the Job right that's
in front of me. In 85 days, we ought
to be able to find time to do the Job
correctly. And that's what I plan to
do. Now we'll look a little further ahead
F in today's schedule, to give you an
"4
Dump Tape 354-03

Page 5 of 6
example of what might happen. Matter

of fact, I could suggest two. Got a
TV 77. One hour allowed for it.
354 16 39 27 SPT It takes about one hour to set up the

TV, and to Just get the verbal description,
knowing what you want to do and knowing
what you want to say.
354 16 39 35 SPT At this point means putting on that

mike cold, that amounts to essentially
a lecture of 15 to 20 minutes. You've
got to know what you're tailing about,
have everything prepared, have some good
thoughts in mind and have thought about
how you want to present it so it's
understandable to the general public.
_" 35h 16 39 56 SPT In i hour, it cannot be done. End result

is, I'm going to go as far as I can on
that thing in 1 hour and if no TV gets
down, so be it; we're going to come down
with the best Job we possibly can do
when it comes down. It's going to come
down right, rather than on time. The
note about waking up the BT at the
2 :45 minute segment. To me that 's a
gross misuse of time.
35_ 16 40 25 SPT Problem means if it takes 40 minutes for

me to get on the bicycle ergometer, and
once I get on the bike and start pedaling
until the time I get off. It takes
a minimum of 5 minutes pres s to get on
there. It takes 45 minutes right there.
The net result is, as soon as you hop
off the bicycle ergometer, there you
are. Your heart rate going, at 120, you
got a good sweat, your grimey and you're
dirty and now you're suppose to go on to
your next pad.
354 16 40 53 SPT No way. The only thing you should be

doing at that point is completing your
exercise protocol, so you don't have to
_m_.
Dump Tape 354-03

Page 6 of 6
to go ... that whole rlgmarde twice. As

far as I'm concerned, when you break it
up into 45 minutes segments, all you're
doing is doubling the amount of cleanup
time associated with exercise that day.
354 16 41 21 SPT You Just cost us work time out of anything

else that can be done. I don't think
that's a very prudent way to go at all.
354 16 41 21 SPT SPT out.
354 16 59 03 SPT SPT at 16:58. M171 run concluded. And

this message for the M151 people. M151
data as follows: CAL N2, 02, C02, 1162;
CAL N2H20 , 1246; CABIN AIR PRESSURE, 4.975;
f CABIN AIR PRECENT 02, 74.49; and then 02,
H20, 2.93; PERCENT C02, 1.94; VITAL

CAPACITY, 5.154, 4.930, 5.070. PERCENT 02,
73.43. CABIN AIR, PERCENT H20 is 3.90,
and the PERCENT C02, 2.02. The CABIN AIR
PERCENT 02 I gave was 73.43.
354 17 00 08 SPT SPT out.
END OF TAPE
Dump Tape 354-0h
Time: 354:16:00 to 354:16:42
12/20/73 ........
Page 1 of 5
35h 16 00 34 PLT PLT, debriefing the ATMpass started

at 15:21. First JOP i Delta, step i, b
building block 28, was performed as
prescribed, with the exception that
I may have had the MAR positioned
incorrectly. The instructions in the
JOP i Delta _are only referenced for
MIRROR LINE SCANs that appear. Also
that was what I think is an extraneous
entry in the setup for - for the
building bl_ck 28. And that is the next
three steps Off limb, and I don't see
how that is really pertinent to a 55
MIRROR AUTO RASTER, 13-line re - repeti-
tious scan.
354 16 01 23 PLT Perhaps it is, but I looked at that and

stepped off three steps, thinking I was
setting everything up. I did that at the
position - I suppose it was line 25,
f insteadof the slit center. And I didn't
notice that until after I started my
MIRROR AUTO RASTERS. And it is very
confusing. I think it would be simpler
if it was indicated to - if you were
trying to set 82B - if - what - if my
concern is Justified, then you ought to
mention pointing the - either the center
of the H-_ 1 - the H-ALPHA l, horziontal
line, or the H-AI_HA 2 horizontal reticle
line to the _ to the limb, so that the 13 line
scan of the MIRROR AUTO RASTER - 13 lines
of MIRROR AUTO RASTER covers the areas that
you want.
354 16 02 16 PLT Now if it is not crital, fine. Then,

everything is all right. When I was about
half way through it suddenly dawned on
me that I had gone that thing mechanically
on the three step bit and that the three
steps off the limb had nothing to do,
necessarly, with the 55 13-line raster,
unless it was essential to do that for
setting up - pointing at - a - setting up
after you had used either one of the
Dump Tape 354-0_
Page 2 of 5
H-ALPHAS to point the pertinent part

of the - the MIRROR AUTO RASTER pattern
at the area of interest.
354 16 02 52 PLT I haven't said that too well, but, anyway,

I was confused with that. Everything else
was nominal. I took a quick look and then -
and repointed the active region, let's
see, what is the active region that's so
hot right now? 25 at point 4, may be the
one. I think it's 01 is the one that's
hot. Then i looked at it after the JOP
and after the observing time and did not
appear to - to be particularly active,
even in the XUV mon. I did not look at
the corona.
35_ 16 03 29 PLT PLT out.
35_ 16 34 36 SPT SPT at 20:34 [sic], with a message for

f- FAOs, or anyoneelse who gets involved
in flightplanning. Okay,this morning
on paper the schedule looked fairly
straight forward and relatively easy;
met all the guidelines and Just looked
as though you could zing right through
it. Let me _ell you, blow by blow, were
things go a_y. Number l: after my
first ATM pa_s of the day, S019 was going.
Could not us_ the tape recorder for the
debriefing, _o I recorded what I could on
paper, so I would not forget the details
to be recorded later by voice.
354 16 35 29 PLT After the AT_ debrief, I had 13 minutes

before the - after writing it down, I
had 13 minutes before the ATM conference.
I came whistling down to the OWS, pulled
Jerry away from his work; we attempted it
at that point and concluded we had
insufficient time to do the limb volume
measurements. About enough time for me
to get my drawers off and pull out the
tape measures. So that was not accomplished.
At that point the ATM conference was coming
m_
Dump Tape 354-04

Page 3 of 5
up, and we had our $233 going on, or coming

up in the MDA at the same time as the
conference, Just when all the lights had
to be out. So at that polnt, I had to
the ATM, get any paper work I needed for
the conference which included a couple
of photos, a couple of notes I had made,
the ATM schedule, bring all that down
to wardroom.
354 16 36 35 PLT At that point I still had a urine drawer

which was not emptied, not changed out.
After the ATM conference, I went and
took all the material back up to the
panel, debriefed the previous ATM pass
at about 15:07. And I had to work around
Bill, who was at the panel. Okay,
then - we then started.; The net result
of that was that we started M092-171,
15 minutes late. And the only way I
/_ got the urine drawer change out was
in 2 or 3 minute spurts while I was
trying to run M092, and that's no way
to do business. So you see, we've
got all kinds of constraints to come
into the operation up here, which on
paper don't show up quiet as clearly.
This seems to happen continuously. I
know you got a tough Job with tracking
down all the constraints ; there certainly
are a lot of them.
354 16 37 48 SPT But I think from our side, what we're

trying to do in this total operation is
to come back with some quality data.
And I personally, speaking from a
personal standpoint, have found - found
these past - the time since we've been
up here to be nothing but about a 33 day
fire drill. I've found we've been
chasing quanity, rather than quality. I
mean filling quot - fillin blocks,
rather than being concerned with the
quality of the data.
Dump Tape 354-0i+_•
Page 4 of 5
354 16 38 20 SPT I think if we are ever going to

bring back quality data, it's going
to have to be done in a long
duration mission. If we don't have
time to do things right the first
time, when are we ever going to find
time to do them right the second
time? If you can't do it right in an
85 day mission, if we don't have time
to emphasize quality, when in the heck
do we ever do it? And I plan from
here on to take the time that it takes,
regardless of what happens, or gets
pushed off at the end of the day, in
order to do the Job right, as it breaks
in front of me.
354 16 39 00 SPT With the 85 days, we ought to be able

to find time to do the Jobs correctly.
And that's what I plan to do. Now,
we'll look a little further ahead in
today'sschedule.Giveyou an
example of what went in, matter of fact, I
could predict. Got a TV77, one hour
allowed for it. Takes about one hour
to set up the TV and to Just get the
verbal description. Knowing what you
want to do and knowing what you want to
say. At this point, being turned on that
project cold, that amounts to essentilly
to 20minutes.
354 16 39 _5 SPT You've got to know what you are talking

about, have everything prepared, have some
good thoughts in mind, and have thought
about how you want to present it so it's
understandable to the public. In one
hour it cannot be done. That result is
I'm going to go as far as I can on that
thing in one hour, and if no TV gets
down, so be it. I am going to come down
with the best Job I possibly can do when
it comes down. It's gonna come down
right, rather than on time. A note about
breaking up the PT into two _5-minutes segments.
Dump Tape 35h-0_ "
Page 5 of 5
35h 16 40 21 SPT To me that's a gross minuse of time.

The problem being that it takes 40 minutes
for me to get on the bicycle ergometer.
Then once I get on the bike and
start peddling, it's time I get off. It
takes a minimum of 5 minutes prep to get
on there. It takes 45 minutes, right
there. The net result is as soon as
you hop off the bicycle ergometer,
there you are. Your heart rate going
at 120. You've got a good sweat, you're
grimy and you're dirty. So, now you're
suppose to go on to your next task. No
way. The only thing you should be doing
at that point is completing your exercise
protocol, so you don't have to go do
that whole rigamarole twice.
354 16 41 01 SPT As far as I'm concerned, when you break

up into two h5-minutesegments,all
you're doing is doubling the amount
of clean-up time associated with exercise
that day. And you're Just chopping
more time out of anything else that can
be done. I don't think that's a very
prudent way to go at all.
354 16 41 20 SPT SPT out.

F-_ Dump Tape 354-05
Time: 354:14:54 to 354:15:01 GMT
12-20-J3
Page I of 4
354 14 54 13 SPT Okay, Bill, let me ask you what is the

.,_ location of active region 2? I'm
_ not up in the ATM but ...
MCC Okay. Roger, Ed. I could Just

barely hear you ... but active region
2 is on the disk now. We can see
....
. it on our H-alpha and it looks like
_ it's at about 0.9 radius at about
260, and we're t-1_inE.a_out a limb
brightness that's well behind that,
i_ actually beyond the llmb.
SPT Okay, and looking at the pictures, it's

_ tough to tell whether that is not re=11y
.i '_ Just an extension of active region 2.
I cannot discern two separate brightenings.
_ Now if I go on up and integrate for a
short period of time I may be able to
give you a look _t that on the TV
downlind, which I Just sent down, I
.......... gave you some fairly short integrations ...
" _. 354 14 55 17 MCC Okay, we didn't have those in yet.

We were looEing at last night's
and there a d2finite breaE between
the 02 brightening and this brightening
<_'_ behind the llmb. And another question
• you might look at when you get up
• _ there, is whether this c_-_eeted
_ • with any coronal features. Okay,
a couple more words here on active
region double zero. Since our
update this morning, we had two more
subfaint, very _-II, and they're
in the very bright region south of
the leader. NOAA guesses that
possibly within 2h hours this thing
may Just do something spectacular
for us, on the order of an M-3 or
M-4, and a@_n that's a guess and
maybe it's --
.....
' 354 14 55 58 PLT Stand by on my mA_k, the termination
s of the first 270 widened on field 318.
Dump Tape 354-05
Page 2 of
HCC - - two or three subfaints that we

" had and spread along the ... Possible
_ sequence of events - -
354 14 56 15 PLT Stand by.
MCC - - C-l's and C-2's increasing

activity in that region and then
... into the big one. The long
. X-rays, from 8 to 20 angstroms - -
_, 354 14 56 25 PLT MARK. CARRIAGE RETRAC"I'_D. Get

that widened next as normally you
.. would. Slide's RETRAcI'ED. Stand
by-
._ MCC - - a similar case in SL-3
_ apparently preceeded - -
35_ 14 56 38 PLT MARK. Okay, that's frame number

45, unwidened, field 318. I've
got to watch for a mark. 193.2
_!_ and 17.90.
'_ MCC - - the way NOAA draws it, you've

got a big leader spot and a spot
behind the leader spot. The spot
behind the leader spot, they're
saying, is opposite polarity and
that there is a little protoo -
protrusion of that following
polarity that Just up to grab that
_ following spot. There's a very
bring kernel that is south of the
leader spot and a little bit to
the east. That's the area that
the activity has been going on in
mad you might keep your eye on
. that today with the observations
. on 00.
' _:' 354 14 57 38 MCC Okay. Sounds good. And NOAA ia

saying that the entire region there
;" is - looks to them like a beta
_ g,mma configuration, indicating
mixed polarities and very tight
gradients. 0_ay. We've got another
, _,,. 5 minutes here. Today's plan, the
Dm_p Tape 351*-05
Page 3 of h
' 82B filler you Just did, re-.lly

° filled the J0P 24 square. We're trying
to get a 82 Alfa picture - -
354 14 58 03 PLT Looks like I may be about 4

_'" seconds short on this, Karl.
MCC - - double zero, and obviously - -
PLT A minute and a half into it, and I

got some less than 3 minutes that's - -
MCC - - S055. MECH REF 104 is now the

same as OPTICAL It_FE4_ENCE, all balls.
_: That's a change frc_ 102. In the
future it's 104 and that's based on
some engineering studies that they
have done here.
SPT ...
354 14 58 44 _K_C Okay, good. And there's not too

much we'll be expecting to come
around the east limb with the
possible exception of this brightening
that we noticed. So there's not
, much to warn you about there. Wonder
_: whatyoumight- -
354 14 58 55 PLT Okay. Now. Okay.
MCC - - primarily east/west through there ...

couple north/south ... bright region.
SPT Okay ....
_. 354 15 00 00 PLT i minute to go in ds_light. Terminate

'_, in darkness before daylight. And I'll
-_".
. _ ..
cut it 5 seconds short at 15:01 Just
to be on the safe side.
354 15 00 35 PLT Continuous _ minutes. You're going

to be 260 seconds on this one, Karl.
Okay, i0 seconds to go. Stand by -
354 15 O0 56 PLT MARK. CARRLAGE P_'A'_A_I'_Dvery

,.j carefb,]]y. _ay, now. ROTATION
- .L
Tape 3514-05
pageh oe
zero, zero, rather TILT to zero,

_ zero. ROTATION, zero, zero. Okay,
zero, zero. Retracting the MIRROR.
Okay. We ended up frame h5 is
_. sitting there. I'm in CARRIAGE R_qi'ItAb'l
'_-''.
" ' 35h 15 01 h5 PLT Okay, I did exact - -
_2_UOF TAPE
h
Dump Tape 354-06
Time: 354:17:38 to 354:19:19
12/20/73
Page i of 7
354 17 38 28 PL'r ... for 90. All right, RETRACTED it.
354 17 38 35 PLT On my MARK. This is the initiation of

90 second widened. And that's frame
number 047 on the 90-second widened,
on field 614. 50 percent, okay, now.
Now the next one I want 015.5. Standby.
354 17 39 50 PLT MARK. 015.5. Oh, doggone those numbers.

... take my flashlight out to verify it and
read it in i0 seconds. Yep, I had it.
Okay, 27 lead. Stand by on my mark.
354 17 40 16 PLT MARK. Starting a 270 widened, and I'm

about 15 seconds late on that. Star field
612. Frame 048. On 270 widened. And
my ROTATION 015.5. My TILT is 21.4.
354 17 44 16 PLT Okay, coming up on termination of 270

widened on star field 612. Terminating
on my mark.
354 17 44 30 PLT MARK. Okay, now we want 196. 199, 198,

196. And we want 01.3. 270 widened.
Stand by.
4 17 45 08 PLT MARK. And, we're 4 seconds late. Okay,
270 widened on star field 279. I got
198.6 on the ROTATION TILT is 01.3. Frame
number 49. Okay, coming up on 90 percent
on the 270 widened on the - on star field
view 279. Okay, terminate on my mark.
Stand by.
354 17 49 20 PLT MARK. CARRIAGE RETRACTED. Okay, now

next one I want ROTATION 2 through 3.
2 through 3. There we go and 01.2. And
I want 270. And I'm coming up on my time.
Stand by.
354 17 50 03 PLT MARK. Frame number 50. Okay we're

starting a 270 widened on star field 273.
ROTATION 203.3. TILT 01.2. And again
that's frame number 50.
354 17 53 20 PLT Okay coming up on 90 percent, 270 widened

on field 273. Okay, stand by.
Dump Tape 354-06
Page 2 of 7
354 17 53 18 PLT MARK. CARRIAGE RETRACTED. Okay, 191.

90 seconds on the same one. Okay, SLIDE
RETRACTOR, STOWAGE .... 3 to 0.
354 17 54 G4 PLT MARK. Frame 51. Star field view 273,

ROTATION 203.3, TILT 01.2. 90-second
widened. Okay, next we go at 197.4 and
23.0. Okay, stand by time to 90-percent.
Stand by.
354 17 55 18 PLT MARK. CARRIAGE RETRACTED. Okay, now

we want 197.4. Very good it. And you
want 23.0. 23.0. And I want 270 widened.
SLIDE RETRACTED, STOWAGE. l'm coming up
on the glit.
354 17 56 03 _LT Okay, I'ii get 56 exactly. MARK. Starting

270 widened on star field 313 and frame
number 52.
/
PLT Okay, coming through about 93 percent.

Ending the 270 widened on field 213. Frame
number 52. Stand by on my mark.
354 18 00 07 FLT MARK. Okay, same for 90, turn the knob -
Okay, it's INSLIDE RETRACTED. Now, let
me see, there we go. Frame 53. 90 second
widened on field 313.
CC Skylab, Houston, .... Okay, getting 1902

which is not - - Stand by on my mark for i00.
354 18 01 56 ELT MARK. CARRIAGE RETRACTED 90 percent, SLIDE

RETRACTED, STOWAGE. Got 90 set. Okay, we're
ready, all right. OPt. Frame number 55,
star field 253, ROTATION 216.2. TILT 14.4,
a 90 second widened. And l'm coming up on
180750. And the limit.
354 18 06 30 PLT And it looks like we're going to be in good

shape. This sure is a hustle. Now I think
I could make it a comfortably if it weren't
for the - the little twirl on the rotation
- indication. Coming up on 18:07. And it
lookslike we're goingto finishit in good
order.
354 18 07 24 °LT MARK. In to a CARRIAGE RETRACTED. There

we go. TILT going to zero.
/-
Dump Tape 354-06

Page 3 of 7
PLT Locked. ROTATION running zero. Locked

... again. Okay, and let's see, I'm
going to go ahead and clean up the SAL
here.
TIME SKIP
354 18 53 42 PLT PLT time is 12, make it 18:54. Report on

handheld observations, no photographs of
the Falkland Current, the ... Falkland
Current, the south equatorial current,
amplifying on what Jerry said yesterday.
I did not take any pictures.
354 18 54 Ol PLT The south equatorial current seems to

rise out from out of no place, where
that Falkland Current is - is on the
surface. And you can see it all the way
down to the - almost the Falkcan Islands,
where it splits apart or actually I guess
it comes together from the south, from -
from around both sides of the island heading
northeastward and northward.
354 18 54 26 PLT I'd say about i00 to 150 miles north of

Montevideo out in the water, that is,
northeast - make it northeast .... The -
there appears all of a sudden, fairly sharply
defined, a Forel scale 7 to 8 which is the
south equatorial current.
354 18 54 43 PLT And it's really wide there, it doesn't -

there does not appear to - come up from the
below and then appear on the surface in a
sort of a finely defined line. Just sort of
all of a sudden appears at a rather large
area heading southward. And it combines with
the Falkland current and they both flow east
southeast.
354 18 55 05 _LT And it maintains its surfact texture - for

looks like about 150, maybe 200 miles,
actually I couldn't really see it but it
"- didn'tlook like it was nearlyplain as it
was before. Also there appear to be side
eddies circulating and so forth that tend
Dump Tape 354-06
Page 4 of"7
to bend around and come back. That

is out to the southeast.
354 18 55 28 PLT I did not see any curling around to

the north. I'm talking now about
that - the condluenee of the two when
they combing - they go out there and
there seem to be side branches - sweep
around and loop back. Okay, now one
other feature hat Rio Blanco let's see
it that's the name of it. Let's put
it this way. The - about 250 miles
south of Buenos Aires, there is a huge
area of smoke contamination. And combined
with it there now is a ... nimbus
buildup. The smoke covers an area - I'd
say on the gland at least a lO0 miles in
fliameter and the smoke can be seen out to
sea 4 to 500 miles.
354 18 56 24 FLT This is a tan, a sort of a dark tan,

colored smoke and it's billowing well up,
I mean it is not thin. It is very heavy.
I don't know what is is, but it looks like
an extremely large area under fire or it
could be dust.
354 18 56 40 PI_ However, I just can't imagaine local

concentration of dust like that without
some evidence of strong wind blowing,
and there did not seem to be the wind
blowing. In other words, it is these
queves billowing straight up in the
atmosphere, so anyway we're going to
take a look on the next pass and looks
like a very interesting picture to
examine. I couldn't get the camera
fast enough to get a picture .... popping
up in the middle ....
354 18 57 04 PLT And one other thing and that is to the -

off of Rio De Janirio - out in the
Atl_mtic there - what appears to be a -
a head of the south equatorial current -
but it may not be - I don't know. At
_ least anotherkind is a very thin narrow
line - very narrow and - but it is definitely
Dump Tap_ 354-06
I'age 5 of 7
is a lighty green float - Forel scale - 8

and I'm going to try to get that again on
the next pass.
354 18 57 28 PLT PLT out.
TIME SKIP
CC ...
354 19 ii 06 SPT SPT at 19:11. ATM _ass began at 18:03.

Building Block 2, straight forward.
Then I had lots of good observing time
and I thought what l'd give it at first,
was to try to look for an interconnection
between active region 5, and it turned
out to be a very difficult Job. I was
particularly interested to see if there
J was any acrossthe equatorbetweenactive
region 99 and 1. I could Just see the
very tip of it in the XUV monitor.
354 19 ll 48 SPT I took the 55 and looked at grating

position 1941 from magnesium X and although
I could see some very faint increases
above background in certain locations, I
could not really detect anything definite
not definite enough to warrant any further
observation on it. If in looking over your
data you can tell me where is the best way
to look for a loop interconnection between
active regions, for example, that is, close
to the active region, higher in the
atmosphere, ... for certain lines;
I would appreciate it.
354 19 12 39 I could have - I had to learn that by

little fishing today, but I didn't
really want to take the time to do it.
Anyway I went on to active region 00.
And decided to do a study of the time
variations ... waxing waiting most
of the day; the bright points have
fr -
been coming and going in intensity.
35_ 19 13 17 Had on a ROLL of plus 297, which

pretty much put 55 MIRROR LINE SCAN
Dump Tape 354-06
Page 6 of 7
along the long axis of the active

region. And also it had me prepared
for a reasonable exposure on 82A if
we did have a flare. I then put
the 55 aperture and 82B slit across
to brightest point in H-alpha
which turned out to be 5 or 6 thou-
sand or so and oxygen VI not very
very bright.
354 19 14 03 SPT And I moved around a little bit that

certainly was the brightest in the
area. So 82B was essentially getting
spectra from that brightest poing and
there was certainly lots of plage
running along the slit, bright points,
though not uniform plage. For spatial
coverage as well as time resolution
I viewed the 55 MIRROR AUTO RASTER
down to line lh, truncated and started
• again and in the period of time we had
available 16 of those were accomplished,
So hopefully if there are any time
variations you might be able to pick
it out of that by subtract techniques
or maybe eyeball.
354 19 14 52 SPT We got one more in and we finished up

at 200 - 2 minutes and 50 seconds
before h0 K or below h00 K and then
a MIRROR LINE SCAN down to h0K. 82B
received 2 1/2 second exposures in
wavelength short, especially at 24
minutes remaining, 20, 60 12, 8,
and 4. So in looking exactly at the
same point, you got exposures spaced
equally every 4 minutes. And if there
are t_me variations - significant time
variations, hope they will show up
there.
354 19 15 33 SPT 56, I complete doing a series of PATROL

SHORTs or not, and decided rather than
do that - it gives you some single frame
4 for 6 minutes and single frame 5
_--
/
for 6 minutes,cuttinga littlebit
short seeing as that we're looking at a
hot region on the disk was our primary
Dump Tape 354-06
Page 7 of 7
interest, as well as the plage

around it. And as for time variation
it's just the very - most intense regions,
one of which I've started at. At
filter 4, and I gave it exposure SHOET
at ll minutes, 10, 9, 8, 640. I missed
the 7, 1 at 65 and another at 4.
So I'll chalk this one up to time
variation; probably think of something
else the next time around.
354 19 16 36 SPT SPT out.
END OF TAPE
z
Dump Tape 354-07
Time: 354:17:16 to 354:21:27 GMT
12/20/73
Page 1 of ii
354 17 17 19 PLT This is the PLT. Time is 17:18.

Debriefing the ATM pass started 16:40.
I used the same pointing and roll that
I used in the previous pass. Jop i
Delta step i, building block 28 is
executed normally. The filler field
exposery 2A at 00 at - for 20 seconds -
at roll 0 for 20 seconds, WAVE SHORT
was completed. Nu Z was completed.
The - let's see we are in INHIBITED.
Let's see, all right INHIBITED .... got
the momentum dump in; INHIBIT in.
Then I completed the JOP 6 step 2, building
block 2. No hitches there. The corona
still looks rather quiet; it's about the
same as it was yesterday it's a single
fairly linear si - straight - line sighted
coronal ... streamer about 02:30 o'clock,
solar north ath the 12:00 o'clock position.
That's the same way it was yesterday. It
does not have the sort of concavity in the
line - the side lines of it as normally
seen. They're a straight line, sort a
pyramidal-like appearance- cocoon. And
on the east limb you have a - what looks
like a couple of pink streamers at about
09:30 and 10:00 o'clock, respectively.
... suggestions of streamers in those
part, but it sort of covered with a
noise on the screen. The active region 1
there still not doing anything, and 00
is not doing anything other than I'm
getting 07:30 ... image peaked out around
12 now. But it doesn't make like ready
to pop yet. PLT, out.
354 17 28 18 PLT PLT. Time is coming up on 17:28:30.

... 17:34 will be the first exposure. I'm
going to be intermittingly turning OFF
the tape recorder.
354 17 28 34 PLT Okay ROTATION 010.1. Okay, there we are:

010.1; TILT is 21.4.
RLT Field's 614. Film hatch going open now.

Dump Tape 354-07
Page 2 of Ii
SPT SPT at 17:31. Observation already

began, after Bill ... the panel on
the ATM. He's on the one that began
at 16:40. Didn't have much time, but
I did 5 ... MIRROR AUTO RASTER down
to line 13 would be on active region 00.
Would be MIRROR LINE SCAN ALIGN parallel
to the long axis of 00. So it very much
covered the whole activity. Gave
2 MIRROR AUTO RASTERS before we hit
hOOK .... and S056 is ... patrol short.
SPT, out.
35h 17 32 36 PLT Okay Ed, I'll be recording on A channel

for about the next half hour. Just tell
me any time you want say anything or
give me a call on channel B.
PLT Okay, coming up on 33. Okay, rotate

from 00.i to 1.4. It will be 6 - 14.
Okay, first ... 5017 widened. Stand
_- by ...
354 17 34 01 PLT MARK. Okay, this the start of a 270;

widened, okay with 61h. Find number 4
set. ROTATION 010.i; TILT 21.4.
TI354 19 45 44 PLT
PLT No, I haven't even started. They took

the tape recorder away from us, and they
gave it back.
CDR Hang in there, baby.
PLT Welcome to Skylab-3.
CDR Hey, Ed.
PLT What Jerry?
CDR ...
PLT Let me turn this thing off.

Dump Tape 354-07
Page 3 of ii
354 19 47 56 CDR ...
CDR ... active region 00
354 19 56 31 CDR Welcome to Skylab-3.
CDR And looking out one of the command

module windows at the back side of
the Apollow telescope mount, a series
of solar telescopes which we've used
to observe the Sun. And we feel so
far in Skylab ... significantly
advance our understanding of our
primary energy source. Over the next
couple of weeks we plan to turn this
instrument on to something new.
We're going to be looking at a comet
- comet Kohouteck. The comet itself
is a visitor, most likely from the
f outer regions of our solar system.
A cold and lifeless chunk of matter,
which when it gets close to the Sun,
is heated and stressed by the Sun's
gravity to where it lights up,
becomes 11_m_nous in a long tail, and
theyevenbreakapart.
354 19 57 50 CDR Another intriguing possibility is

that it's really from outside our
solar system. We may actually have
a visitor from the regions betweem
the stars. One thing we hope to learn.
concerning comets in general, and this
one in particular, is just haw was
our whole solar system put together,
how was it formed. What is the orgin
of the Earth, the planets and the comets,
which move around in very long period
orbits way outside the orbit of the
Earth. For the same reason, we wanted
to study the Moon, we are studying
a comet. That is, we hope to find
just what is the orginal matter of
the solar system. We call it the
primordial matter. In the lunar program
s we got back to 2-1/2 to 3 billion years.
Studying comet, we hope to go right
back to 4-1/2 billion years, the orgin
Dump Tape 354-07
Page 4 of ii
of the solar system. One benefit of

this would certainly be, how was our
own Earth put together; what's its
composition; what lies beneath it's
surface. Knowing how it formed, we
hope to determine this. The benefit
of that are obvious to us all now. In
studying the comet itself, we'll be
asking, what is ti made of? Are they
mostly atoms, hydrogen, and helium,
or oxygen, and the other prime atoms
used to make up most of our solar
system? Are there also molecules; are
there actually very complex molecules?
Just how hot does the comet get, especially
at the leading edge, towards the Sun?
How does it change? And also, how does
it effect the environment of the Sun
itself, the corona , that region which
_- you can see during an eclipse. The
effect of the Sun on the comet an/ in
turn the comet on the Sun will produce
a rare opportunity to learn a great
deal about both.
354 20 00 45 CDR We'll bring your view inside now, and

we'll take a look at the controls for
the Appolo telescope mount an/ discuss
each instrument in a little more detail.
PLT You've got it, babe.
354 20 32 03 PLT PLT debriefing ATM pass started at

19:46. Got the 50 step 2 ... on 2
completed; waiting for instruction.
J0P 2 Bravo, steps 3, 36 alfa and
Bravo, building block 36 Alfa and
Bravo completed per pad except, I
think I gave you a GRATING AUTO SCAN,
and it didn't do you any good at the
end there, because I went to SLIT
center like the JOP said, hut I did
not repoint for 82B as Bravo said
because 82B was inactive. So I gave
a GRATING AUTO SCAN at nondescript
F_
Dump Tape 354-07
Page 5 of ii
point next to the active region. The

ground called one time about a flare,
in fact, cause I had been a watching.
I - I said that I thought it was 01
instead of 00. In actual fact, I was
looking at 00 and thought it was 01.
So, you were correct, however, we put -
we extended a PATROL SHORT - yes, a
PATROL SHORT and -
354 20 33 16 SPT That's supposed to be Ab_fO SHORT, isn't

it.
PLT Wait a minute. Okay, I - I hit

PATROL SHORT, instead of AUTO SHORT
when we thought we had the flares. So
I didn't use much 56 film. We went
HIGH 64 for about 30 seconds, I guess.
That's - I had been watching this area,
and we did actually get a point bright-
f _ ening;there was no doubt about it.
But the image statistics topped out
about 24, but didn't stay there Just
about one count; Jumped down around 15,
16, 18, and 8 and up again, and so
forth. So I wasn't really comvinced
we had a flare but we figured it was
worth using some 54 and 56 film, so
when the ground called we went ahead
and did a flare mode, except I didn't
activate anything else. And pretty
soon, it started back down. So, I
killed the 54 and, the 56 had all ready
timed out because I erroneously set
up a PATROL SHORT instead of AUTO SHORT.
The ones at the rest of the orbit I've
gotten occasional hints of point
brightening. And I think they were,
but they were very faint. And they
were accompanied by image and test
accounts on the order of maybe eight to
l0 - 12, something like that and PMEC,
several times, went abouve 700, but I think
it was the South Atlantic anomaly. I've
been watching active region 00 here
/_ as quick as we done - we've done the
Dump Tape 354-07
Page 6 of i]
building block 36 on active region 00.

And that should have some good back-
ground data on that region. However,
it looks llke it's not going to do
anything over the next few minutes.
354 20 34 49 PLT PLT_ out

Terminated charge on the battery number T
for the M509.
35_ 20 47 25 CDR This is the CDR at 20:47 Zulu starting

M509.
35_ 20 53 l0 SPT SPT at 20:53, message relating to the

TV put on the VTR, and the voice which
goes with it. Those things are all
meant to be Just background. Dse as
much or as little of the voice iuterstice
as you like he spoke ... We had just
planned to put discussion of the ATM
instruments, and the ... instruments
the n_neuvering of the cluster, the air-
lock instruments, and the other miscella-
neous ones that we find here might take
3 to 4 more sessions, but I think that
it will certainly take that in order to
set up the stage, figure out what's
going to be presented, how it's going to
be presented, wh_t's going to be said,
and going ahead doing it and actually
get to seeing it aecompleished.
354 20 54 09 SPT SPT out.
354 20 54 39 CDE This is the CDR at 20:54 Zulu and the

subject is Earht observations; this
morning at 12:07 and this afternoon at
18:B8, I was assigned the handheld
sight 146-4, which is rangeland in the
Argentine pampas. This morning we had
reveille at 12:10 and went over the range-
land area at 12:12:B5; I got to the
window and was looking out rubbing
,- the seep out of my eyes I think Just about
at 12:12:35, and really didn't get to
Dump Tape 354-07
Page 7 of ii
see too much of the rangeland area.

What I did see however, was the - the
what appears to be wheat blet between
Buenos Aires and Bahia Blanea.
354 20 55 36 CDR There's a area of - of ground there

that's between the two large harbor
areas, yo know the - the inlets and
along the ocean and extending in for
a couple hundred miles at - is almost
completely cultivated all the way from
Bahia Blanca to Buenos Aires. I -
in the - this area where it's so well
cultivated, I extimate that about 25 to
30 percent of the squares that I saw or
rectangles and squares - were a dark
green, indicating fresh vegetation; I'd
say 20 to 25 percent of the area looked
to be brown, probably plowed ground, I
would guess.
35h 20 56 32 CDR And teh remainder is - of it was various

different colors between the dark green
and the - the brown, Just sort of
tan, and a little bit toward the yellow,
and some very light green indicating
what I considered, figured would probably
be fresh growth and that was about it
for that pass. Then at 18:43, which was
a second pass over, I got there early
enough so tha I could take a good look
at the range land before we got to the
cultivated area.
354 20 57 06 CDR I did not see much evidence of graying

effects that were too plani to see. I
could see fence-line effects, the
squares out in the range land were
considerably bigger, probably 50 to
i00 times bigger, than the squares over
in the wheat area. The - the squares
in the range land area _]d not appear
to have too much difference in them,
in the way of color indicating, you
know, different kinds of graying
f on either side of the fence.
Dump Tape 354-07
_ Page 8 of Ii
354 20 57 43 CDR They were very huge areas and I suspected

that they were probably fairly equally
gray. Along a couple in the ra@ae
land area dna along the river areas,
extending out oh, probably l0 or so
miles on either side of the river area,
was very green areas and when you look
at them with binaculars, you can see
there's a lot of fields, a lot of smaller
fields down there, and I imagine that
those areas along the river are culti-
vated by probably small farmers with
smaller crops than the wheat - the
wheat crop, possibly vegetables, truch
gardenings and the things like that.
35h 20 58 26 CDR These areas were very noticably up in

the range area, because they were so much
greener; the range area was - was pretty
y generallya reddishbrown, theryZwere
some areas that were Just tan. The
mark of delineation between a light
tan area and a very reddish brown area
was very, very sharp. It looked to m_
like ti was probably a soil difference
rather than vegetation.
354 20 59 02 CDR They all seemed to - all these changes

in color seem to be pretty much parallel
to the river, and I would say the -
the percentage of - of the reddish brown
to the light tan was probably about, oh,
3 to l, or something like that would be
the ratio. As I said, the green - only
green areas you could see in the range
land area was along the rivers where
the - obviously the farming was and by
looking at it in binoculars you could
see the farming.
354 20 59 37 CDR There are several very long straight

lines that extend through the range area,
I couldn't decide whether those were
power lines or whether rather those were
possibly areas where pipe lines were
/- located, but at any rate they're very,
Dump Tape 354-07
Page 9 of ii
very long and straight. And I imagine

it was a dirt road either alongside a
powerline or a pipeline. And I noticed
laong the river areas, where the garden-
ing was all going along, on the boundary
between the green area and ragne land
there was another line that indicated -
tha tlooked to me very much liek highways.
That the highwas was sort of a dividing
line between the cultivated farmland area,
river bottom area, on one side, and the
beginning of the range or airid, more airid
land on the other side.
354 21 00 29 CDR CDR out.
352 21 00 40 CDR Okay, this is the CDR again it is now

15:00 Zulu and this discussion is also
Earth observation. This concerns site
number HH106, which was scheduled at
20:21. I was agin observing out of
F-1. I think it would have been
better to observe out of the S190
window in this case. I was trying
to locate the Atacama Fault area.
354 21 01 l0 CDR I know - I was able to locate Antofagasta

on the shoreline and the larger lake,
the dry lake, but the fault line was
really not too clear to me. I could
see the ridge line essentially, the
top - the highest elevation of the
Andes, that was rather clear, and I
noticed a lot - several of the
rivers coming down out of the Andes
and heading for the water were - were
quite straight. And as I followed these
irvers down, I was looking for offsets
indication a fault cutting across, but
I did not notice any. I think it
will Just require a couple more
opportunities to look in that area and
try to get a little bit more detail,
but the Atacam_ Fault was Just not
evident to me at the sun angle of
41 degrees, and I'm looking forward
f--
Dump Tape 35h-07
Page l0 of ii
to the opportunity of looking at this

area again and see if we can't locate
it.
35_ 21 02 16 CDR CDR out.
CDB How do you read? Ed, can you hear

me on A?
CDR Okay. Okay, this is the CER on the

tape recorder. The time is 15:20 Zulu
and we're about ready to start with
the }4509.
35h 21 20 53 CDR Run number 1 of r Pogue. Okay, I'm goin

to take five FAO pictures first here.
CREW ... wide angle lens.
f CDR Do we need the flags for color too?
CREW ...
CDR Here we go. Got to charge it. 0 -

Okay, it's ready.
CREW ... (laughter).
35h 21 23 29 CDR What?
CREW ...
CDR Did it flash?
CREW No.
CDR I forgot to charge it again.
CDR Okay. Enogh of that.
354 21 2_ 47 CDR Okay, the PAO photos are done. I really

don't know if I'm getting through or
not, I can't hear any feedback at all.
How do you read? I, 2, 3, 4.
" CREW Sounds like you're getting through.

Dump Tape 354-07
Page ii of ii
CDR Okay.
CRRW ...
CDR No, release the panel locking pin.

That's what I have to do.
CREW ...
35h 21 25 18 CDB Okay. Now - Pnll your release handle

inbouard to UNLOCK. All right, may
be undocked by pulling on the hand-
rails with both hands.
(H_mmering)
CDR Okay, the data is normal on ... crewman

ID-I. Bill is flying clear of the
donning station and checking out his
translation land controller. I'm going
to lower the handrails. Okay, they're
lowered? Bill, you onght to get a
little elevation, you're awful close
to the floor.
END OF TAPE
_ Time: 35h:22:27 to 35h:23:23 GMT
,-.-_" 12/20/73
Page 1 of 14
354 22 27 39 PLT DATA MARK.
354 22 27 40 CDR DATA MARK. CMG MODE. Okay,

there was no data mark going into
CMG. It really wasn't necessary.
The attitude was stable. So the
sequence is data mark, CMD, and
then began the translation.
35h 22 28 51 PLT DATA MARK.
35h 22 28 52 CDR DATA MARK. Okay, he's at the banjo.

He's got a pitch down there of about
20 degrees. And a vertical error
of about a foot and a half. He's
essentially hanging fairly bertical
looking up at the banjo, at the
upper edge. Okay, he had Just
about got all of his roll in.
/_ Now he yawlnt to the left, about
... setting his pitch up now.
CDR Okay, he's -
CDR - approaching his position 2.
354 22 30 25 CDR DATA MARK. Position 2, roll there

of about plus 4 degrees - 4 or
5 degrees; pitch error of 5 degrees.
CDR Okay, this maneuver from 2 to 3, a

little bit more conservative and gave
him a little more time to track
the thing ... where he could see
where he was going.
354 22 31 42 CDR DATA MARK. Position 3.

Dump Tape 354-08
Page 2 of 14
CDR Okay, he's about halfway through

the maneuver from 3 to 4, and
then running about 8 to 12 inches
between his hand controller and the
ring locker, holding the top of
the ring lover - locker pretty
well at eye level. He's now
Just below the condensate tank
and down a little bit. Good
smooth rate going, not in any
control deflection in translation.
354 22 33 48 CDR DATA MARK. Position 4. He's got

a good start toward the docking
station. He went back one pulse and
down one pulse and now he is in
a yaw-left maneuver.
CDR Put in two plus Y translations.

Now two short minus Y translations.
Good trajectory again, slow rate, righ
straight to the docking station.
354 22 34 53 CDE DATA MARK. Station 5.
PLT ...
CDR Okay, give me your P55 battery

readings.
PLT ...
CDR 271 on the battery.
PLT ...
CDR 1200 on the P55.
PLT ... power off.
CDR Did you turn off the C&D power?

Dump Tape 354-08
Page 3 of 14
PLT That's what I said.
CDR For the grab and push?
PLT It says after baseline ... and

then ... power, off.
CDR Oh, okay. Mine doesn't say that.

Yes, it does. I beg your pardon.
PLT ... and then push off for the

next point. Data mark and ... grab.
Okay, I'm gonna start here.
CDR All right.
354 22 36 32 PLT DATA MARK; for pushoff.
354 22 36 33 CDR DATA MARK; for pushoff.
CDR Okay, we are at CMI02, good shape.

His right foot Just barely grazed
the DAC up in film ring camera
!_-_ location.
35h 22 37 54 PLT/CDR DATA MARK.
CDR Okay. Grabbed and pushed.
CDR Hey, Ed, one of your little

goodies.
CDR Okay, he's approaching FMU-2 now.
PLT ... data mark before I push.
CDR Okay.
354 22 39 17 CDR DATA MARK. Now he's pushing off.

looks like a good trajectory.
PLT ...
CDR Watch your feet.

Dump Tape 354-08
Page 4 of 14
CDR Good show. By the way, the

feet position is - position
Charlie as suggested by the
ground.
CDR Okay.
35_ 22 41 18 CDE DATA MARK. Position 3.
CDR That - yeah, that is a very hard

one to do because you are pushing
way away from the C.G. You can't
push through it. Okay, he essentially
had to get the rates going with his
translational hand controller to
push off_ but it really didn't do
him much good. All it did way
yaw him and give him some - some
roll rates.
CDR Okay, he is ... along pretty well

now. He's got a higher rate than
he usually has.
CDR Okay, looking at my pad, I think

probably I should not have had the
DAC at FI0 running during this
maneuver but it somewhat of a baseline
Just about all that's of anvalue
is finished. So I am gonna terminate
DAC-10 now. And the ... DAC is
still going.
354 22 43 l0 CDR DATA MARK. I
CDR He's getting pretty good trajectory

out of it, but he got this roll and
you rate he has to take out with the
hand controller. He has got them
pretty well stabilized out now, and
he is drifting toward the docking
station.
Dump Tape 354-08
Page 5 of 14
354 22 44 13 CDR DATA MARK.
PLT ...
CDR Okay, crew discretionary, 800 pounds.

What is your battery?
PLT ...
CDE Okay, 272? All right.
PLT ...
CDR 282. Okay.
CDR Now your crew discretlonaries they'd

like you to do are the dome
lock - are dome locker flyaround.
PLT ...
CDR Says you start - you start,

_! facingD-404 with your Z-axisparallel
to the floor grid, d_ta mark, and
then fly arotmd the lockers keeping
Z-axis parallel to the floor.
PLT ...
CDR Parrallel to the floor, not

perpendicular. Means you don't
go around head first.
PLT ...
CDE Well, yeah half of - half of an

arc. All right, they would like
you to do it in the RATE GYR0
MODE and then in the DIRECT MODE.
PLT ...
Dump Tape 354-08
Page 6 of 14
CDR No, I think what this is with

your feet - -
PLT ...
CDR You're facing it, yeah.
PLT ...
CDR That 's right.
CDR Okay, he's now got his Z-axis

parrallel to the floor and his head
pointing in the direction that he's
gonna be going. He has got his
right side down. He is maneuvering
in position in front of D-4Oh.
PLT ...
CDR He's got a distance of about

2 feet out from the dome lockers.
Did you data mark? Did you
data mark?
PLT No.
CDR All rig - -
354 22 _8 00 PLT DATA MARK.
354 22 48 01 CDR DATA MARK. Okay, about 2 seconds

after he started the maneuver, he
gave a data mark.
CDR His toes are are Just about to

touch. No, he managed to stop
his situation. Han controllers
look like they' re about 18 inches
from the dome lockers right now;
feet about 3 inches.
CDR About halfway around.

Dump Tape 354-08
Page 7 of lh
f_
CDR Okay, he's under the condensate
tank now. Toes are about 2 inches
from the lockers and hand con-
troller about a foot. Okay, he's
got his legs bent pretty well
back now. His feet seem to be
touching. Toes and knees are
about the same distance.
CDR Bill, you want to do one in

DIRECT and then you go - either
go back the same way you came or
go around, which ever way you want.
Did you do a data mark?
PLT No ...
CDR Okay, he went to 432 and stopped.
354 22 50 49 CDR DATA MARK. He did a - a roll to the

left of 90 degrees; he's upright,
facing
432.
PLT ...
CDR You don't - I don't think you have

enough gas. Let's put another PSS in
CDR Oh, I funhled again. Sorry about that.

I left it in CMID-2 for that last
discretionary run. He's flying back
down to the donning station. We will
put PSS number 3 in. I'm gonna stop
the dome DAC. Going off the recorder
now while we change out the PSS
354 22 57 15 CDR Okay, Ed Just caught himself a

fish. He Just - Just passed the word
from the ATM and he's got himself a
flare going. We got the PSS number -
number 3 in now, and Bill did a push
and - pushoffmaneuver up to D-432.
I got the dome DAC started now. And
Bill is going to do discretionary
Dump Tape 351_-08
Page 8 of lh
maneuver India in DIRECT now, going

from 432 around to 404.
CDR We're in CM ID-3 now, sorry about

goofing up on you.
CC ...
CREW ...
CC ...
CDR Okay - -
354 22 59 34 CDR DATA MARK. Bill's disposition

starting his maneuver around now
434 to 404. He's running about
2 feet out fromthe dome lockers.
CREW ...
CDR Okay, his toes is contact D-412,

dragging slightlyon it. It im-
mediately put him into a pitch
down and a yaw-left situation.
CC ...
CDR Okay, that's the attitude now and he's

rolling to the right now to get
heads up and then he'll do a data
mark.
CC ...
CDR So, these India maneuvers, Bill's

data mark for the termination of the
run is when he has arrived at the
final attitude and then yaw - roll
right or left to get his Z-axis
perpendicular to the floor. Then
he does a data mark.

Dump Tape 35h-08
Page 9 of 14
354 23 01 50 CDE DATA MARK. Okay, next is the

PSS transfer. You fly down to the
PSS rack, open the clamps, carry
a PSS to the dome and return to the
rack. Secure it in the rack, close
the clamp. You want - do it DIRECT
and then in RATE GYRO.
PLT ...
CC Okay, Ed ...
SPT ...
CC ...
CDR Okay, his attitude at the moment

essentially Z-axis parallel to the
floorwith the head facingFMU-2 and
he's translating down to get a bottle.
CC ...
CDR He's now getting to be more heads

down.
CC ...
CC ...
SPT ...
CC ...
SPT Okay, Crip, thank you ...
CC ...
SPT Okay.
352 23 05 12 CDR Okay, he's got the PSS now and

he's holding it between his legs.
And he's begimaing a translation
up to the dome area.
Dump Tape 354-08
Page i0 of 14
CC 6,.
SPT ...
CC ...
SPT Okay, copy.
CDR Okay, Bill ... with the PSS between

his legs as he's maneuvering around,
the forward-firing thrusters are
impinging upon his leg .... Okay,
when you get there, Bill, you fly hack
down and put it away again.
PLT Okay.
CDR How's our battery and our -
PLT ...
CDR Okay, I'll tell you what, why don't

you go RATE GYRO and bring it back
in the RATE GYRO MODE. That'd save
a littlebit for someHHMU for me.
354 23 06 56 CDR Okay, Bill's at the dome now and

he's shifting to the RATE GYRO MODE.
Give a data mark.
354 23 07 O1 PLT DATA MARK.
_54 23 07 03 PLT RATE GYEO.
CDR Going to rate gyro now. All right

he's going to fly back down to the
PSS station in RATE GYR0.
CC ...
CDR Okay, he's now -
PLT ...
CDR He's now traslated down to the - to the

PSS station.
Dump Tape 354-08
Page II of 14
354 23 09 13 CDR DATA _a_RK. He's shifted back to

DIRECT now to reduce the number
of firing while he puts the PSS
back in the station.
CC ...
CDR Okay, the PSS number 2 has been

reinstalled in the station.
PLT ...
354 23 09 57 CDR Back to the donning station and

that' s it.
CDR Okay. Now we go to docking, Bill.
PLT Okay. I'm trying to stay ...
CDR I son't - it doesn't take much

gas for HHMU, so don't worry about
it. Battery's the big thing; we
don't want it to quit on us. I
guess we don't need much of that
either really. Okay, the handrails
have got to be raised, Bill. Just
kind of hang by your skyhook there
while I raise your handrail. Okay,
you want to take a hold of that
right one? There they are.
PLT Yeah.
PLT Okay, am I pointed right?
CDR Yeah, it looks pretty good.
PLT What's happening? Am I seated?
CDR Yep, your seated. Oh, wait; you need

a little back rotation though.
Good; you're in solid.
PLT Almost got your fingers.

Dump Tape 354-08
Page 12 of 14
CDR (Laughter).
PLT Whoo ' ...
CDE All right now.
354 23 Ii 49 CDR DATA MARK.
354 23 ii 51 PLT DATA MARK.
CDR Now go to MODE HHMU.
PLT HHMU.
CDE All right, Itll close the supply

valve. All right, now your MODE
should be DIRECT.
PLT ... Power off?
_ CDR All right. Yeah, go aheadand

tllrn the power off, and we'll swap
over. Okay, this is the CDR,
termination of M509-I Papa and -
and Just a moment we're going to
swap positions and I'll take it out
and do some fsm_ liarization runs
with HHMU.
354 23 12 46 CDR CDE out.
TIME SKIP
354 23 21 14 PLT Okay, it's the PLT starting the

recording on the - -
CDR What time are we supposed to be

done here, 05:45?
PLT Oh gosh, I don't know, It's

something like that. I got in my
mind we supposed to be buttoned up
by 18:00, something like that.
f_
CDR I think so. Let's see ...
Dump Tape 354-08
Page 13 of 14
PLT Oh, no. What have we got coming up

nex? I have sn A_ pass?
CDR PSA you've got ...
PLT Oh, krap. Well, we're going to have

to get this sometime. Why don't we
go ahead and get it now?
CDR ... you know, Just fly around.
PLT Okay, let me get everything started

here. Do you need the - se - I'll
read the sequence to you.
CDR You'll have to start giving me

yaws, continues, and rolls to the
right.
35h 23 22 13 PLT Find the center of OWS; head up.
TIME SKIP
354 16 59 02 SPT SPT at 16:58, M171 run concluded. I

need to mention for the M151 people,
M171 data follows:
CABIN AIR PRESSURE,
CABIN AIR present_D;
perden_ percent_,
CABIN
AIR le
The CABIN AIR
354 17 00 06 SPT SPT out.
TIME SKIP
354 14 51 29 PLT CARRIAGE RETRACTED. Okay. Now I

want 1932. 1932, and 17.9. Now I
got to get my flashlight out and
f_
J Dump Tape 352-08

Page 14 of 14
check that last one. Man. I need

enough light. You can't tell. You
got 1932. Okay. I want to start this
at 52 and I'm late. Okay, there's
5 RETRACTED. I want 270 widened.
END OF TAPE
Dump Tape 354-09
Time: 354:22:03 to 355:00:23 GMT
12/20/73
Page 1 of 9
352 22 03 B7 CDR Okay, Bill, keep an eye on your

battery. If it gets to 26 we'll
have to terminate, and we've made
a bum decision. I'll bug you for
battery voltage a couple of times.
CDR Okay. He's headed for station

number 2 now. His entry was essentially
a backout _ith a slight up. He
got - got out about lO feet. He
yawed to the right and they put in
some more up Z and he's maneuvering
now to the banjo. Okay, I have
bungled and not turned the receiver
to 2 for the first baseline. I'm
going to do it now.
354 22 04 57 CDR Data MARK. The receiver now is in

number 2, and we're at station Dumber 2
on the rate gyro baseline run. Okay.
Maneuvering down to the FMU 2. This
time the troJectory was more out in
the workshop and not quite as close
to the water rings. He's got a good
level attitude as far as his head's
concerned. Al_d he's about 30 degrees
in pitch up. His feet are facing
considerably aw_y from the line that
connects the 2 FMUs.
354 22 06 12 CDR Data MARK. Okay roll was good and

yaw was good. You're getting close
to the rates now. Okay, good.
Okay, he c_ out of there a little
hot and heavy, came out backwards and
really was headed in a way where he
couldn't see. Now he's stopped his
rates. He's drifting slightly to the
right. He's essentially opposite th6
station number 3 right now, a little
bit low and yawing to the left to face
it. Give me a battery check when you
can, Bill. Okay. 26.5, the battery
voltage.
Dump Tape 35h-09
Page 2 of 9
354 22 08 33 CDR Data MARK. Station 3. He's moving

around the ring lockers again, this
time with a hand controller distance
of about a foot. About a third of the
way there.
CDR We're in the rate gyro baseline maneuvers.
SPT Rate gyro ...
CDR Rate - we're in the rate @_TO baseline

maneuver s.
SPT Rate gyro?
CDR Right. Okay, he's at station number h

now and settling out his attitude.
354 22 i0 30 CDR DATA MARK; at station h. Okay, he's

started a translation back toward the
donning station. He has a real good
trajectory this time coming down from
station h to 5. Very - very few
corrections required. Perfect I
maneuvers.
354 22 ii 27 PLT DATA MARK.
35h 22 ii 28 CDR DATA MARK. DAC cameras are going off.

Give me your - -
PLT ...
CDR What?
PLT 26.1.
CDR Okay; 26.1 on the battery. How's

the PSS?
PLT Only down to about 500.
354 22 ll 40 CDR 500. Okay we're going to do a

battery and a P_S change now. This
is the CDR; I'm going off the recorder
for a few minutes.
Dump Tape 354-09
Page 3 of 9
354 22 20 31 CDR Okay, this is the CDR back up on

the loop again. The battery and
the - and the PSS have both
been changed. We're back to the -
going to start the tracking
maneuver. And I owe you a CMID
number 3 now. I won't screw that
up again, I hope. For the tracking
maneuver. He's in MDDE CMG; he's
flying to the center of the workshop
for his first maneuver.
354 22 21 24 CDR I'm putting the DACs back on now.

Okay; they're both running.
354 22 22 O0 PLT DATA MARK.
354 22 22 01 CDR DATA MARK. He's now pitching down to

put his X axis at the intersection of
the wall and the deck.
354 22 22 21 CDR DATA MARK. He's beginning a yaw to

the left. 90 degrees. Okay, the
180 degrees complete.
354 22 23 02 CDR Data MARK.
PLT Rate gyro.
CDR Going to rate gyro now. He's going

to drift backwards and down.
354 22 23 55 CDR DATA MARK. Starting tracking back to

the right. Okay, he's going to drift
down. Still drifting down. He's still
drifting down.
354 22 24 36 CDR DATA MARK. Now's he's stopped he's

down drift and has got a established
drift going up, back to the normaS
posit ion.
"" Dump Tape 35_-09
Page _ of 9
35h 22 25 22 CDR DATA MARK.
PLT MODE DIRECT.
CDR MODE DIRECT.
354 22 25 26 PLT ANd a DATA MARK ...
35h 22 25 35 CDR Okay, he gave another DATA MARK and

wandered on his way in DIRECT. He's
got a higher rate going this time than
he did before. He's got a roll right
error of about _ degrees - 3 degrees.
Okay, he's stopping his maneuver.
Stopping the maneuver gave him a
roll left - crossed-up-like effect.
35h 22 26 05 CDR DATA MARK. All right, the tracking

maneuver is complete. He's got a
baseline maneuver to do now in MODE
CMG. I 'm going back down and to
to CMID nmnber 2.
TIME SKIP
355 00 07 04 SPT SPT at 12:07 debriefing the ATM pass

which began at 22:47. The only thing
nominal was the nu Z update. I'm
finishing up building block 32.
I've Just finished the CONTINUOUS MODE
on S052. 56 was still running in the
PATROL SHORT. I had the FLARE THRESHOLD
set for 512 on COARSE, zero on the
FINE. Oh, and I got a flare indication.
I've got to aam_t, at that point I was
not looking at the XUV monitor through
the persistence image scope even though
I had it on and - had it all turned
on and ready to look. At that point
I was setting the MIRROR position for
55 for the - J0P 2 coming up. I got
Dump Tape 354-09
Page 5 of 9
a flare indication, looked up,

saw I had a 3 in BERYLLIUM
APERTURE POSITION. And it's intensity
count was up above background of -
got up to around 20 or 30. I
immediately got 5h and 56 going in
their FLARE M3DE. I gave 82A a
15-second exposure, and then questioned
should I - well, before that I had
55 in a random GRATING position, some-
thing less than TO0. What I should
have done probably was to have gone
to ... 66 and started a MIRROR LINE
SCAN. But I put it to - put it to REF
with the intent of catching it a little
higher up after maneuvered over the
active region, which I did, but then
I was a little far - far past the
any feasible one. So we Just went,
as the card says, right on around to
- REF. However,as it turnedout,we
are looking at a subnormal flare sheath
of low intensity. And we never got
up above 600 that I could see. Maybe
550 even; the batch I saw.
355 O0 09 h8 SPT The ... out here is rather noisy, but

as it gets higher - and levels
the noise does drop out, but the
best I can see we're now at 550. So
I left it in the FLARE MODE for Just
a little while longer with the hope
that maybe it was going to be a - another
peak coming up. There was none. And
about that time, as I was about to turn
the things off, the ground confirmed
that it was a small flare. And the
rise had Just about ceased when I turned
things on. So we concluded operations
then and went back to setting up for _,
building block h. And the problem with
the - the GRATING, and I've noticed
this one other time today, and I had
to ask myself whether I was really doing
it right so I did not report it.
Dump Tape 354-09
Page 6 of 9
And that is that when I went to

REFERENCE, I would come up with all
zeros. So a - while later I'd look
up and find m_self with a 0080. I
did this the other day as I recall,
and went to MECHANICAL REFERENCE
zero and then stepped up to 102 and
did not find anything that resembled
what I thought I said for detector
output on oxygen VI. I think there
was a mixap somewhere along the way.
355 00 ll 21 SPT And I think this may have been the problem.
And so, perhaps this has happened before
today, nwo that I do think of it.
On one occasion I believe we got
2 pulses in there. So that they really
went up 160 above the actual reading.
It will take fairly careful bookkeeping
if that really turns out to stick
f- with us, to findout wherewe really
are. We'll have to know what the last
value is and then work in deltas and
be careful that we don't get a pulse
in there if we change in the GRATING
position at the pulse of 80.
355 O0 12 13 SPT 4B and 4C were done in points which

were close to bright points in H-alpha.
The first one I maximized on Ali_ment
CONTINUUM and when I got done I got -
put it back to zero and looked at oxygen VI
readout, and it was a MAXIMUM there also.
It was about 30 or B thousand, as I
recall.
355 O0 12 50 SPT Point C I also maximized on oxygen VI

this time, and data turned out to be
around 7 thousand. However, I noticd
that when I got done it was no where
near that. Quite a bit less. So I'm
sure that the plasma you are looking
at with the _qATING AUTO SCAN was not
constant time, not by a long shot.
Dump Tape 354-09
Page 7 of 9
355 00 13 18 SPT 4D was done at a point which turned

out to be between three bright points.
I assume that the point I'd been
looking at ... or rather as I maximized
using oxygen VI and found out I was
at someplace between - I started off
at the left bright point which was the
further most in the active region, and
found myself contin1_A]ly moving so I
was situated between three bright points.
355 O0 14 00 SPT Perhaps we were looking at the top

of an ERTS. Although I'm not sure that
onygen VI would be formed that high.
355 O0 14 25 SPT After 4 - I should say be - at the

start of 4C, I gave 55 a MIRROR AUTO
RASTER down to about line 17 or so,
so they'd be able to see where they
were pointing. I ended the GRATING
AUTO SCAN. The timing there
worked out real well. GRATING AUTO
SCAN took me 4 minutes, and the other
took a little less than 2. So that
55 was doen essentially at the same
time as 54 and 56. And I'll try to
do that in this particular J0P or other
times wherever possible, so you'll
be able to see where the actual point
is with the GRATING AUTO SCAN.
355 00 15 lO SPT At first I did not get time to do 4E.

We got to 400 K before that. 82B, or
82A got their SHORT WAVELENGTH exposure
of 15 seconds and that flare initiation.
And I concluded, and was confirmed by
ground that that was sufficient for
their purposes since they are low on
film.
• 355 00 15 40 SPT Well, maybe next time will get the

big one. The problem is catching a
relatively small one is that it's
tough to tell when the thing is
actually starting at al, as opposed
to being Just small momentary
flickers that we see in 55, for example.
/f
Dump Tape 354-09

Page 8 of 9
B55 00 16 12 SPT You usually have to walt until you

at least get some confirmation of a
significant increase. Point brightening
does help in the XUV monitor. Unfort-
unately when you're working most of these
JOPs you didn't have your eyes ... anything
greater than, well, B0 percent of the
time or so - SO to 60, depending
upon the type of building block you're running.
B55 O0 16 _5 SPT So total fraction of the time which has the

eye looking at that monitor over the
total time of active flare is not as high
as I would like. But, we'll - we'll
keep looking for it, and hope we can get it.
SPT out.
355 00 19 12 SPT SPT at 12:19 debriefing handheld photo 107.

Until recently I was able to brief - debrief
until now because the type recorder was
tied up on the M509 run all afternoon.
Then I looked for fault zones. I was only
able to see the southernhalf of the
south Island because of the clouds and also
the clouds around the east ridge of the
mountains. So I did not get to see all I
was - had hoped to.
355 O0 19 51 SPT The major fault zones running - the Alpine

fault - running along the major length of the
island, along the western side, I think is
visible as a discontinuity, but as f_r as
lateral slit, that I could not really
clearly detect. I could see that most of
the river banks had erosion patterns leading
from the major fault zone to the western
edge of the island at that relatively short
distance in a preferred inclination, or
preferred angle, relative to the fault zone
itself that climbs out 20 degrees to that
major fault zone.
355 00 20 51 SPT On the other side I can not make any clear
destinction. I think the clouds were flat
diving me an impression on which was wrong.
I thought I could see something there but
because of the amount of clouds there I think it
f
Dump Tape 35_-09

Page 9 of 9
could be unsafe to assume that I really could

because the clouds themselves have some
linear features in them which wouldxtend to
T,_e me think that.
355 00 21 18 SPT The erosion paterns certainly show up real

well. The Sum angle is pretty good and -
especially on the western side of that fault -
there is no problem at _11 in distinguishing.
I counted, rather quickly, up to around
50 ... 50, I'd call fairly major ravius, or
river channels, leading out to the ocean,
running from the fault zone itself. And their
orientation could be very clearly delineated.
I could not see where these picked up on the
other side of the fault zone at all.
355 00 21 58 SPY I asstm_e that the lateral slit was of quite

some distance because I could not see that
f-
connected up very well with the other.
355 00 21 lO SPT I had a couple of move details on the problem

I find at the time I saw it, but, unfortunately,
the time has gone by too - too long and I did
not re - remember it. It's nnfortunate that the
tape recorder is tied up so long. Next time
I run into that ... situation, I'll try and
write down as much as I possibly can. Time
permitting.
SPT out.
_D OF TAPE
/-- Dump Tape 394-12
Time: 354:22:h2 to 354:23:28 GMT
12/21/73
Page 1 of 1
354 22 53 08 This voice segment duplicated verbatim within

to Dump Tape 354-10.
35h xx xxxx
354 22 41 16 This segment duplicated verbatim within

to Dump Tape 35h-i0
354 23 22 14
END OF TAPE
11!.
,,i oump
Tape
Time: 35-10
354:20:53 to 354:22!42 GMT
'/_, . : ' 12-21-73 : j " '
!
: 35h 20 53 08 SPT SPT _ 20 53 Message relatin- to _he
! , Page
I of15 i, !
TV, which was'put
voice whlch goes
on th_ VTR ez_d the
with it. B_h scenes
are'all meant to be Just a background.
Uselas much and as little of the voice and
_, the! scenes as you like ... subsequent days.
, We had done planned to put a discussion
_ of the AT?,!instruments and the ...
' ;' instruments, the maneuvering of the cluster,
' the airlock Jnstr_uments, and the other
_. _ misee!]aneous ones that '.replan to use.
_, It may take three to four more sessions,
but I think that it will certalnly take
tha_ in order to set u_ the scenes,
fighre out what's going to be presented,
how. it's going to be presented, what's
.l
going tO be said,xand tc go ahead and
actta[ly get the scene aceompi'shed.
354 20 54 08 SPT SETi cut.

h*
l! t;" *
_,i|_- 354 20 54 37 CDR This is the CDR at 20:5_ Zulu. And the
: at 12:07 and this afternoon at 18:_8, I was
_'_|
i!II_|i| subject is Earth observations. This morning
rangeiand in the Argentine pampas. This
_:_![_[ assigned the handhold site 164-4, which is
, mo_ning, we had revielle at 12:10 and went
.j over the rangeland area at 12:12:35o I got
: to _he window and was looking out rubbing
! I!' the sleep out of my eyes, I think, just about
at 12:12:35 and really didn't get to see too
! ; much of the rangeland area. W".lat I did see
_ howew:r was the - the - what appeared to be
_, a whe._r, belt between Buenas Aires and
!_i' : there
Bahia that's
81anea. between
There's the
am two
arealarge
of - harbour
of ground
• ar_as - you knwo, the - the inlet and along
_:_;_i the c_ean and-extending in for a couple of
: hundred miles that is almost completely
cultivated all the way from Bahia Blanea to
Buenos Aires. I - I - in this area where
} _ it's :_o well cultivated, I would estimate

that about 25 to 30 percen t of the squares
that I saw - the reel.angles and Squares
were dark green, indleating fresh vegetation
' :_ . =%
Dump iTape 354-10

', Page'2
Of 15 _ '.
T_d say 20 or 25 per_ent of the area looked

oro'_rn _
_._:_e nrobab_- flowed cr0un.i, I would
; _. ___/_s. .__ndthe remainder of i!. w_as various "
i different colors between the dark green
ahd Dh _ - the brown :ust sort _f tan and
! a little bit toward the yellc;r and some
i' very light green indicating ",_
....
%_ I
considered - i figured whould be fresh
growth. ._d that was about it for _hat ; ,
pass. _md then 18:4_!, which wp-s the second =
!_ oaSS over, I got there early enou_h so T. _ , ,

k could t_.ke a good lock az the ran_e_and
_i before we got to the aultivated are_.
::ii_ T did :o_ see much evide_ce of .grazing
_:-_
• effecDs that were _oa _iain to see. I
_ : .._ut:
_"
ou! dinsee_ue
fen_
r _la
"_
_;_a.... ne__.
effects.
,,crt Uhe _ ;uares
ccnsldera_ ly
i_ bigger, probab±y 50 _.. i0} ti::es i,i_-ger
;[' than the squares over in th6 wheat :=tea.
1
': 35h 20 57 31 CDR .--he sluares - squares in the ang<=' nd area

._:• . ,lid nD_. c_ppear to ha_-e to_ murh di florence _ ,.
-,i:_._* in them in the way :f co!or in]ic_t!ng - '
you kno',' dlf__en_ Kin<f5 of g'_aZiA" on
'_ithez .:ide of the.....

==n<-_. "=
_n->" w.± "_ very
huge _reas and
i suspect
" _ _.+ the. <-ere
_h,_
probsb?'" fairly eq:ai!y graze i. _l ng the
rtouple - in the ran_eland are<, along the
riv.-_r %='eas, e_tenJing cut - oh, vrobably
i0 or st. miles on =_uh slde oF a river
_re% wa: very green ,ireas arc when you look
!_ at +_-_- _¢ith binoeui':_rs, you could see there's
a lot s? fields - a lot of smaller fields
"[i_'F, ,iO%m t:_re and ! imagine that those areas
;_lon_ _he river ar__ cultivated by probably
!: 3malle -_ fa._n'-erswith sme.!ier cro_.s ..nd the
.I,
4
_ "_he_ - the _,_heat
crop, [os_i_ly vegetables -
'I_ g_rdenieg and things _ike that. These
truc_-:
• areas because
are_ were very
theynocieable u? in greemer.
w-=!'e so much the range The
,, range erea was prec[y ger_ra±!y a reddish
,_{ brow,... There was some areas that w_.re Just i .' I
:_; san. the mark of de!ineasion between light
_an areas and the very neddish-brown areas
_' was very, very sharp, it looked to me like
_i_, [ than ve==etation. _ . L:

probably a They
soil all seemed t9 be kin(:].-
'_|iI _ it was difference rather
,_-i "_
_- - _..
t$: • •
Dump Tape 354-10 . _ ,'; '::,'

" '_ e 3
P _"'
Of_
15 :_ .....4 !!
_:_ '._ii all these changes in color seem to be " i_ . ._.. . ___.!
:..: pretty p r lel
totheriver.,V,d :i
k : I would say the - the Te-_centage <f the i !'_
' ', reddishbrown to the light tan was
i probably about lh, 3 to i or somethin$ :_[ . ::
...... : like that would be _'_= _'atio. As I said '
. _ _; the green ar - only green areas you
,_ -_ :, co._ld see in the rangeland area was _l _'i_g . ..."
:_ : ; the river _here the - obviously the far:!ng •_ _ '_ , :,!i!_

- _'_ " was and by looking at it i_ bincolar_, you "_;
; L _._.lld see che _ _ _ Are - t'_er= ar_.
:_ several very long stack=h* i_nes that _i" . ._
....
.. e_<_n_ _ through the range area. I cc....
_._,_ i
i.] decide _.... her those were powefiines :

- whezher those were Tossibly areas wke_ _ :he
"._<_ pipelines were located. But a< any rz:e,
'_: there _,rere very, very l.=n_ and -_+.raiq:.'.
] ;(_ ; _ud I imagine it was "a _irt rr,_z cesi_

R, _._* ...... _e or a plpe.tlne. And i not-_Tl
_ _r_=
..... o she river areas where the g.".rder£ng '
].. ; w_s -_ going along that on the bonqi_ries

,'"_:_ : beL-_,een the green areas and the ran_-e.und,
:_r. ._
! • ' ,,- "__
there
koked ,*as
to another line tha_ indicated -7hat
me very _"_" like highways. ;
.<._:,: the highway was so-_t a dividing line _£-Lween : ," _ !_-
_H $ _ t ,,_cultivated farr£and area, riverhct:cm
:i: i i ; k :
' : area on one side, and then beginning -.f
the range or arid - more arid land c_: "P_e
i o_her side.
3_4 21 O0 28 CDR C2_ ouT_.
354 21;00 :,: CPR i:., ...... £.is is que ._.._- ".qair.. '"
The :!:._ :s
. "" : :'_,
.... Zuiu '_
:._C_ ""
tY,-is :Liscussion i_ :=so
:9 :%: .%serv_lictl. '_.." : ci_:/cer:is s "
rLs_i-,_:' HH-IO66, whic:: w_<s sc!:edule" t !0:21.
t :_," ___ would h___ve _',_,,_e_. better to ct_ere
out the S190 windo' in this case. 7 ".a:z trying. :.

:,_ 3.,state the Alaea::_J_ F.:'A!Z area. i Kr.ow --"
','..
• I wa_ able to locate A_n_of_._asto on _:.e , "
_hcreltne and %he larger lake - _he .iry
i:_ke, but the faultl[ne wa_ really no_ too
.,, : _', ..... _ eeu!i s ._ -he ri,_geiire
't :' r-lsentiail_

. y, _,e _-,p - the hiFhest elevation _] i
_.:,- of the andes that "*as rather clear s.na i _: '-
"_"_'
i % ' : " :.xicei lot - several of t:_e rivers coming :
, 1_:4 .r
",,;_.
, = ZS -ZO 'J;: I
_ _ ' wate£ were - were quite sbraig_:t. ,_ . "- '_ _
"" J as i feZ!owed these rivers do_:., i w::: , i_j
. looking for offsets indicating a - u f't_l_ ._-
cutting across. But I did not notice ',_ !,

._ any. I think it'll just require a ccup!e _ _;, .".
more opportunities to look in that . _.
_ area -_nd get a little bit more detai_. " _
t'.; , _ But the Ataeama Fault was just not ev_unt t,
to me at this oun an_!e of LI degrees• An
f'm ±ook[ng forward te the opportuni-<: ,
, "-" of looking at this area again _l*:ds_._ if :< .
b
can't _ocate it.
35h 21 02 15 CL,k OF.:{ -u_ .
filqE SKIF
354 21 20 21 CDB }-cw .:s ycu real?
CDR n,,_'4 ....

_._,. _vou hear me on A; _k<... _.'"__,_.- _ , ;
this is she CDR on the tape re-order. • -. !',
tC. start with -_,_9. Run numbez l fc'r :_m_' . :_ -.... ,
CD.< Okay, i've got tc taZ<e five _'_

_._ pi-'t ures . ..}_j
f first
here.... ,._"]'
, .,_,_. : _,
.2 ," CDR D_ w,- need the flash for colos ,nterio_'? .:..,,, "_. _!4
i, : ',
354 21 22 22' ?[7x P;ere we to. Got r.o charge it. Ok - ,i:_.: ,
:'! .2. :
., _..,, ,,_aughter, • .
PLT [[
._[.:. .<: ,:DR I)ii "z fiash! : [' (_

",, { _ PLT No. : _-,"
_< {:. CDR I forgot to charge it again. _i_;

_'.i
_'" _. • Dump Tape 354-10
I;_ !!' Page

5 °f 15 ""
_!',g[ _ :' CDR. Okay, enough of that.
•_ C[:R Okay, the PA0 photos are done. I really

_ ._ don't know if I'm getting through or not. _
, T can'thear any feedbackat all. How de
.i,] you read;l, 2, 3, 4.
'_ CDB Okay.
PLT ...
, /
i'i CDR Now release the pedel locking nin.

-
That'; ',-
_4,
whatI haveto do. -.._
D • ;'_ PLT . o. " " b:"

-
_,_ _..! CDR Okay. _ow re - pull your release handle _k_:ih2.
inboard to unlock. All right, then you undock "-_._._;

_!i_!
;" by pilling on the handrails with bo_h hands. _._J.¶
'_,_}[ 354 21 25 59 CDR Okay, _ho data is normal and crewman ih-l. _
Bill is flyingclear of the donningstation ., [_.:
and checking out his translational hand
controller, l'm going to lower the handrails.
CDR Okay, they're lowered.
CDR Bill, you ought to get a little elevation.

You're awful close to the floor.
!
CDR Okay, the TP is maneuvering up away from the
floor now. His head level is Just about
even with the water tanks.
CDR That'sgood,Bill. _. _!'
,; PLT ••• '<_u,:,
'_!'_ CDR Can't

hearyou,Bill
.... _-:
•'i;_' PLT ... -_'",_
•"' ' PLT ...

....
_,._;i !_ "W . _.
CDR]" Okay, I verify that we are in CM [D-_. ,'*
_"_ He'sstartinghis yaw to the !eftin a _.__
single-axismaneuver. _i
CDR He's aboutNOW.90 degress

r_.aneuver
through his yaw .;!_
C_._ He's got some drift upwars and looks , _|_

L like _,he right/left drift is down te _ '_I|
_f., zero. *"
, . j
35421 29 22 PiT DATA_i.
:_',_. '_DR_ Okay, we got a data mark and he's

_< finishedhis yaw. He's backin_away
_. from it a littlebit now.
_':" _ 354 21 29 41 ?LT Pitch u_. ..i!_'
_ '_ _21R starting

Okg.y,
_'e now.
have a pitchup mar_eLl,let :_
.... :DR He's pretty well arrested his drift _!j

-_,;_f_i.
_ upwards and he's got a little drift
• _ get him in the middle of the workshoL. _
workship rightnow. _ "_"

,,_!_ In fact, he's in the middle of the ! ,_'=_
_g'. 35421 30 13 PLT DATA_5__RK. = '_{
_ ,_ CDR There'sthe data mark and he's in - _

-_ finished his pitchup and he Just hulled - ;
"._ out his drift toward E-32 and he's j',st
, about completelymotionlessnow. Okay
_2_ hie's yawing to the right now.
_,_ 35421 30 48 PLT DATAMARK.
li< CDR Okay, data mark• The yaw right'sc<_mplete.
_i_, 554 21 30 54 PLT Roll left•
%'% CDR Roll left starting now. Got a good position _

: "" in the center of the work shop. There's
been driftsincehe got there.
.. ._ ,.
_[_._, Dump Tape 354-10
>i [_age
7 of 15
_L _ CDR " We had one desat firing bast a second ago.

]_ii'. " That last thtump you hear_.
i 354 21 31 22 PLT DATA MARK.
i,i
' °_"_ 354
354 21
21 31
31 23
29 CDR
PLT DATA MARK.from CMG to RATE GYRO.
Changing ,,
!!{" ] CDR Okay, he's in the RATE GYRO MODE; ,
_._"';:_'I'-
_. CDH He says 2000 psi. ,;[. ].
i'_ !. CDR Okay, he'_ got a positionstabilized now.

,_T.:. • He's yawed left 90 degrees from the .
_'_
_ starting point. _" I
_,_i_ :'' ;,': , h
PLT •"" 1
%
,!i,_
_ CDR Yeah, you should be facing 432. "'_'_-,
.,
__ 354213259 PLT ... '• _

'
_.:._ .... 354 21 33 00 CDR DATA MARK. He's now facing 432 and ,<: ,
_ ' starting his maneuver.
35421 33 05 PLT Yawleft. - - '
CDR Starting
to yawleft. Goodposition
with !:_k':
:'"," very little drift. Now looks like he's ._T_-
i
-- pitching - I mean, he got a slight roll _" /
right drift. _-"' [
..L CDR 90 degrees. • ,
CDR Okay, he's stopping the rates.
'_ ,. 354 21 34 00 PLT DATA MARK. _'
, CDR DATA MARK. Okay,his position is reasonably _.

_-" good. He is out in the center of the ..
• workshop, shaded slightly toward 432 with " "i
maneuver. ,
_"_'[!i! that at his back. He started his pitehup ;
D=pTape
35 - 0 _.
, '_
.!"_ Page8 of 15 '_ _
_f! 354 21 34 49 PLT EATA MA_;L<. :.. _i
to within dump tape 354-11. - .i
O ay,
ill ahead
354 22 03 39 PLT DATAMARK.
• _,
i
'_i_ - 35_
22
354
22 03
03 28
39 CDR DATA NL_ILK. _
_ _,'_;;_ CC Okay, Bill, keep an eye on your batter.
If you get to 26, we'll have to ter_£ i_.te. - ._
,_ We'vemadea bum decision.
• ._., %",
, CDR I'ii bazz you for battery volt:_ge !_;.

a couple of times. _,_
• ,%':.
b
CDR Okay, he's headed for station number 2 _
nOW.
_, CDR His trajectory was essentially a back ":_

( out with a slightup. When he got - got j
. j- out about I0 feet, he yawed to the right ._
i._: and then put in some more up-Z. And
- he's maneuvering now to banjo. '_
" CDR Okay, I have bungled and not turned .

•_: the receiverto 2 for the first
baseline, l'm going to do it now. _
i'%1
? 354 22 05 06 PLT DATA "_[APd<"
_.. CDR DATA MAPj<. The receivernow is in
-_ CDR And we're at stationnumber _, on _....

,
the rate gyro baseline run. _ .-_
[
CDR Okay. Maneuvering down to the F_J 2. '_¢_i
Thistimehis trajectory was more .'_
out in the workshop and not quite as j_
, .,{.
:
close to the water rings. He's got _:,-;
a good level attitude as far as his , _:,_'
head is concerned. He needs about
" 30 degrees of pitch up. He - his ,.,,,:_;<
_ :
feet are facing considerably away _'_"<,4f
_i. from the line that connects the 2 _s. _[
. .
Dump Tape 354-10
' Page 9 of 15
_' 354 22 06 23 PLT DATA MARK.

' ! '
< CDR DATA MARK. Okay. Roll was _.ood and :'," _ 4
_' yaw was good. "
9 CDR You're getting close to the ring, Bill. ' ".

' i Okay,good• ' "_
.... CDR Okay, he came out of that a little hot ' _.,
and heavy. Got backwards and really was '""_
:,{ :_ headed in a way where he couldn't see.
:i _JR Now, he's stopped his rates.
i" C_R He's drifting slightly to the right.
CDR He's essentially, opposite the station

number 3 right now. A little .u_'*_
low and
yawing to the left to face it.
CDR Give me a battery check when y_u can, Bz._±.
PLT ...
CDR Okay.
PLT ...
CDR 26.5, the battery voltage.
354 22 08 46 PLT DATA _RK.
CDR DATA HARK. Station 3.
CDR Okay, he's moving around the ring lockers

again, this time with a hand controller
distance of about a foot.
CDR About a third of the way there.
:- PLT ...
CDR We're in the rate gyro baseline maneuvers.
CDR Rate - We're in the rate gyro baseline maneaver.
PLT Rate gyro ...
'4
Dump Tape 354-10 "r.
Page10of 15 _
p
I_D., R igh+ .
¢ i'
_," CDR Okay, he's at station number 4 now
_ and settling
out his attitude.
i_. 35h 22 i0 29 PLT DATA r_mK.
CDR DATA MARK. At station4. < ' ?
: CDR Okay, he's startedhis translation _,'

_ back to toward the donningstation. "_"
i ,
CDR Okay, he has a reall good trajectory

this time coming down from station 4
._ to station5-
] CDR Very c - very few corrections required.

• ,_ perfectmaneuver.
354 22 ii 28 ?LT DATA .L_2,K.
CDR DATA __'r:_

_,'_',_. DAC cameras are going off.
CDR Give me your -
=" PLT ...
CDR What ?
PLT 26.i.
CDR Okay. 26.1 on the battery. How's the

PSS?
PLT It's all the way down to about 500.
CDR 500. Okay, we're going _o do : battery

and a PSS change now.
354 22 ii 47 CDR This is the CDR, l'm going off the

recorder for a few minutes.
354 22 20 31 CDR Okay, this is the CDR hack up on the

loop again. The battery and the -
and the PSS have both been changed.
We're back to the - going to start
'@ Dump Tape 354-10
_i_ tracking
CMID maneuver.
number 3 now. And _ owe
I won't you ....
screw m_
• up aga,I hope. For the tracking
": maneuver. He's in mode CMG; he's _
@_ flyingto the centerof the workshop _
for his first maneuver.
CDR l'm puttingthe DACs back on now. _

_i
_ Okay,they're bothrunning. ,_
_, , "_5h 22 22 01 PLT DATA r_RK.

..'_ .
CDR DATA _ABK. All right he's now pitching
}_i!
_
_" do:_n
tc put is
intersection X-axisat
the wall andthe
the deck.
' _ _54 22 22 21 PLT DATA _."uLRK.
CDR DATA ',tqRK. He's beginning a yaw to the

left.
CDR 90 degrees. Okay the 180 degree's

complete.
354 22 23 03 PLT DATA _4ARK.
_r
CDR DATA M_.Rm.
f FLT Rategyro.
CDR Going to rate gyro now. He's got

to drift backwards and down.
354 22 23 55 PLT DATA _tA_RK.
CDR DATA _tA_RK.

i
PLT ... track maneuver.
CDR Starting tracking back to the right.
CDR Okay, he's got to drift down. Still

drifting down.
354 22 2'4 38 PLT DATA _L%RK,
: CDR DATAMARK.
DumF Tape Z54-]N
[_ _' Page 12 of 15
CDR Now he's stopped his downdriI_ and has got

"_._ to establishdrift going up, back to
his normal position.
354 22 25 23 PLT DATA _[ARK.
CDR DATA _._RK.
i
PLT Mode direct.
, CDR Modedirect.
354 22 25 2_ PLT DATA _uRK ...
CZ_ Okay,he gave anotherdata mark

' now he'son his way in direct. Got
a higher rate going this time
than he did before. He's got a roll
right error of about 4 degrees,
3 degrees.
CCR Okay, he's stopping the maneuver.

Stopping the maneuver gave him a
roll.
354 22 27 55 CDR Okay, there was no data mark after

going iroTMG. Really wasn't
necessary; the attitude was stable.
So the sequence is DATA MARK, CMG,
and then began a translation.
PLT ...
354 22 28 56 PLT DATA _[&RK
_r,R DATA _. Okay, he's at the banjo.

He - he's got pitch down there of about
20 degree_ and a verticle error of
about, oh, a foot and a half. He was
essentially hanging thoroughly
vertical looking up at the banjo at
the upper edge. Okay, he's Just about
got about all of his roll in. Now
he's yawing to the left about ... Setting
his pitch up now.
d
b_ •:
,i
_J_
* Dump Tape 35_-i0

•_ Page 13 of 15
"_;_i'_,.i_-. CDR' Okay. he's - -

, CDR Okay, he's approaching his position 2.
• ] •.
CDR DATA MARK. Position 2. Roll error of

. about plus h degrees- 4 or 5 degrees.
Pitcherror of plus 5 degrees.
CDR Okay, this maneuver from 2 to 3 is

a little bit more conservative and gave
him a little bit more time keep track
of things. There isn't quite so much
backwards motion where he couldn't
see where he was going.
35h 22 31 41 PLT DATA P[ARK.
CDR DATA _,_RK. Position 3-
CDR Okay, he's about halfway through the

maneuver from 3 to 4. And then running
about 8 to 12 inches between his hand
controller and the ring locker, holding
the top of the ring lov - locker
pretty well at eye level, he's now
just below the condensate tank and
down a little bit. Good smooth rate
going. Not many control deflections
in translation.
CDR DATA _RK. Position 4.
CDR Okay, he's got a good start toward

the docking station. He whet back one
pulse and down one pulse, and now he's
in a yaw left movement.
CDR He just put in two plus - Y translations

and now two short minus - Y translations.
Good trajectory again; slow rates.
Right straight to the docking station•
• "_ 354 22 34 56 PLT DATA MARK.

"4 •_ ,
C. Dump Tape 354-10

:| _ ','. _age 14 of 15
• ,b:.;., CER DATA "L_P_K. Station 5.
r_
_.. P_. At the baseline....
; _ _""
• CDR Okay, give me your PSS and batte_ _
readings.
"_"' •'"'. PLT 27.1 on the battery and
I""
_
_.uR 27.1 on the b_tery.
PLT _200 on the ...
CZE 1200 on the PSS.

! ,.
FLU ... power off.
_. CP_ Did you turn off the CMG power?
. , F_T That's wat it said•
C L,_-[ For the grasp and push?
PLT It says "after baseline CMG, cage

CMGs in rate gyro and then CMG power off.
= CDR Oh, okay. _[inedoesn't say that• Yes it

does i beg your pardon.
RLT Grasp and push, 700 psi ... Mode direct,

direct. Use the same station keeping
points, approx attitudes, and transfer rates
as baseline maneuver. Grasp station
keeping point to arrest rates. Then
push off toward next point• Data mark as
each point is grasped. Okay, I'm going
to star_ here•
CDR All right.
354 22 36 35 _LT Okay, i'm DATA HARKing for the pushoff.
CDR DATA _£ALRK for the pushoff.
". CDR Okay, we're in CM ID 2. In good shape.
_'*-" CDR Okay, his right foot just barely grazed

-', _':' the DAC up in the film ring camera
,,, ._'_/¢ - • location.
Dt_mp Tape 354-10
Page 15 of 15
CDR Okay, he's hovering along pretty well

now. He's got a little higher rate
than he usually has.
_ " 354 22 42 49 CDR Okay, I'm looking ahead and ...
_ ENDOFTAPE
:h
. .r
__-
if '._b
,b ,
Dump Tape 354-11
Tim_: 354:21:34 to 354:03:06 GMT
12/21/73
Page i of 25
354 21 34 46 CDR DATA MARK. Now he's turning into

a roll to the right. He arrived at
that data mark position with a - about
5 degrees of roll, right already in.
He's in his roll right maneuver now
and very little drift rate, if any
at all. The only drift rate is toward
4 :30 ••• extremely small.
PLT Hello there.
354 21 36 21 CDR DATA MARK. Roll is complete. Now

he's yawing back to face 432. He's
in a slight drift downward. And he
,/-- had a slight nose-down ... and he Just
' took that out. The firingsthat you
here now are him rolling slowly to the
left. Still got a little bit of
downdrift going. Okay. Finished his
yaw maneuver. He's stabilizing.
CDR Okay, what's your - your gas and your

electricity, Bill?
PLT 2,000 psi. 27.7 hold.
CDR 2,000 psi. 27.7 hold.
PLT ... okay ...
SPT MODE DIRECT?
CDR Okay. MODE DIRECT.

Dump Tape 354-11
Page 2 of 25
PLT I don't do it in direct?
354 21 38 15 CDR Yes, in direct you Just do a 1 -

I second thrust pitch up and let
it drift and stop at 90 degrees and
do a data mark.
PLT ... Pitch up.
CDR Okay. There was the pitch up thrust.

It was about a half second thrust.
PLT Gosh darn.
CDR He's got a little bit of drift

rate going away from 432.
354 21 39 29 CDR DATA MARK. Now he's readjusting

_ his position. You better give another
data mark when you get ready to start.
CDR Okay. He's got a drift rate set up going

back toward 3 - 432 now and he's
Just about in the center of the
workshop.
354 21 40 00 PLT DATA MARK .... pich down.
354 21 40 01 CDR DATA MARK. Okay, now he's -

that was a pitch down. That was
a good one second stroke. He's got
a little bit of left roll in there.
he's now rolled left, I'd say, 5 degrees.
And he's got a yaw error of about
25 degrees from where he started. Okay,
that's the stopping of the pitch and a
354 21 40 30 CDR DATA MARK. Okay, he's got a yaw

drift rate and a roll right drift
rate. That was a yaw left thrust you
Just heard.
CDR Okay, he's taking it out.
354 21 41 03 PLT DATA _MARK.

Dump Tape 354-11
Page 3 of 25
35h 21 hi 04 CDR DATA _&_K.
FLT ...
354 21 41 05 CDB Correcting his attitude now. He

was rolled slightly left. He's
rolling to the vertical now and he*s
going to drift backward toward 432.
And he's pitched back slightly.
He'll give us another data m_rk when
he's bask in correction ... position.
354 21 41 27 PLT DATA MARK. Correction.
35h 21 41 28 CDR DATA MARK. Okay.
PLT Ysw right, 13 degrees.
CDR There vas a 1 second thrust yawing

to the right. Good motion. Don't
see any cross coupling discernible
from here. No, it looks like a real
good one. Very, very slight roll
left, maybe. Oka_v, he's taking out
the yaw. That definitely gave him a
roll left. He Just took it up
354 21 42 04 CDR DATA MARK. Okay. That - Stopping

that yaw to the right gave him a
little roll to the left. He also
ended up with a little - as a result
of that yaw - a little bit of drift
toward 432. Okay, he's right now in
a eorreetion phase where's he's getting
back to the center of the workshop.
Getting his rates ...
354 21 42 38 CDB DATA MARK. Rolling to the right.
PLT Rolling right,
f--
Dump Tape 352-11
Page 4 of 25
CDR Okay, got a good roll to the

right. He had a little residual
drift left and he's drifting
slightly backwards. Looks like a
pretty pure maneuver in roll. No
it isn't. Slight - slight bit of
yaw to the left.
354 21 43 00 CDR DATA MARK. He - he did a translational

to the right. He miscued - he read
a yaw to the left as a - translation
to the left. Okay, he's got it back
under control now.
CDR Alright.
35_ 21 23 2_ CDR DATA MAPd<.
PLT ...
CDR Good rate. Good thrust. All right,

the net result of that roll effort
was a slight drift to the left as you
face 432 -
352 21 23 26 CDR More DATA MARK.
CDR - of about a foot and a half.
CDR All right. That completes the

attitude maneuvers. Now he's going
to do a plus X thrust. He's now
pitching forward a littlt bit. He
ended up with a little pitch up right
there which he's trying to take out
and get settled.
354 21 44 13 PLT DATA MARK for correction.
_- 354 21 44 12 CDR DATA MARK.

Dump Tape 354-11
Page 5 of 25
354 21 4h 23 PLT Another DATA MARK.
354 21 h4 2h CDR Another DATA MARK for correction.
PLT Minus X.
CDR Minus X first. Minus X. He got a

little bit of down along with that as
far as the trajectory is concerned.
Now he's stopped it.
354 21 hh 42 CDR DATA MARK. And he's still got

downdrift in all of his - There's
plus X and he did not take the
downdrift out. That -that stopped
his drift when - he stopped it -
354 21 44 57 CDR DATA MARK. - - when he stopped

his plus X translation it gave him
another downdrift again.
PLT Minus Z.
354 21 _5 03 CDR Minus Z. He had a - Now he's

stopped the downdrift with a minuz Z
and he's rolled slightly to the right
about 3 or 4 degrees. He stopped it.
354 21 45 15 CDR DATA MARK, He's got a slight drift

down now.
PLT Plus Y.
CDR Okay, he's got a good plus Y going.

He was rolled slightly right so he's -
now he's driflnt downward as well as
to the right.

Dump Tape 354-11
Page 6 of 25
354 21 45 5] CDR DATA _JLRK. He's got a left yaw

drif_ in, no_.
CDR There is a minue Y. Ee's still

got his left drift in yaw. All
right. He's - during that minus Y
trnaslation - -
354 21 45 h7 PLT DATA MARK.
CDR DATA MARK. He stoppe_ his up/down

drift, but as soon as he tried to
stop the minus Y translation, the
plus Z drift started again.
PLT ... minus Z again ...
CDE Okay, he's getting back up around

the water tank ring and then he's
going to do a minus Z translation,
which is the only one he owes you now.
f--
CDR Okay. He's in attitude now with 432

at his right shoulder. He's rolled
slightly to the right about 3 degrees
and he's taken that out. Okay, he's
still got a little left roll drift.
Good, now he's got a pitch down drift.
354 21 46 37 CDR DATA MARK. Minus Z. That was a good

one. There was very little drift.
354 21 46 k8 CDR If anything, he's got a slightly - a

very, very, slight pitch up here. He's
stopping it now. And his residual's - -
354 21 46 5_ CDR DATA MARK.
CDR - - his residual drift is minus pitch.

Correction, plus pitch. Pitch up.
PLT MODE RATE GYRO.

Dump Tape 354-11
Page 7 of 25
CDR All right. _e mode is now

RATE GYR0.
PLT ... 1800 psi.
CDR kS00 psi. How many volts?
PLT 27.2.
CDR 27.2 volts. Alright, now he's going

to go through a transfer maneuver.
He's 90 degrees from facing the
locker 432. He's - it's on his right
shoulder. He's translating up plus X
towards the banjo.
CDR Bill, you need to be yawing the other

way, facing 432.
PLT What?
CDR You need to face 432, don't you?

That's right, you got to be your
back to it.
PLT ...
CDR I got it. Okay. Go ahead.
CDR You put the banjo to your back.
PLT What?
CDR Put the banjo to your back.

Right? Okay.
354 21 48 50 CDE He's in a RATE GYR0 NODE. Trans-

lated in Z up to the dome area. Now
he's put in a little bit of pitch
down and a little bit of yaw to the
left and he's driving around to put
his back to the banjo. A little bit of
down thrust - left thru - right thrust.
He's stopped his roll - yaw rate. Rolling
a little bit to the right.
Dump Tape 354-11
Page 8 of 25
354 21 49 26 CDR Okay. He's got a roll right drift

and a back drift. Okay, he's in
a good position, he's slightly right
shoulder down.
PLT Mode going to DIRECT.
CDR All right. He's now going to

MODE DIRECT. He's drifting backwards
and down slightly.
354 21 50 Ol PLT DATA MARK.
354 21 50 02 CDR DATA MARK. All right. That was a

translation thrust in X. He's
doing a little bit of plus Z right
after he did the X. Now he's coasting.
CDR Did you do a data mark halfway?
i_ PLT NO,not ...
CDR You're supposed to be coasting

and not do anything until the second
data mark.
354 21 50 55 CDR DATA MARK. Okay, his rate is

essentially straight down and position
is very little forward _.. . Now he's
making, essentially, a dog-leg maneuver.
okay, his feet are 2 feet from the
floor now, and he's about 6 feet out
from the handbars. The handrails.
And he's, essentially, vertical.
CDR Okay, he's Just about stopped

at the donning station. Bill, do
you have any comments on the AB
accuracy?
PLT Yes. It's not too bad. I didn't do

a very good Job. I aimed too high.
Dump Tape 354-11
Page 9 of 25
CDR Yes. Okay. He says it's not

tee bad - he knows what he did
wrong. He aimed high and then he
made a midcourse to overcorrected
it in early midcourse. Ended up with
a big dog-leg. Did you data mark?
FLT Yes, I did.
354 21 52 30 CDR Okay. He's got a DATA MARK in and he's

now going on to the base line
maneuver.
35h 21 52 39 CDR How about your PSM and battery?
PLT ... 1500.
CDR 1500. At 27. So He's get enough to

go ahead and do a baseline.
/-_ PLT Okay.
CDR Baseline in DIRECT.
35h 21 53 ll PLT DATA MARK.
354 21 53 12 CDR DATA MARK. Okay, he did a minus Z

and a minus X. Minus Z followed
b_ minus X. Now he's yawing to the
right. Okay. he's stooping his yaw
and he ended up with a roll error
to the right. He was rolling ...
to the right when he ... He took that
out. Now he's beginning a pitch up
maneuver to align himself to -
parallel to the dome - to the dome
wall. And he's got a pretty good
trajectory moving up to the banjo.
He's got a pitch rate. Very slightly
yawed right, which he Just took out
with that last blip you heard. He's
now stopping the pitch rate. He
yawed to the left a little bit. Now
he's yawing to the right, Okay, ...
a small attitude correction now to get
- him to the banjo. He'sa - -
Dump Tape 354-11
Page l0 of 25
354 21 54 29 CDR DATA MARK. He's not quite facing

the banjo. He's yawing to the left
about 5 degrees. That was a minus ...
translation. There was a Y. Okay,
now he's got a drift rate and heading
for that W2. Okay, he's got a combina -
a combination of roll and yaw in right
now. Okay, with heads down about
30 degrees. Now he's got a yaw rate that's
going too far. Now he's got his body
horizontal but he's flying through
his attitude and got his feet low now.
Now he's stopped it. Okay, he's slightly
feet low. Okay, he's about 2 feet
below where he ought to be.
354 21 55 38 CDR He's stopped that. and he's getting

his attitude under control. His trans-
lation is completely stopped now. Going
" ... some - some minus Z here to get
his head up toward the FMU. He's got
a drift rate going toward the FMU now.
Okay. He's slightly feet low. By low,
I mean relative to the floor of the
forward compartment. Okay, he's got a
yaw and a roll pitch where he had
drift rate, both going now. he Just
took out the roll rate. Now the y_w
drift rate's coming out. He's going
the other way.
354 21 56 37 CDR DATA MARE. And his attitude is roll

to the right about 5 degrees and yaw
to the right about 4 or 5 degrees
at that point. Okay, he's now man-
euvering over over toward 404. His
feet Just hit the camera thrust station.
Okay, he's Just about positioned in
front of 404/406. That's station
number 3. And he's at about 3. Now
he's translating toward the station.
f_
Dtmp Tape 354-11

Page ii of 25
CDR Okay. He's stopping all of his

rotation and then translation, now.
CDR Okay, he's starting his translation

to the right along the dome from
station 3 to station 4.
CDR Okay. He's about 1/3 of the way

there. Got good elevation. His toes
are riding right about at the -
the girth ring level. Not the girth
ring, but the water tank ring. He's
keeping hie hand controllers about
8 inches to a foot away from the
lockers. He's drifting slightly low,
in order to clear the water holding
f tank, condensateholdingtank. Both
cameras still working okay.
354 22 00 23 CDR Okay, he's directly under the condensate

holding tank, now, clearing it with
his head by about 5 or 6 inches.
354 22 00 29 CDR He's got a roll right here of about

4 degrees. Okay. He's Just about to
station 4. Stopping his rate.
354 22 01 ll PLT DATA MARK.
CDR That was a DATA MARK at station _.

Now he's starting his translation
and rotation down toward the donning
stationg.
354 22 02 32 CDR DATA MARK. Okay, we're going to

stop the DAC. Okay, what is your
PDD reading?
Dump Tape 354-11
Page 12 of 25
PLT about ...
CDR How much?
PLT 16.20 and about 900.
CDR Alright, let's see, I think you

could probably - Let's see if you could
do one more here. You need 7 hundred
psi to do a 1%ATE GYRO _nd I think you
got enough battery. Go ahead and
do it.
PLT Okay.
CDR Okay, I've decided that _;e're going to

hold off the battery and the PSS
change so I'm going to start the
DACs again. They're both running.
Okay, Bill. Go ahead.
352 ii h3 XX SPT SPT at 01:43. Set up on 806B.

Going to have to do now is the ...
Record light with the green light ...
Too b right and I'll never get dark -
adapted. Ok_ got a piece of tape
over the light. Okay, one last cheek
here. ROTATION is still 65_ TILT
of 24.0. It got the door open. It's
all mounted. Bulb is on T. Check
that. The bulb is on B. The timer's
on B in the camera .... by this pad.
Got Nikon 04, VE08, TO 25 filter A-I
is the first one in there.
355 01 45 08 SPT The others are standing by. F stop

at 2,0. We got the 55-millimeter
UV lens on. The first one is at 01:50:20.
The first one goes for i second, Then
we've got a 30-second at A-3, i0 sec-
onds after thmt. S,Jre think we can
do that very straightforwardly given
no mechanical hangups. 01:51:40, m
minute and lO seconds after the show
D_mp Tape 351_-ii
Page 13 of 25
we put in a C-3; then we'll hustle

and see what we can do. And I'm on
2 minutes - 1 minute and h0 seconds
later we put in a B-l, okay. Give
everybody a go. F ... standing by,
and I 'm gonna turn off my flashlight
soon. See •.. It's possible for me
to see something out there. So far I
cannot even see a star through the
view finder.
355 01 h6 52 CDR Yesterday I corrected the ......
SPT Thank you, Jerry.
SPT Okay, we're on attitude now. Nothing

•.. mapped out, should be able to see
at least a star I would think. Antares,
as I recall, is very close to that.
Brighter than the comet tonight, still
/_'\ might see Antares.
355 01 h8 16 SPT Have you ever done this before, Jer?

Bill, have you done this one before?
S063 using the TO23 adapter in the AMS.
Have you ever been able to see the comet
using this rig?
CDR I think it's clear enough to see the

comet with a pair of binoculars out the
window.
SPT Okay, we're coming up on hg. Stand by.
355 01 49 01 SPT MARK. Okay, we're gonna do it at 50:20.

I did it at Just the right angle here.
I believe - yeah, there it is, not the
comet though. What I see is the horizon
and looks like a star, although it looks
below the horizon. I probably skimmed
the airglow. Okay, we're coming up
to 50. They want a 1 - second exposure,
that's at 20.
355 01 50 21 SPT MARK. Open and closed, 1 second. Going

/_
/ to A-3 A-3 is in, shutter door open now.
(Whispering) ... stand ...... tell ...,
dang it.
DL_np Tape 354-11
Page 14 of 25
CDR Shutter door open now.
SPT Okay 1560 ... already. A 30-sec-

ond camera. Okay, I'm gonna get the
C filter out while I'm doing it.
And we're gonna want to put in C-3,
okay. I close the shutter on my
mark.
355 01 51 16 SPT MARK. Film filter advance ....

coming out. Okay, A-3 is in, ready
to go. We want this one at, 51:40,
open. It didn't - didn't fall down
on me, I'm gonna have to use another
one. Open. The manual catch did not
fall on that one. Okay, that one is
at 40 - 52 - 51:52. We open that
shutter. We use one extra frame.
Right there at A, ... nice ....
Going to be ... 1. 460. Okay,
/-_ there's B ready to go. Okay, shutter
door closed on my mark.
355 01 52 52 SPT MARK. Advance film. Gonna get a

filter. Install filter.
CDR Okay, ... be 01:53:40.
SPT St art.
CDR At 53:20.
SPT Okay, stand by -
355 01 53 23 SPT MARK. Okay, that was at 22. 2 sec-

onds behind. Okay, that was hustling.
The only thing that really fouled me
up though is - for some reason the manual
release shutter when I pushed the bulb
in and took my thumb off it release on me,
so I ended up using an extra frame there.
You had yourself around a 1-second expo-
sure on filter C-3. Okay, we're coming
around to - Okay, I cannot see the come
above the airglow.
Dump Tape 354-11
Page 15 of 25
355 01 5h 05 SPT All I can see was the - the stars

shining through the airglow. I'll
check it real quick here. In the
end when we get this - I can take this
filter out of here. Stand by.
355 01 5h 23 SPT MARK. Okay, shutter closed. Filter's

off, and of course we got lots of
light in there.
SPT Okay, you can clear them out, Jer.

Yes/a, I'm finally through. Okay.
CDR We're starting back.
SPT Okay, let me give you the frame

numbers on that. Yesh, you can turn
them on, Bill. Thank you.
SPT Okay, we v the last one was frame

_ number26, so we used framenumbers
21, 22, 23, 24 - no, let's go back.
Frames number 22 on the first one.
Frame number 22 was the first one with
A-l, frame number 22. Okay, one
more time, we'll try it again. Frame
number 22 was with filter A-1. Frame
number 23 was with filter A-3. Frame
number 24 was with the 1-second exposure
on A-3. Frame number 25 was with the
nominal exposure on C-3. And frame
number 26 was the last exposure with B-I.
Okay, the operation was not too bad
depending on the time it took - you
can Just about do it from the time you
got lald out here. I know you don't
have time - much time to observe. You
want to squeeze in as much as possible
so I understand that. Now although I
was not able to see the comet, I could
see the airglow and the stsr coming
through the airglow which may well have
been Antares. I could not look for the
comet when it should have actually been
in there because I do not have a clear
filter to look through.
Dump Tape 354-11
Page 16 of 25
355 01 57 15 SPT SPT out.
355 02 09 21 PLT Okay, ASMU manueverability. 1.

Could you fly the baseline maneuver
satisfactorily in all modes? Any
modes deficient? Which ones and why?
All modes were flown satisfactorily.
Any mode deficient? I would say no,
not deficient - my preference is for
the CMG mode because of the nice, tight
attitude control you have and the
ability to make a - position yourself
orthogonally in a msnner that you find
pleasing in order to make precisely
controlled maneuver components. Say,
if you're atr - what I mean to say is,
when you're translate from point A to
point B and you have a fair idea of what
proportion of - say 3 - 3 orthogon_l
axis - axes that you would like to
F thrustin, if you,you know,set -
set yourself up orthogonally so that
you can fire the left, go to Y or Z or
if you can point yourself directly
at it, that's nice. And that's easiest with
the CMG mode. Now the other modes
you find it Just requires - The thing is
it's un - it's unsatisfying to fly
in rate gyro CMG sometimes because you
think you're doing a sloppy inefficient
Job. Actually I think the rate gyro
mode is pretty good. You don't have the
feeling that you're - aren't completely
on top of - completely in control down
to the - the finest degree. So I'd say
my first preference is CMG, second is
the rate gyro_ and third is direct.
Because of the _ and those are the
decreasing degrees of fineness of
attitude control. Thrust - thruster
translation, no big - mske a big
problem.
355 02 ii l0 PLT I know it's difficult to make

very precise mo - w** although I
f- usuallyended up and - and in the attitude
that I wanted.
Dump Tape 354-11
Page 17 of 25
355 02 ii 30 PLT Was precision stationkeeping easier

in some modes? Which ones and why?
CMG, for the reasons I stated pre-
viously although it's no big deal. I
think you can station keep in the other.
You don't get the nice picture attitude,
you know, it's - it's in the checklist -
it's in the rate gyro in the CMG mode.
PLT Did some modes take more attention to

flying than others? Direct the most
attention to rate gyro next and the CMG
least of all because of the fineness
of control. If you're satisfied with
a sort of a half-asses attitude per-
formance, I think that there is not a
big difference in all those modes. If
your're trying to get the school solution
attitude in each one of these things,
and I think that CMG is by far a better
jF one.
355 02 12 22 PLT Were you able to satisfactorily aim

at the target for the transfer maneuver?
Baseline maneuver? Yes, although I
must admit that I was not precise. I
had easily ended up - ended up making
corrections and I finally I - I was
improving all the way through. In
particular the transferancy from the
...MU up to 4 wh - from 2 to 3.
Position 2 to position 3, I found the
most difficult translation to psyche
out mainly because you're going
backwards and I think that the curvature
of the workshop is slightly different
than the simulator we used up in Denver.
PLT Should any maneuver be changed for

the next M509 run? No. I think that
you got a very nice run established there
and it's sort of tests you know, the -
call the matter - in al matters of
testing that seem appropriate for this
type of experiment.
D_np Tape 354-11
Page 18 of 25
355 02 13 27 PLT That is, they're trying to get -

to use the - get the individual to
try to visualize himself in a three
dimensional context and to approximate
in his own mind the ... required to
change attitude along a certain llne
in space. ASMU controllability.
During the single axis cals, direct
mode, did you notice any attitude
disturbances _hen commanding trans-
lation? Which axis and direction?
Well, I noticed them and they _ere
commented on by Jerry and I got no
big bone to pick with those. I ex-
pected them, and I think it's a
CG problem. And I think it's Just
something that you Just live with.
You - after a while will work it out.
It was not all that distracting although
it was obviously present.
PLT During the single axis cals_ direct

mode, did you notice attitude rates
increase or attitude change about an
axis other than the axis commanded?
Which axis and direction? Well, I
can't answer that precisely. Let's
see - no, I cannot. I cannot remember.
Were attitude disturbances due to
normal limb motions in the direct
bothersome - in the direct mode
bothersome? No.
PLT Did you notice any "leg lag" during

rotation or translation c_ds? No.
Did you inadvertautly contact the OWS?
If so, how often? I think I hit twice.
Once all of those are in the dome
ring transfer from position 3 to position 4
and once I hit my - no, it wasn't it,
I guess maybe twice, on the transfer
from postion 3 to position 4 aud I can -
for you which modes.
Dump Tape 345-11
Page 19 of 25
355 02 15 17 PLT It was the the first one, I think.

I get the - get my - touch my
foot - didn't really hit it - touched
my foot and I also, over near position
I touched my right foot. I think it's
on the food lockers now, it's cause
I was flying so low. I'll raise it up
next time. And then one run during
the - the - the crew preference, whatever
you call it, the discretionary maneuver,
I did the Z-axis parallel to the grid
floor, belly toward the locker, circled
around and then I think I touched a toe.
Now, let's see, did you sometimes use
your legs or hands to stop or pushoff?
If so, how often? Well, I only did it
on the pushoff maneuver near the end.
You have to push ... hard.
/_ 355 02 16 08 PLT Okay, did the A - ASMU tend to slip

duringrolleo_nauds?No. We were
tied down pretty well. OWS factors.
Did you notice the OWS air velocity
perturbating your translations?
Negative. Your st at ionkeeping?
Negative. It may have, but I didn't
notice it. Did shadows provide useful
motioncues? No. Your longest,I
think, by far in a way, completely
overpowering anything like shadows or
anything else, high intensity lights
or anything else is not mentioned. The
one thing here that was the most dis-
turb ing bothersome, irritating in the
whole thing is that damned head gear
you got. Those goggles are terrible.
They've - they have all kinds of visual
distortions in them.
355 02 16 50 PLT Th_ - It's uncomfortable to wear.

You got to put the corn carrier on and that
ridiculous hard hat over it that slips
around, and it's extremely uncomfortable.
355 02 16 59 PLT I found it awf - very distracting. And

_ I would say that it degradedmy per-
formance far more than anything that
D_np Tape 354-11
Page 20 of 25
you've mentioned here so far. And

I feel so strongly about it that I
think that you've partially compromised
the experiment with the head gear.
Enough said on that. I - I - I said
nothing personal there. It's Just
that I think you didn't mention the
one item that pissed me off more
than anything else. Did shadoes
provide use - - Did you - Did the
high intensity photo lights bother you?
Negative. As I said, the helmet
and the goggles and all that folderol
b othermed me more than anything.
And I think it - it contributed to the
degradation of performance far in a
way more than any other thing, including
direct problems air flow and all the
other stuff. I think that a guy ought
to be comfortable when he's wearing
_f this thing. And that'sJust like a dog
putting a doggone sea tramp on your head
as far as I'm concerned. I Just thought
it very, very irritating.
PLT Did you have a tendency to become

disoriented during large pitch or
roll maneuvers? Negative. When
upside down? Negative.
PLT If M509 had been flown on the first

day of the mission, do you feel
you would have had a greater tendency
to become disoriented? Yes, I do.
If so, why? I think that we have be -
become accustomed to a lot of ...
stagments and a - all of the other things
that we don't even understand, and I
don't think anybody else does.
B55 02 18 16 PLT And I know darn well it took me a good

week before I got my sea legs, so to
speak, in the workshop.
B55 02 18 22 PLT Now, I think other crewmen that

f_ have flown probablywould have become
Dump Tape 354-11
Page 21 of 25
adjusted much more quickly than I

havre, but it ook me a week, and I don't
think that I would have wanted to
Jump - Oh, I would - I could have done
it because we went EVA, if you recall,
within the first week and I had no
problem. But there is a greater tendency
during that first week. Were attitude
disturbances during the _ mode - -
Oh, I didn't do the HHMM. Okay, I would
like to make one other comment. I
think that that is an excellent machine.
I think that you've got a winner. I
don't care what anybody else says, I
think that this is a device that should
be followed through. And I think that
you have done a very good Job of covering
the spectrum of controlability capability
that you have there, used the VMGs, the
rate gyro and the direct.
355 02 19 12 PLT And I - and I feel extraordinarily

strongly about that. And I can't - I don't
like people that go off in a tangent
and say that I could Jump from point A
to point B, because, darn it, it - it -
this is not made for Jtunping around.
This is made for a definite purpose.
If you look at the film you'll see
that I was able to go dc_n there, pick
up that ESS and carry it to the dome.
Okay, no big deal. I could have Jumped
down there and got it faster, sure.
But if I was working, trying to assemble
a space station, I wouldn't be Jumping
around.
355 02 19 39 PLT And I think that that's a - that is

a very well designed machine. I think
the simulator up at Denver was extra-
ordinarily good. And I - I Just csn't
emphasize how favorably impressed I am
with the machine. As I said, the only
bad point at all is Just that stuff I had
to stick on my head. So I was - I felt
very comfortable doing it. I think - I
Dt_np Tape 354-11
Page 22 of 25
looked over the checklist head of

time, and Jer and I got ready ahead.
And by the way, they're not giving us
enough time to do it, Bruce. The FAO
is Just - I don't know how - I shouldn't
say that. I don't - there is nothing
person_l here, but every - everybody
seems to cut down - figure out how much
time it takes and them take off 15 or
20 percent.
355 02 20 22 PLT So that we were charging, really

charging hard, and we still didn't
finish in time. And I mean I had -
I put - I set the cameras up, some
of them three times and people come
and grab them because they had to have
them for something else. And we
were trying to play the game like Lou
had set it up; he did a good Job get -
f giving us the information ahead of time.
We set the cameras up, and then somebody
else would have to use them. But I
was very religious that I get that stuff
up there ahead of time, and we started
on time, and we still got behind. And
I went through - I mean, I don't see how
we could have done it any faster. But
anyway, what I - the two things that I
guess is that - the only ... say anything
about is that headgear and that you are
not giving us enough time - enough time
to do the maneuvers we have here. Other
than that as I say, I - I really - I
really co_mnend you for the machine and I
think you got a winner.
355 02 21 12 PLT PLT out.
355 02 41 53 SPT Area on either side of it and to try to

identify ways in which one side of the
fault zone links up with the other. That
I was usable to do ....
Dump Tape 354-11
Fage 23 of 25
355 02 h3 B6 SPT SPT at 02:41. Haudheld photo 107,

observation only. Okay, let me
correct something I said this morning.
I believe that I said South Island
in place of North Island, or it was
the other w_y around rather, North
in place of South.
SPT Okay, I again looked for the alpine fault -

the alpine fault, and I could not identify
any slippage along that fault. I could
identify a certain major linear feature
which turned out to be the tops of
mountains with a - a mountain crest
essentially with a little inverted
ridge in some locations. And the water
erosion has worked on that. But that -
that didn't pan out .... I could look
at that and feel fairly confident, I had
seen the fault. However, as far as the
--- area on eitherside of it, and to try
to identify ways in which one side of the
fault z one links up with the other, that
I was unable to do. The rivers and water
erosion areas are very discernable on the
west side and on the east. And there
does appear to be a preferred orientation
for these relative to the fault line.
That is, the ones on the west side appear
to be focused up a little as towards the
north, and the ones on the south a
little towards the south. I'm sorry,
the ones on the west side slope north, the
ones on the east side slope south.
However, that may be around 20 degrees
or so off of the perpendicular to the
fault line. However, as far as identifying
these as other faults that's - hard to
say. Ridges between mountains which carry
a lot of water Just by the nature of
their - where they - where they fall
on the gravitational field doesn't
necessarily mean that it's a fault.
You can identify these features,
they're linear, but to call them a -
a fault is, I find from observations from
up here, very difficult.
Dump Tape 354-11
Page 2h of 25
355 02 h3 30 SPT SPT out.
355 02 h8 23 CDR This is the CDR at 03:00 Zulu,

debriefing the 02:18 ATM pass.
The pass was a JOP 6, step 1
building block i, that type of pass,
•.. in optic. Managed to carry it
off without any great problems. We
did not have any problems with S055's
grating this time. We're using the
MECHANICAL and ran building block IA.
IB was no problem; ran it as - as
scheduled with 82A omitted. Was
watching active region 00 the whole
time. Started to brighten at one -
one period of time there, but popped
out before we could see anything
on the XUV MON. That was Just about
the time I was supposed to have been
doing an nu Z update, so I stuck my eye
to the - the - what am I trying to
f_ think of - oh, the persistence image [?] ,
scope. All I could think of was the
pseudonym. At any rate, I had my eye
glued to that. And that persnickety
thing didn't bother to do any - any
point brightlng, so we didn't get any -
any action frem 00 on the last pass
of the evening.
355 02 03 19 CDR The XUV image in general, is beginning

to brighten up quite a bit. It's
been a considerably more active looking
than - than I've noticed in the past
week or so. Of course, Ed's briefed
you completely on all the goodies on
that, so I won't go into any great
detail• The only area on the XUV that
came through in ambiant, that is,
without integration, was active region 00.
The others were aS] pretty subdued•
The white light coronagraph, the streamer
that - that - ... that about 9:30
or so, is still there. It's quite pro-
mininent and slender• I widened slightly
Dump Tape 354-11
Fage 25 of 25
at the base, but for the

most part it's a long, narrow streamer
extending considerable dist_uce.
And it looks very much like the picture
that Ed took this morning at
about 13:55, so I didn't consider it
to be any great significance. It
reslly is hanging in there though.
That's for sure. And there didn't
seem to he anything else of any great
interest on white light coronagral_h.
I gave you the %ridio data on the VTR.
I st.-ted at - at the end of
building block IA snd hand it on WHITE
LIGHT CORONAGRAPH so you could watch
the 90-degree roll and then terminated
it with a series of XUV non integra-
tions.
355 03 05 03 CDR CDR out. You got the - -
END OF TAPE
.........
Dump Tape 354-12

Time: 354:22:42 to 354:23:28 GMT
1212211'3 ....
REISSUED
3_-20-5B 08 ...... This segment_is -duplicated verbatim _thin .....

2 to Dmnp Tape 354-i0. t
3 354 22 42 40 i
5 354 22 42 hi CDR Okay, looking at my pad, I think probably I
6 should not have had the DAC at FIO. running
7 during this maneuver hut it is somewhat of a
8 baseline. Just about ell of the _ of any
value is finished so Itm going to terminate
10 DAC i0 now, And the D_l DAE_ i_ st_ll go_ng,
11
12 B54 22 43 09 PLT DATA MARK.

13 ' t3
_4 CDR DATA MARK, 0k_y_ he_s got prett_ good _]
].5 trajectory out of what w_s essautiall_ __
_6 roll and you rates t_t he had to take z
17 out with the hand controller. Got t_m -_
1_- " prettywell sta_lized out no_ and he_s _n
19 drifting towards the docking _ the dock_ U_
20 ing station. 0
21 " " ', m
22 _54 22. 44 14 DATA MAEK_
q
z4 CDR Data _a_k, 0_I_k7_ Cre_ discretion-. "-
25 ary, 800 pounds? _a_t_s your battery_ -_
26 Okay. 27. 2? All right. 28.2? --
27 ,(_ay. Now, your crew discretionarles
28 they_'d like you do are the dome lock _ ¢r_
29 a dome locker flyk.around. It says 3:
30 you start _ you _tart facing D404 wit_.
31 your Z_ax_S parallel to the floor grid,
32 and then fly around the lockers keep_-
33 _ug your Z_-axis parallel to the floor. 0
-7
34 Parallel to the floor, not per_ r
35 pendicular, It mean'_ you're going • .<
36 to go around head first. Well, yes,
37 half of - half of an arc, All rigJlt,
38 then you'd _ they wotuld like you to
39 do it in the RATE TYEO MODE and then
-_3 _ in the DIRECT MODE.
41
42 _LT ...
43
,_4 _54 22 45 46 C_)R No, I think what this is with
45 J your feet - you're facing it; yes.
47
48
,46 l That's right.
I II I
D_mp Tape 354-12 _ _ _ ,
P_e 2 of8 i I I i
I CDR Okay, he-has hOW got

2 his Z-axis parallel to the floor
3 and his head pointing in the
4 direction that he's going to be
5 going. He's got his right side
6 down, he's maneuvering into position
7 in frontof D404.
8
9 PLT ...
I0
11 354 22 47 55 CDR He's got a distance of about
12 2 feet out from the dome locker.
C
13 Did you datamark? Did you data Cq
14 mar? Pl
15 'H
16 PLT No. I
17
I_ CDR Allright. 0_
20 PLT DATA MARK. Okay,about 2 seconds CJ

2t afterthe startof the maneuver, m
22 he have a data mark.
23 _ ._
24 CDR Okay,histoes are Just about to _-
25 touch. Nowhe's - he's at the -_
26 top of ... Hand controllers looks l
--
27 'like they are about 18 inches from
28 the domelockersrightnow. His gs
29 feet are about 3 inches. I
3o T m
31 35)¢ 22 49 08 CDR About half around. Okay, he's
32 under the condensate t_ now.
33 His toesare about2 inchesfrom O
34 teh lockers; his hand controller Z
F
35 abouta foot. He's _othis legs
36 pretty welll ack now to keep his
37 toes from form touching. Toes and
38 knees are about the same distance.
39
_.C 35_ 22 50 25 CDR Bill, you want to do one in DIRECT
41 mad you go - either go back the same
42 way you came or go on around,which
43 ever way you want. Did you do a
44 datamark?
46 _LT No .... , :"

47 i
48 CDR Okay he went t 0 432 and _tpped. '_
,_DumpTape 354-12
(
l PLT DATA MARK.
2
S CDR DATA MARK. He did a - a roll
4 to the left of 90 degrees. He's
5 _ upright facing _32.
7 iB5h 22 51 08 CDR You don't - I don't think we

8 I have enough gas. Let's put another
9 _ PSS in. Oh, I bungled again. Sorry
10 _bout that. I left it in CM ID
11 2 for that last discretionary run.
12 He's flying back down to the donning C
13 station and we'll put PSS number 3 _'
14 in. I am going to stop the done DAC. FJ
15
16 I35h 22 52 01 CDR Going 6ff theI recorder now while
17 i -_ change out the PS8.
_s I
19 135_ 22 57 i_ CDR Okay, Ed Just caught himself a fish. 5%
20 He Just got the word from the ATM
21 he's got himself a flare going. We _q
22 got the PSS number - nt_ber 3 in and (D
23 Bill did a push end - pushoff ._ -q
24 m_neuver up to D-432. I got the dome
-4
25 DAC started now. And Bill is going to
26 ,do discretionary maneuver
27 IRDIA in DIRECT now, going from 432
28 'around to 404. Ln
29 _
30 39_ 22 58 03 CDR We are in 6?4 ID 3. l'm sorry g oflng m
31 up on you. -4
33 CC ... 0
32
35 SPT ... j :
37 "CDR Okay - _ ,_
36
38 1 _ '
39 PIT DATA MARK. :.
4o i --
4t CDR DATA MARK. Bill's in position,
z2 starting his maneuver around now from i
43 _3h to 40h. He is running about {
44 2 feet out from the dome lockers.
45 i
46 354 23 00 51 CDR Okay, his toe has contracted Dhl2.
47 - Try to get slightly on her which
4S _mmediately put him into a pitch _<
• around and a ya_less situation.
JSC ?o-":l E-',,:> :C. )'; '..,SA-J_:- :
r
Dump Tape 354-12
] Okay, _he's-at ihe attitude now and

2 he's roll - rolling to the right
S now to get heads up and then he'll
4 do a datamark.
5
6 CDR So in these India maneuvers, Bill 's
7 data mark for the termination of the
8 run is when he has arrived at the
9 final attitude and then yaw - roll
10 right or left to get his Z-axis I
11 perpendiculsm to the floor then he I
1312
14 35_ 21 01 52 PLT does MARK.
DATA a data mark._ : cc._
I:!
u_ 16 CDR DATA MARK, 0kay_ next is the PSS 1 '

"-_
O 17 transfer. You fly down to the PSS
< 18 - rack, open the clam_s, carry a PSS
19 to the" dome and return to the rack. ca
-J 20 Secure it in the rack, close the _"
C3
<_- 27 clamps. You want to do it direct • [1
Z 22 and then in rate gyro. 0
fI'J 23 _.,.,
-- 24 C_R DATA MARK. --
25 _1
X: 26 PLT DATA MARK .... : "::
R
O 28 CC Okay, Ed, why don't :{ou try going back •O

Cu
29 ... For your information ,.. _.2
0 30 _ H
3] 35_ 23 03 08 CDR Okay, he is - his attitude at - at the r4
32 moment is essentially Z_axis parallel --I :,
33 to the floor with the head facing FMU 2. &
34 And he's translating down to - to get a 2
35 bottle, He is now more to be getting [" _
36 head down,
37 .i
38 CC 0k_f, Ed, -Waen you get back to MECHANICAL
39 EEF_ certainly go ahead and set the 104
40 ... see that you use MECHANICAL REFERENCE.
4_ Okay, and _e're taking the VTR and we'll "!
42 give it back to you later for the ATM ,..
43 !
4_: 35h 23 05 ii CDR Okay, he's got the PSS now and he's !
45 holding it between his legs and he's
46 beginning his translation up to the ''
47 dome area.
48 J
. .° : -
• !
I
I
I
D_np Tape 35h-12 J
t
1i CDR .......Ol_ay, Bill re-ports wi_h the PSS between
2 j his legs as he's maneuvering around the - i
3 i' the forward firing thrusters are imping-
4 J ing upon his legs; feel it hitting him.
6 354 23 06 20
5 II CDR Okay, when you
i get there, Bill, you
7 fly back down and put it away again.
8 How is our battery and -?
9 1
10 j PLT 27 volts and we're down to ... Okay,
11 J I'll tell you what, why don't you go
12 rate gyro and bring it back in the
13 RATE GYRO MODE. Got to save a little :_
14 bit forsomeHHMUforme. rl
15
16 CDR Okay, Bill's at the dome now and he's
17 shifting to the RATE GYRO MODE. Give --
18 - a data mark. 07
20 PLT DATA
MARK. ""
21 Tq
22 CDE DATAMARK.
O
23
24 PLT RATE GYR0.
25 i H
m
26 CDR Goingto RATE GYR0 now. All right, --
27 ,he's going to fly back down to PSS ,:D
28 station in RATE GYR0. Ln
29 i !
30 B54 23 08 46 CC Skylab, Houston. We're a minute from _i
31 LOS. We'll see you again over Texas nl
32 in 32 minutes.That's23:21. -_
33 j 0
34 CDR Okay, he's now - - Z "
35 j : £"
36 PLT ...firing. -
37 j
38 - (DR - - he's now translated down to the
39 PSS station.
40
41 PLT DATAMARK. :
42
43 CDR DATA MARK. He shifted back to direct
44 to reduce the number of firing while
45 he puts the PSS hack into the station.
46
47
aS •
J2C Fcz'n _-.c.%"-_-

<.. _ _.,.CL 6':"
' j "
" _ i NAS_'-JSC [
Dt_p Tape 354-12
f
, S5_ 23 09 55 CDR -----Okay, the PSS number 2has been insts/ied .....
2 in the station.
3
4 PLT Now what do I do?
5
6 CDR Back to the donning station and _hat's
7 it. Okay, now we go to docking, Bill.
8
9 PLT Okay, I'm trying to save gas ...
10
11 CDR I won't - It doesn't take much gas for
12 _HMU, so don't worry about it. Battery C
13 is the main thing; we don't want it to 0_
14 quit on us. I guesswe don'tneed much -
15 of that e_ther really. Okay, the -4
16 handrails havegotto be raised.
17
18 PLT _es.
]9
20 CDR Just kind of hang by your sky hook while
21 I raiseyour handrail. Okay,do you want m
22 to take a hold of that right one? There O
23 they are. uS
24 't -"
25 PLT Okay. Am I doing in right? "_
I
26
27 CDR 'Yes, it looks pretty good.
28 _ m _.
29 _LT _nathappened?Am I Seated? i
m ";
30 _ - " - :.... m
31 5_ 23 Ii 41 CDR Y_, _out-re seated. Althoug_ you __ .
3S
$2 I Good,
need ayou're
littlein solid.
_ack rotation though. O "
34 j _ r" :
35
¢0 1 PLT Oh, man. Almostcut my finger. _
37 CDR (Laughter) All right, now data mark.
33 i
39 PLT DATA
MARK.
40
4_ CDR GotoMODEHHMU. i
42
45 CDR All right, I will close the supply valve. _;
47 . ° i
,
• L
Dump Tape 354-12
Page
7 of8 _ _ i I
t
35_ 23 12_8 CDR .....Ahk -rightnow_}o_r mode _ho_d he
2 DIRECT.
3
4 PLT DIRECT. POWER OFF?
5
6 CDR All right. Yes, go ahead and turn the
7 _0WER OFF and we'll swap over.
8
9 PLT All right.
10
11 llBs423 12 38 CDR Okay, this is the CDR. Termination of
13 going to swap positionsand I will take ,_

!4 it out and do some f_m_liarizationruns p_
]5
_2 with HHMU.
M509-IPapa and - and Just a momentwe're _,
C
16t "n
20_81917
35h 23 12 52 CDR CDR out.TiME ISKIP mO-_b°-
22 O
23 _Sh 23 21 13 PLT Okay, the PLT starting the recording on - nl
24 "-
25 CDR What time are we supposedto be done here? -r
26 At 5:457
27 i
28 PLT Oh, gosh, I don't know. It's something
29 likethat. I got iz my mindwe are !
30 supposedto be buttonedup by 18:00, _]
31 somethinglike that
33 C_R ... 0
34 Z
r-
35 PLT Oh, no. What do we have coming up .<
36 next? I have a ATM pass?
37
38 ODR ...
39
,0 PLT Oh, trap. Well, we are going to have
41 to get this sometime. Why don't we
_'2 _ go ahead and get it now? Okay, let
43 me get everythingstartedhere. Do
44 you need the - Let'_ see, I'ii read
_5 the sequence to you.
47
4&
48 *
I
I •
/_ #_ Tape 354-12
e, ea_of8..... [ I i
I jS_k 23 22 08 CDR Yes, I'm Just going to do yaws and
2 I pitchesand rolls ...
4 BSk 23 22 13 PLT I'm Just ... 0%/8 set up ...
7 m_D OF TAPE
8
9
I0
11
i?
(n
14 FI
15
16 '-t
0 17 z
19 _
"J 20 --
0
21 I'q
"_" 22
23 0
...q
24 --
0 25 -I
26 -r"
u_ 27 ._
0 28 £_
o_ 29 ::1::
0 30 m
I-- 31 r'q
32 "-I :,
33 0 "
34 Z
3-_ r" =
..<
$7
38
39
:40 , - - .:
41
42
43
44 . "
45 .,
46
47
48
_,:,,
JSC Foz'.m. ..... '_A-_.-JS?
Dump Tape 35_-01/D-352
Time: 355:00:01 to 355:00:08 GMT
/'-_" 12/20/'(3
Page 1 of 2
Z55 00 01 26 PLT Okay, stand by. On my mark.
B55 O0 01 33 PLT Mark. Okay, and now I want 216.2.

Churn your damn wheels off. 216-2
This this, I'd like to break it. 1_.4.
Okay, and we're ready to go soon as I
twist the knob. There we go. Okay,
I'm 15 seconds late again because your
doggone ... wheel over there and that
cotton picking rotation indicator.
Man, that is a real trap. Have to
hold a flashlight in my mouth, if I
really want to do it right. And,
let's see. The frame number 5h;
field 253; 270, widened in progress;
ROTATION 2%.2; and TILT is lb.4.
355 00 03 03 PLT Black on black is pretty hard to

read. But I think we're gonna be
able ta make it up. If this is
f not too - takenquite70 on the -
on the widening, i_:07:50 ..o
that much time.
CDR This is the CDR.
355 00 03 48 CC Go aheaa, Jerry.
CDR ...
PLT This is PLT. Are y'all - you trying

to take the recorder?
CC PLT, Houston. You were real broken

and I didn't copy a thing ...
PLT I just wondered if you were trying

to take the recorder? It keeps
blinking on and off,
CC Okay. Stand by.
CC Bill, you got a direct light

indication because we redesignated
recorders. You are recording though,
_- so you can pres_on as you like.
Dump Tape 35P-01/D-3p2
F Page2 of 2
PLT Thank you.
CC Roger.
CDR How much longer, Bill ...?
PLT 2 minutes.
3b5 00 05 24 PLT Okay, we're going to 90 percent.
35> 00 07 02 CDR This is the CDB at 20:h7 Zttlu,

starting M509.
END OF TAPE
ir
Dump Tape 355-02
_" .... Time: 355:03:24 to 355:0h:33 GMT
12/21/73
Page 1 of 6
355 03 2_ 36 SPT SPT at 15:24 with an addition to

the HHI07 which I reported earlier.
This is for the optional one, and
hold on, I'll give youthe time.
It was on the ascending pass going
over Ne_ Zeland.
355 03 25 18 SPT And for the 02:26 pass over

New Zeland, I'd like to mention that
before and after NewZeland, that is
on the _est aide especially, I was
able to see a fsr - fair amount of
plankton blooming. I saw it
probably about h minutes before we
hit the coastline. I was relatively
diffuse. Hold on and I'll give you
the colors.
355 03 26 25 SPT Okay, first of all I saw some

fairly large eddies to the west
of - of New Zeland, and again the
color differences were relatively
small. I would say where I was
looking at water which has not had
specular reflection on it, the
color was probably about a 5 or a 4.
The color of the plankton blocking
was more like a 6 maybe a 5 or a 6
in sc_ne cases, Just a very slight
difference, but it was very evident.
It reminded us a little bit of water -
a little bit of oil on top of water,
Just - Just barely enough to - to
change the - the color and give you
a slight contrast. As we moved a
little bit closer the eddies became
a little bit smaller and I could see xx
the increase in contrast and I would
call it probably - got up to at best
about an 8 or so. And the type of
water surface you're looking seems
to have a lot to do with it. I
conceive very rough water, I'm sure
to have a darker color to it. It
does not reflect as well. Probably
z- cause of the Sun angles, and the - the
Dump Ta_e 355-02
Page 2 of 6
opposite of course is true.

Where it's relatively smooth you can
get a fairly good reflection on the
water. Color does not come out
as well_ you get more of a white
specular reflection.
355 03 27 53 SPT You can certainly see differences:

very rapid changes and abrupt
interfaces aa you cross from smooth
to rough w_ter. And I expect it has
something to do with the currents but
I have not yet been able to figure it
out. Of the east side of New Zealand
I also say some plank - plankton
dooming very diffused and relatively
far from the coastline. It was much
the same as what I sew on the other
side; but I did not see anything very
close in except right next to the shore,
• and I'm not surethat reallyis
plankton blooming there. I suspect
something else; an alge growth, but
I'm not sure what motivates it there.
355 03 28 36 SPT SPT out.
355 03 30 Ol SPT SPT at 3:30. For $063 anyone else

interested in aurora, northern lights,
we saw a beautiful display of them
tonight. We were on a ascending
pass going over Chicago and reached
a maximum latitude somewhere around
Newf - Newfoundland. I would say that
the lights were visible from a little
past Chicago up to Newfoundland -
New foundland probably, what, I guess
l0 - l0 12 minutes or so. The lights
in color where whitish green, They
appeared very much like what I'm used
to looking in the solar surface a
spicules, or if you _ill, many
streamers. The bases of the streamers
all appeared to be along a chain
which Just sort of snaked it's way along
the path. I suspect it was pretty
much a constant latitude. That is, the
Dump Tape 355-02
Page 3 of 6
bases of these streamers which

were one right next to another
relatively diffuse extending, oh, I'd
say quite high - but I'm hard pressed
to give you a number I - I'm thinking
like 50 to 100 miles in some instances.
That's Just an order of magnitude
extimate; I'm not trying to make any
angle calculation yet. The bases of
these streamers seem to, if you will,
be all along a string which may have
been contorted and twisted a little bit
as you went on, but it was always -
always along one continuous element.
355 03 31 49 SPT I've seen it once before about 3 or

nights ago and they - they also appeared
pretty much in the same manner. A
beautiful display and if you'd like us
_ to get somepicturesJust give us the
film mag and the information required
to get it, and we'd be happy to. And
it's beautiful and we'd love to
record it.
355 03 32 08 SPT SPT out.
TIME SKIP
355 04 32 ll CDR This is the CDR at 04:25 Zulu reporting

M48" for the CDR morning
355 04 25 21 CDR CDR out.
z 355 04 25 29 CDR This is the CDR at 0_:26 Zulu with

debriefing for M509. Today at the
F_
Dump Tape 355-02

Page 4 of 6
end of our M509-I Papa we had

about 1700 pounds of - correction,
about 1300 pounds, I think it was,
of gas remaining and 27.2 volts of
electricity remaining in the battery.
So we connected up the HEMU and I spent
about 30 minutes thrashing about the
forward compartment working on HHMU.
We - I left the dome camera on and ran
it to the end of film in order that you'd
have some pictures of my HHMUwork.
The f/10 camera went to end of film
right near the end of Bill's tracking
run. We goofed there. We - I'm sure
we burnt more film than we should
have out of f/10. We used f/10 to film
the single axis maneuvers as well by
mistake. We should not have done that.
And we realized it later but the film
was already used.
355 04 26 48 CDR The HHMU work that I did - I found

much to my surprise that it's easier to -
to sense the motions of the HHMU up
here because you can feel the accelerations.
I could feel the accelerations much better
than I could in the simulator at
Denver. I'm not saying the Job is any
easier; I'm Just saying that I was
surprised to find that you can feel the -
you can feel the accelerations and
sense a littlt bit more what your
actual rates are. The problems invloved
with pointing the HHMU through your
center of gravity in order to move
yourself around or rotate yourself
with pure rotations is still with us.
I still have the same problems that I
had in the simulator. I also have
occasional problems with putting in
a - a correction in the wrong direction.
I also found that my right arm and my
grip got very, very tired very quickly
up here. It must be that I've lost
some of the muscle tone in there.
_ I found aftera while that for control
movements where I could use both bands
Dump Tape 355-02
Page 5 of 6
that I was not at all hesitant about

getting the other hand over there to
help hold the HHUM and m_e it easier
to put in a control. I think that
we should be able to go on with the
HHMU. I shouldn't have any great
amounts of problem, but I don't
anticipate any - any surprises other than
this pleasant one that I got today
of - of being able to sense the
accelerations and the rotations more
clearly in the zero-g environment.
355 0_ 28 36 CDR And I guess that should have been

expected because you' re not having
all these light accelerations and rates
damped or masked I should say by the
one-g field. When I terminated the
M509-1 Papa at about 23:50, and I
parked the - the ASMU and powered it
down, I considered going ahead and
putting battery 6 on charge. But I
decided that since it was not in the pad
anywhere to do so, I suspected that
maybe what you wanted to allow was
cooling time on the battery, because it
was fairly warm when we took it out of
the ASMU. So I resisted the impulse to
go ahead and - and fire it up on the
charger. If this is not necessary, if
this cooldown is not necessary, I would
suggest that you let us know on a pad that
during the post we should go ahead and
initiate the charge on the first battery
used. Also, Bill and I both agree that
the period of time allowed for M509 is a
bit too tight. We were pretty much up
on top of things today. We were moving
quite well, and Bill didn't actually finish
his last run until 5 minutes past the
alloted time and there was no time left
essentially for stowing the ASMU and
getting it all put away. So our entire
time used today had I not taken and
gone and done the HHMU work, we probably
would have been 15 to 20 minutes over our
alloted time. And I thought we moved
Dump Tape 355-02
Page 6 of 6
pretty quickly. The only slowness in

the whole exercise was that Bill was
using rather slow rates. But I think
that should be allowed for in the
time, because I think you need to
start out with slow rates. And I
think that's about it_ I can't think
of any other things to mention to
you. If you have any other questions
about the HHMU mode, please feel free
to send up a question sheet on the
teleprinter and I'll answer it on the
tape.
355 O_ 30 _8 CDR CDR out.
END OF TAPE
Dump Tape 355-03/D
Time: 355:12:30 to 355:13:00 _4T
12-_-73
Page 1 of 1
355 12 03 15 SPT SPT at I_2 . at 12:30; PRD readings: 42h12,

23258, 28542.
355 12 03 31 SPT SPT out.
TIME SKIP
355 12 57 45 CDR This is the CDR at 12:58 Zulu, with a message

for the FA0, for flight planners, On the
2hth of December we'd like to have a - a
Tv-S1 scheduled. At that time we would like
to say a few words and show the fo1_, what
our Christmas tree looks like. We would
also like to have this one-hour session -
we'd like to have a one-hour session, by
the way with this TV-81. We would like you
to set us asside an hour in about the
early - early half or the middle of the
/-- day. We would like to get the TV-81 in
this one hour completely out of the way
in time for us to go ahead and - and get
started with the EVA prep, without any
interference whatsoever or any possibility
of these two edging each other out.
355 12 58 21 CDR CDR out.
END OF TAPE
_" Dump Tape 355-041D-356
Time: 355:13:41 to 355:13:46 GMT
12/21/73
Page 1 of 2
355 13 42 07 SPT SPT at 13:42 debriefing the ATM pass

which began at 12:47. The second
exposure for 82A and the building block 32,
went - well% rather quickly. Four-limb
coalignment, I'll give you the results
now, day 355; time 13:D2. The upper
limb, H-alpha l, plus a 1005.
82B, plus a 1005. 55, plus a 1010.
Lower limb, 82B, minus 947, 55, minus 947.
At the left llmb, H-alpha l_ minus a 904.
8PB, minus 9Oh. 55, minus a 909. Right
limb, 82B, plus 1068. 55, plus 1067.
MIRROR POSITION, 1033. Again, I thought
we were Just impartial as to whether
we ought to be at 932 or 1033 and it
was dust on the borderline and came
out 1033. I noticed that our pump
do_na has helped pretty well with the
SECONDARY FINE SEN - FINE SUN SENSOR
s- in comparing the readings of the
• BIAS IN and BIAS OUT but the LEFT/
RIGHT is down to a Delta of minus 83
where previously it was minus 61 on
the first four-limb coalignment on it
and then minus 68 .... Probably moving
out of the - at an Earth rate of -
Well, let me take a look here.
353 13 4b 28 SPT Yes, at an increasing Earth rate, a

little over i0 or 12 every 5 days.
It's gonna make it rather hard to
work. (Music : 0ffenbach) It could
be the reason that I see a fair
amount of - No, that would not account
for what I'm thinking of. Or
actual thought. Well, whenever we use
the 82B slit we usually use the white
light limb, or white light display for
sunspot. So I'm sure we're getting
pointing at the right target; it's only
a question of you knowing what they were
from our coordinates. Hopefully, this
Earth rate you'll be able to take into x
account, although it looks nolinear.
Dump Tape 355-oh/D-356
Page 2 of 2
355 13 45 31 SPT SPT out.
END OF TAPE
f
_-_ Dump Tape 355-05
Time: 355:Lh:55 _o _55:16:2[_ (%_T
_2-21-73
Page i of
355 14 55 56 PLT This is PLT. Time is i_:55. Debr_efl-

ing the ATM pass starting at 14:35_
debriefing a little early because
we're getting ready for a JOP 18
Delta. J0P 6, step I, building
block i A/fa. Performed as per pad,
two 82A exposures. 1 minute long,
I0 seconds short, uncentered as per
pad. Everything else done according
to J0P Summary Sheet, 1 Bravo
similarly, no problems. Except I
forgot to verify that i Alfa - excuse
me - H-Alfa was operating and so I
missed the first part of the pass
at 2 frames per minute. That was the
only procedural error I'm aware of.
Everything else worked out just right.
I'm now looking at active region 01.
I think it's 01, a biggy. And - or is
_" it 007 200 at swing3, let'ssee.
Got the 2 back on and roll 5400, okay.
Yeah, it looks like 00. Anyway the
big one. I've got 55 on it running
all detectors at GRATING 0. I'm
getting - I think I'm in the South
Atlantic anomaly. They just went
through Vanguard - yeah, it must be.
Fueling' s intensity count's fairly
healthy, around 8, 10, sometimes 15.
Beryllium is still down around -
it's still to 4. The PMEC are unreliable
right now. I will continue to do
a 55 0000 and all detectors until
the end of the pass. At - until
we start 18 Delta.
355 14 58 08 PLT PLT out.
TIME SKIP
355 16 21 18 CDR Okay, as we come up the eastern coast of

South America, we can see it's getting
/
?
/_ Dump Tape 355-05

Page 2 of 2
pretty cloudy. Way down there

in the center of your screen is the
southernmost tip of South America.
And the Straits of Magellan. Okay.
Now as we move up here into this
area of clouds, there's a few patches
through which we can see so,he of the
green - light green blooming of the
Falkland current. Now, I'm going to -
you can see the current now going
from the center of the screen out to
about the 9 o'clock position. I'm
going to reach around and stick my
finger in front of the lens with a
pencil. I don't know if it's going
to be focused well enough to show it
to you. But right there is the
Falkland current. And that cloud still
blooming. Now what we're seeing is the
current as it moves in towards the
Falkland Island - there we go. Look
at the serpentineshape of the current,
the eddies that are caused there. Now
let me look for a little bit. This eddy
that we have been looking at is what
comes in around the Falkland Islands
and moves up to the northeast toward
Argentina, toward the area of Montevideo.
If we look way back here you can see Just
beyond our dlseone antennas, you
can see more of the Falkland current,
the blooming there. That's going
parallel - you notice it straightened
out, there's not as many eddies in it.
It's moving on up toward the city of
_ontevideo, Buenos Aires.
355 16 23 37 CDR Okay, we're going to terminate for

now •
END OF TAPE
/_ Dump Tape 355-06
Time: 355:].6:41 to 355:18:49
12/21/73
Page i of ]O
355 16 44 30 CLE _igle - ... look sngle is ping to - -
TIME SKIP
355 16 41 5] CDR The straits of Magellan, the Falkl_qd

Islands, and the current. Now our
next pass, which will be about an hour
and three-quarters later, will follow
this route right here. And we'll come
up a little more inland and we'll be
looking out in this direction again,
looking to the southeast. So you see
we're gonna have two whacks at it.
We'll look at it once here and once
here. NOw let me show you in a little
more detail Just what it is we're
F interested in here. Our prima_y
interest for our observations today is
the Falkland current. And this is the
F__kland current right here. NOw what
we have is the West Wind Drift. We
have this very slow current that moves
well down in the south, south of the
southern tip of South _aerica. Now these,
again, are the Falkland Islands, here's
the straits of Magellan.
355 16 h2 44 CC Skylab, HOuston ... go over the hill.

We'll see you ...
CDR Our first - our first run is going to

be up this way. We will be - we'll
be able to see this area out here.
Our next run will be more up in this
direction. And we shoudl be able
to see out in this area where we have
the confluent. NOwhere we have the
" South Equatorial Current. Now it's
rotating in this direction up north
of this area. We have the West Wind
Drift this way, and you have this
little area here, this current where
_ the West Wind Driftarea is trapped
Dlm'apTap( ?,55-06
Page 2 (>f I0
in t_Jis naI'rowin_ area lie{

i_ere, ,':
t!_ _'_Llkland Current, these be_hg
the Falkland Islands.
355 16 lli_D9 CDR flow you're inclined to have an eddy

p_ttern that forms behind the _alkland
Islands here. And, also, where the
FeAkland Current meets the South
E_latorial Cuzrent, we end up with
an eddy pattern right here. And you
can see the - the plankton blooming,
moving out to the southeast. Add
along this area here, we can see the
plankton blooming very, very clearly.
The plankton is a - a nice light
yellow, sort of a aquamarine color.
Not light yellow; I mean lighi green,
more of an aqusmarine color. The
South EquatorialCurrent,on the other
hand, seems to be a little darker
green. The ocean itself in this area
is a nece deep blue color. So let me
quickly recap now. We're going to make
one pass here where we should be able
to see this area. Then later on in the
day we'll make another pass up here.
This is Buenos Aires, this is Montevideo,
this is the Rio de la Plata, south of
the Rio de la Plata River. And it's
right opposite this area where these
two currents come together. And
hopefully later on today we'll get a
good look at this area of confluence
of the two currents.
355 16 44 39 CDR Now another area that is of interest

to us in this study, not in the current -
the study of the Falkland current,
but in the area of the Humboldt Current
over on this side of the South American
Continent, is the fact that as this
currnet mover through all these little
islands and inlets over here, you get -
you get very - very high velocities
/--_ and strong - strong currents between
these little islands. These - the
water here is very deep; it's very
D_m*t; Tape: 35',-O6
Page 3 of' 1(
_,_cb Like the fiolds i_> J_'.

',<"_nd-n_via. And some peo-o:e ',_91
th_, :i_a?foethere - the fast currents
that are going through these _s2.ands
of the Humboldt Current, which comes
up this ,gay and gets trapped here
_ongst these islands_ that possibly
the - the fast moving water in here
could harnassed and that energ_ _ could
be used for something like electricity.
_55 16 45 4 CDR Okay, the next - the next thing you

will be seeing will be observations
out of the S190 window, which is the
Earth Resources window that looks
straight down. And the first one will
be done at about 10:20 in the morning,
central standard time, sad then islet
_-_ about noon. See you then. I'll be
da_nned.
i_55 16 L( 19 CDR ,-:kay. We have some things planned

today which I think will be of great
iliterest to you. First of all_ let
me show you where our pass is. We're
going to make two passes by the area
down here which is the southern tip
of South America. The first pass
we' iI be moving along this w_y. Here' s
the Falkland Isl_ds. This is the
southern tip of South America, the
Straights of Magellan. This area
here is'the n_outh of the Rio de la Flats
River with Montevideo and Buenos Aires.
The second pass we'll be coming up
this way; the first pass we'll be more
to the south.
355 16 46 54 CfJE What we're really interested in is

some currents thmt are going oAong
in this area. We have the West Wind
Drift here, which is a very slow,
easy going current that's down way
far in the Southern HEmisphere
toward the Antarctic area. And
this - this current drifts and picks
u_ a little speed as it whips
through this narrowing here between
Dump Tape 355-06
Page 4 of 10
the Falkls_ud Islands a_d th,_'i_U

of South America. On the o'_her
ha_d, up here in the northern area
is the South Equatorial Current,
which is coming down the coast of
South America. And right here
opposite the mouth of the
Rio de la Plata River, the conrluence
of these two currents causes an eddy
pattern, and we can see where these
currents are coming together and
heading out to the southeast.
355 16 47 40 CDR NOw the Falkland current, as it

comes up around the Falkland Islands,
seems to set up ... a little eddy
pattern right here. And the upwelling
the - the bringing up of plankton
_ and nutrientsfromthe bottomof
the - of the ocean, is indicated here
in light green or aqua color. All along
the Falkland Current here, as it moves
up the coast, is a long serpentine,
meandering area of plankton upwelling
that is very, very apparent from the
air. It's a rather straight line,
somewhat serpentint, but generally
straight. Where these two currents
meld - meld together here, off the
Rio de la Plata, we end up here with
another eddy pattern area here, this
current up here being a little darker
blue, more of a turquoise, this more
of an aqua. These currents get
together and it's kind of like a mixing
of taffy. You can see both color's in
here. The ocean itself is a rather
deep blue, and as they mix then they
come on out together, and you have this
confluence. So we want to take a look
at this area here.
355 16 48 42 CDR Another area of interest is over here

on the west coast of South America,
_ where the Humboldt Current comes up
from the southwest and breezes through
these inlets and islands out here. _is
Dump Tape 355-06
Page 5 of I0
water is very, very dee_, m<_b

lik_ the fiords of Scandinavia.
A_d the - this current mo_in_
through these deep, narrow areas
causes some pretty high current areas,
localized; and some people think that
possibly we can harness some of the
energy - that man could harness that
energy and use it for, say_ the icossJ-
bility of generating electrical power.
So the next things you will see_ now,
will be on out first pass coming through
here, where we_ll be albe to see this
area. The next pass we - we - and
this will be at around 10:20 this
morning. At about neon, we'll be
making another pass up through here.
And we should be able to look out over
/-_ the Rio de la Plata mouth here and
should be able to see the confluence of
these two currents.
355 16 h9 hh CDR See you there.
TIME SKIP
355 18 02 05 CDR This is the CDR at 16:00 Zulu, kicking

myself right and left for not having
any tape left on the VTE. We're coming
up the east coast of Argentina. WE're
getting a beautiful view of the
Falkland Current, and the blooming that
goes along with it. And the blooming
is very green, aquamarine color. \WE're
coming up on Montevideo now, and
Buenow Aires, with a confluence here.
We can see a rather irridescent blue
coming down from the north, which is
obviously the South Equatorial
Current. It's more of a turquoise color
The sea, in general, is a regular, just
blue sea. YOu can see the confluence
_ of thesetwo currents;and you can see
that they don't seem to be mixing here,
that they're staying separate and they're
kind of twisting around like taffy
Dump Tape 355-06
Page 6 of" I0
i_gether. And as they move ouz

towards the southeast together_ yol
can see stripes of - of aqus_l_'ine
and stripes of turquoise together,
twisted together as the - as the
currents move out to the southeast.
355 18 03 16 CDR Man, I'm sick about this, because this

would have really made TV-78 ! a
real good piece of data. But as it
stands now, you've got a - a little
short classroom lecture, about 2
minutes, of the southern end of the
Falkland Current, the Straights of
Magellan; and a little look at the
Falkland Islands. And the real meat
is right here at this pass.
355 18 03 38 CDR CDR out.
TIME SKIP
355 18 3] 35 SPT SPT at 18:32 debriefing JOP 18D.

It went a little smoother this time.
Okay, in step 7, let me give you
the final attitudes we came out with.
They were: 359.8, 344.4, and 353.2.
Tell you what we got there . we were
supposed to see it at plus 70 and
plus 70. I had the ROLL position to
5700 on the overlay where, we
actually saw a very, very faint point
which we verified that it was outside
looking at it with both ... scopes,
and also moving the 52 MIRROR ot the
CAMERA int. the TV position. It would
disappear in the C934ERA position and
come back in in the TV. We folmd it
first at - approximately, and I say this
plus or minus ... in octal as it was
off scale and a little hard to read.
It was plus i00 in X and plus 132 _n Y.
Now I wanted to make a maneuvr to get
that overintothe X-axisbecause
that was the only axis which I really
Dump Tape 355-06
Page 7 of i0
tr[isted our experience with, _ far

as moving toward the center.
355 18 33 29 _[_T I really still did not trust

and still do not trust our scale
factor that we've come up with for the
Y-axis because I don't thing _re've
worked that one enough. So I put in a
maneuver. Well, let me say the DELTA
first was a minus 30 and a plus 32,
which I should have entered going
straight by the overlya, I corrected
that a bit, instead of tryping to observe
the larger ... over shoot in Y, I
put in a minus 27, just one off, and a
plua 126 in X. Now that gut us right
about down to 130 on the X-axis.
355 18 34 12 SPT However, there followed two or three

small maneuvers . in order to get it
positioned right at 130 on the X-axis.
I then put in a maneuver which was a
52021 - a 501 - well, hold on. let me
go back ... a minute. We did not get
in at 130, I settled for 124 and applied
the same DELTA in te_s of the scale
factor correction. So the maneuver I
finally put in, and also it was a little
off in Y. I made several small maneuvers
and I think I was losing at the noise
level down there. And I got it, what
I considered at least, close enough to
the X-axis and close enough to 130.
So from the position of plus 124 - in
X, plus one in Y. I made the maneuver
of the 52021, 50120, and 50001, 50000.
And from there on it was all in the
hands of the CMGs which had moved up
oh, I would say somewhere around i00
or so, maybe even ii0; was no longer
discernible. It was just bsmely
detectable where - where we saw it.
355 18 35 50 SPT And

maybeI you
suggest
want in
to the future that
still try to put-
it at 70 and 70. But if we don't see
it, we'll probably make a maneuver to
Dump Tape 355-06
Page 8 of IO
try to - assuming it's f_ir_-_erin ths_

theft, and move it out because we wi21
be abXe to see it f_irther out if it
is somewhere around I00 and 130.
That's if the brightest increases -
as predicted. Anyway, we got in there
and did the first building block 30.
We got 50 - 55 going and 52 and 82B.
Oh, excuse me. let's go back.
355 18 37 02 SPT Before we moved, I did the - the first

building block 30. Before we made the
maneuver in while it was still pretty
far out there on the ... , as a matter
of fact, before we even moved it into
130. We did the first building block 30_
and that because it was far out in the
52 field of view so that ... on their
_--_. film. And we advanced the 82B film
one with a 5-second exposure, gave 55
some MIRROR AUTO RASTERs. Okay, after -
which I Just described. We got , then
tried to do the building block on the
comet itself. And that came off all
right. 55 MIRROR AUTO RASTERs in 82B
got the h-minute exposure in LONG,
and also, they got a 12-minute exposure
in LONG.
355 18 37 52 _PT I was in error when I talked on air-

to-ground. Turned out that we had
already set up the - event timer. And
the thing timed, out, and by the time
we noted that it was timed out, it was
only a - 3 or so minutes remaining and
we did not take an exposure of that
point since we already had a 4. Thinking
back on that pass, we could have taken
one because our pointing may have
changed. We may have seen something
different.
355 18 38 2_ SPT The 55 MIRROR AUTO RASTER did not show

anything other than an occasional noise
countin the last digit. Goingthrough
the South Atlantic anomaly, that last
digit was always flickering out of zero
S_
Dump Tape _55-06

Page 9 _" ]0
m_d going to 1 or 2. <Sut outside

±he e_nomaly we never s_w slLvtL_rlg to
imdicate that the - we were in the -
- on the source of Lyman alfa. So
everything went as scheduled.
The maneuvers, which were put in there
for motion compensation, were paid
out. WEll, the first maneuver to
the - to through the comet was done
at 16:10. And then every 20 minutes
we made a i_aneuver for compensation.
One at 16:30, one at 16:50, 17:10,
17:30, and 17:50. Of course at 18:10
we made the maneuver back to SI.
Second orbit c_me Ul_. And we - carried
out the building block as called out.
56 got about a - 37-m_nute exposure,
SINGLE FRAME, FILTER 3. 82B - got a
SHORT WAVELENGTH, lO-minute exposure
and again SHORT WAVELENTGH 27-minute
exposure.
355 18 hi I_ SPT And at the conclusion of the whole the

JOF, I also got a 5-second SHORT - in
order to advance the film. The
building block was run from 17:29 to
18:06. Return to SZ - was no problem
other than my ... ca/led it rather close -
on the dump condense time. When I got
back to Sl, the attitude specified by Sl
_nd the attitude and the rates hadn't
come down. I took around !5-seconds to
sketch out the time or the location of
the H-ALPHA 2. On the monitor, as this
would show our net drift during the whole
time. And as soon as I went to SI, with
the switch, it was not - it was less
than _ minute f_'om that that we started
the dump.
355 18 42 53 SPT I think we called that one a little

bit close, and I would suggest we toss
another minute in there. A matter of
f_ct we were ready to go at - I was
ready to go at 18:08; I could have made
that maneuver. Okay, I did not get a
chance to look at the location of
f
Dump Tape 355-06

Page I0 o _ I0
_.-ALPHA in SI when the c_lizte_s

caged, but I do know what it looked
like when we got b8ek. And essen-
tially, in looking at the H-ALPHA 2
reticle, the Sun's image was in the
upper right hadn quadrant. It was
nearly tangent to the horizontal
MECHANICAL reticle, slightly above
that. I could not see it, but it
was essentially in the center, just
slightly above that MECHANICAL
reticle intersected the VERTICLE
reticle about 40 to 50 percent of
the way up - in the monitor. So
with that perhaps you can figure out
where the center of the Sun was
when we got back and I could give you
some of feeling of where it is when
we'reacutally caged.
355 18 4h 27 SPT ... SI seen in daylight, and you can

get a - DELTA. I would say though,
that looking at that and knowing that
it was fairly close to having the
center of the Sun - close to the center
of the tube, a period of 2 to 3/10
of - of an error, which is appreciable.
355 18 45 34 SPT Star tracker data ... did not use

for maneuvering but I could give you
for reference. At 16:35 - we had
for star i, the OUTER GIMBAL with a
minus 626 and INNERGIMBAL of plus 545.
355 18 45 h7 SPT For star 2, this is at 16:38, we had

an OUTER GIMBAL of plus 1631 and an
INNER GIMBAL of minus 180. At 16:52,
that number was a plus 1630 and minus
182. And our PXY and Z at that time
was plus 6/10, plus 9/10 and zero.
So this thing gets brih5@er, maybe
we'll have a little better shot at it
yet, both in finding it on the
WHITE LIGHT CORONAGRAPH display and
hopefully, if we'relucky,on the
SCAN SPECT.
355 18 46 38 SPT SPT out.
END OF TAPE
Dump Tape 355=07
. -- Time: 355:19:59 to 355:21:2h
12/21173
Page 1 of 5
355 19 59 01 PIP PLT debriefing the ATM pass. _tarted

19:06 Zulu. J0P 6, step 2, buliding
block 2 performed per J0P Summary Sheet.
Truncated at 6 minutes. Single expo-
stu'e 2 Alfa taken as per pad. Zero,
zero SHORT, i0 seconds. Did not do a
video tape as per ground instructions.
Observed for extremal length of time,
did shopping list 26 on bright points.
I did mainly GRATING, AUTO SCAN on the
bright point - the little knot in the
ribbon that was called from ground with
ALPHA • pointing. Standing by with the
slit in case the flare broke. Went up
and down. Went through the South At-
lantic anomaly, got some high PMEC
count but the intensity count never
did go above 26. It remained in be-
tween 2 and i0. MIRROR, _0 RASTER;
never changed, however, the kink of the -
-- of that littleribbonthat goes from
out of the Sunspot sort of to the north-
east had brightened considerably toward
the end of the pass, but I still did not
get a high PMEC. I - saw that part of
it was coming to an end, I repointed with
H-ALPHA 2, did a MIRROR, AUTO RASTER at
0000. And I terminated the run with
that MIRROR, AUTO RASTER - and looks
like the thing is getting ready to po.
But, golly, I don't knew when. So
that's about it for this pass.
355 20 O0 36 PLT PLT out.
355 20 02 54 SPT SPT at 20:02. MI31-2. CDR is the sub-

ject. And I've got the readings from
the table, 5-14, on him. Okay, test
number i. I'ii give you all the pitches,
that's i0 of them, and then all the
rolls: ii.0, 13.0, 15.0, 17.0, 15.5,
09.5, 14.5, 16.0, 18.0, 16.5. The
roll, 08.8 - excuse me - 68.8 that's
the first one, 68.2, 68.2, 68.0, 67.5,
67.5, 69.0, 68.7, 68.2, 68.1.
Dump Tape 355-_7
Page 2 of 5
355 20 03 58 SPT Test number 2. All the pitches and then

the rolls. 200, 198, 196, 192, 190, 200,
202, 204, 204, 203. The rolls: 186,
186, 187, 191, 192, 194, 194, 192, 186,
189.
355 20 0h 35 SPT Test 3. Pitches and rolls. Pitch
first: 195, 195, 192, 191, 187,
194, 200, 195, 194, 194. Rolls:
182, 180, 180, 185, 189, 189, ]89,
192, 19 - 190, and 191.
355 20 05 15 SPT Test 4. 6.0, 9.0, 8.0, 16.5, 15.0,

22.5, 20.0, 14.5, 16.0, 17.0. Rolls:
70.1, 70.0, 69.9, 69.4, 69.4, 71.3,
70.1, 68.2, 69.5, 67.2.
355 20 05 50 SPT Test 5. i01, i01, i00, 99. 99- 175,

170, 165, 162, 162. r _lls: 175, 172,
]74, 175, 178, 19&, 191, 191, 193, 192.
355 20 06 22 SPT Test 6. 94. 97, 98, 96, 94, 170, 168,
- 164, 161, and 163. And againthis is
the pitches that l've Just Riven you
for test 6. Roils: 165, 168, 170,
168, 169, 188, 190, 190, 191, 194.
355 20 07 23 SPT Stand by a second and I'll have test

4. l've given the internals exeept
4. Y moved the piteh up significantly,
and I think that's reflected in the - -
I changed the pitch from 8.0 to 16.5.
And it remained at 15.0 - a little
hysteresis there. And in the external
at step 3, I moved it down. You'll
notice it changed it appreciably there,
reading from 20.0 to 14.5, and then
it slowly came up a little bit in the
next two readings.
355 20 07 52 SPT SPT out.
355 20 12 12 CDR Okay, this is the CDR at 20:12 Zulu.

Subject is M509 battery charge. Initiate
charge on battery 6 at this time.
CDR out.
/-
TIME SKIP
j_
Dump Tape _55-07

Page 3 of
5
355 21 I] 35 PLT This hs the PLT. (Music) It is 21:]_0

',],_[
_. Debriefing M131-2. Desc ibe
the degree of difficulty relative to
ground based trials in making %he
spatial orientation judgment. I - it
creates no difficulty.
355 21 12 03 PLT Did you experience conflicts between

sensory cues, particularly when making
Judgments with respect to the external
frame of reference? If so_ explain.
No. Did you at any time experience a
positive sense of the upright? No.
Were your Judgments influenced by
auditory cues or other environmental
factors? Well, I was about to go to
sleep most of the time. 5: Did the
line target appear stable and under
your complete control during the se_tings?
Yes. If not - okay, it's not applicable.
Additional comments and observations -
_lolle.
_55 21 12 35 PLT PLT out.
PLT Okay, this is the PLT.
PLT PLT.
_55 21 13 49 PLT I'm at 21:14 and reading number 1 - ddata -

correction, i for the SPT. Internal,
Pitch and roll, respectively. 14.0, 69.7,
15 - 17.5, 69.2, 15.0, 71.7, 12.5, 70.2,
13.0, 67.2. External: 13.5, 68.8,
14.0, 69.3, 13.0, 70.0, ii - ii.0, 70.7,
]3.0, 71.8. For the PLT on i, internal:
7.0, 71.8, 13.5, 18.8, - that's 68.8,
I0.0, 68.0, 10.5, 69.0, i0.0, 69.0.
External: ii.0, 69.9, 4.0, 68.9, 10.5,
68.9, 9.0, 70.3, 14.0, 69.0. Log 2,
SPT, internal: 198, 191, 203, 191,, 206,
190, 209, 289, 213, 189. External:
]87, 211, 187, 215, 190, 213, 190, 223,
192. PLT, internal on log 2: 182, 188,
]81, 188, 182, 193, 189, 191, 189, 190.
External: 189, 188, 190, 189, 191, 190,
_-- 189, 194, 191, ]90. End of log 2.
J _ _tmpTape 355-07
Page 4 _'" 5
355 21 15 ,+6 _LT Log 7, SPT, and internal: 21o, i86, 2244,
]87, 226, 189, 225, 189, 225, 19".
External: 196, 194, 202, 198, 208, 194,
195, 200, 200, 199. PLT, internal: 19h,
18h, 191, 182, 191, 185, 190, 187, 187, 192.
External: 184, 190. 184, 193, 187, 193,
188, 191, 186, 193. End of log 3.
355 21 18 16 PLT This is PLT. Log 4, SPT, internal: 8.0,

231, i0.0, 72.0, 6.5, 72.0, 7.0, 70,5,
7.0, 70.7. External: 260 - 26.0, 73.8,
21.0, 73.7, 21.5, 72.0, 20.0, 71.0, 23.0,
71.6. PLT, internal: 17.0, 69.4, 4.0, 69.8,
4.0, 70.0, 5.0, 69.1, 6.5, 69.3. External:
14.0, 72.0, 13.5, 70.0, 6.0, 71.1, set [?]
9.0, 69.5, 9.0, 65.0. Log 5, SPT,
internal: 9.8, 17.5, 99, 176, 100, 179, 99,
176, 103, and 175. External: 184, 189,
180, 190, 175, 190, 176, 188, 176, 187187.
PLT, internal: Iii, 172, 112, 124, Ii0,
-- 177, iii, 179, 108, 175. External: 181,
195, 176, 194, 174, 191, 170, 191, 172,
188. Log 6, SPT, internal: iii, 181,
116, 180, ll7, 182, ll2, 181, 119,
182. External: 170, 190, 172, 191, 171,
192, 171, 191, 176, 193. PLT, internal:
103, 170, 99, 171, 99, 172, 98, 171,
i01, 170. External: 179, 189, 175, 190,
171, 193, 174, 194, 176, 174.
355 21 2{)35 ]'LT PLT out.
355 21 22 i_ SPT SPT at 21:22, M131-2. Debriefing questions

for the SPT as subject. How did I find
spatial orientation judgemtn? Much more
difficutl. Internal, no problem_ external
perhaps a bit more without the gravity
vector as a reference. It was very easy
to slip back into the internal mode.
[<!_T Number 2. Did you experience any conflicts

between sensory cues, particularly when
waking judgments with respect to frame of
reference? The only - the only cues I
had was what I could remember to be in
my own mind so I had no - no conflict.
/-- Did at any time you experience a positive
f--
D_n)# T[_pc 355-07

Page 5 of 5
sense of the upright? 0nly a few times

in making the run and sitting in
the chair because I remembered these
actual circumstance under a vector.
It did seem strange - felt as though
when we wnet to _0 degrees, I was
tipping over, hut it was the remembering -
which way I remember I felt previously,
opposed to a sense of it happening now.
355 21 2_ 29 SPT Were your judgments influenced by

auditory cues or other environmental
factors? No. Did the line of target
appear stable and under your complete
control during all settings? Yes.
Additional comments and observations.
None other than I think that what we're
doing here - testing here - spatial
memory and your muscular memory - in
.-- an attempt to make settings stay still.
Well, I don't know what your muscles
seem to feel is a right location as
opposed to what your mind feels is
correct.
355 21 2h 04 SPT SPT out.
END OF TAPE
Dump Tape 355-08
Time: 355:21:48 to 355:21:51 GMT
12/21/73
Page i o_ ]
355 21 49 49 CDR This is the CDR at 21:h9 Zulu, de-

briefing the _FM pass that startec a_
20:46 Zulu. One problem area which
I discussed with the air-to-ground and
that was the problem in performing the
nu Z update. We'll give i% another whirl
the next - next time I come to the con-
sole. The building block - JOP 2A,
building block 4-A through Echo wass no
big problem. It all went pretty much
on schedule and as - as written. There
were no fluctuating bright spots visible.
There were bright spots, but they were
pretty steady, and throughout the pass
I only saw one bright spot fade and the
others fade relatively - relatively
calm, so I did not activate S082B. I
omitted S05h on building block 4 Alfa,
but on 4 Bravo Charlie and Delta I ran
the 256 frame series. That's essentially
it. I did not get a chance to look at
the white light eoronagraph and I can't
-- ... scope going on the kXFVand integrated
occasionally. Active region zero zero
is by far the brightest of the - of the
four areas that I can see. The areas -
active regions i, 2, 3, and 4 do have
bright spots in XUV - bright areas, I
should say. But they're novhere as
intense and they don't indicate s_nywhere
near as much activity as zero zero.
355 21 5q_47 CDR CDR out.
END OF TAPE
Dump Tape 355-08
Time: 355:21:48 to 355:21:51 GMT
12/2!/73
Page i of l
355 21 49 49 CDR This is the CDR at 21:49 Zulu, de-

briefing the ATM pass that started _lu
20:46 Zulu. One problem area which
I discussed with the air-to-ground and
that was the proLiem in performing the
nu__J update. We'll give it another w_:Jrl
the next - next time I come to the con-
sole. The building block - JOP 2A,
building block _-A through Echo wass no
big problem. It all went pretty much
on schedule and as - as written. There
were no fluctuating bright spots visible.
There were bright spots, but they were
pretty steady, and throughout the pass
I only saw one bright spot fade and the
others fade relatively - relatively
calm, so I did not activate S082B. I
omitted S054 on building block 4 Alfa,
but on 4 Bravo Charlie and Delta I ran
the 256 frame series. That's essentially
it. I did not get a chance to look at
the white light coronagraph and I can't
-- ... scope going on the XUV and integrated
occasionally. Active region zero zero
is by far the brightest of the - of the
four areas that I can see. The areas -
active regions i, 2, 3, and 4 do have
bright spots in XUV - bright areas, I
should say. But they're nowhere as
intense and they don'_ indicate anywhere
near as much activity as zero zero.
355 21 [;047 CDR CDR out.
END OF TAPE
I.--
°_
Dump Tape 355-09

Time: 355:23:12 to 355:23:4a GMT
12/21/73
Page i of 5
355 23 13 23 CDP This is the CDR ar 23:13 Zulu

debriefing the ATM pass that
started at 22:13 where the
ground inhibit a momentum
dump. We started the pass
needing a nu Z update. Hedn't
been able to get it on the press-
pass previous. We got it this
time using some new gimbal
angles that worked out pretty
well. The ATM schedule went
quite well. The - the events
were JOPs 2A, J0P 6, and JOP 7.
JOP 2A was no rea - real proble_
The leading sunspot, the sunspot
out in front in - in active regim
00 is quite large, well defined
with a beautiful penubra. And
right behind, Just to the east
of that spot,is a verybright
piece of plage and then a little
sort of dim area, and then a
secondbrightpiece ... a spot af
plage - bright spot in the H-All'a,
that is. And then streaming on
out beyond that are 4 or 5 more
bright spots and a filament and a
following spot.
355 23 14 47 CDR Now, what I did is I took the

second spot that I mentioned, The
one that was second on the left,
you might say, or to the east of
the larger sunspot, and used thsh
as my pointing reference for the
building block 36. For part A of
building block 36, I got a detec_r
3 count and o_gen 6 counts of 5@0.
When I went on to H-Alpha 1 and
moved up into the same spot area,
I was only able to find a 4000
detector 3 count at that time.
Both parts of that building block
went well. I was about to give
Dump Tape 353-09
Page 2 of 5
on that fluctuating bright spot

idea and omit 82B again when, wih
about a minute-and-a-half to go
in part B of the building block,
The spot I was pointed at dimmed.
The spot next to the sunspot just
popped up very quickly and very
brightly and held it for about
30 seconds and then faded out
again, and the spot I was at
brightened up again. There's
pretty much of an oscillation
between the two spots.
355 23 16 12 CDR Then ... on the bright spot

brightening next to the sunspot,
I started 82 Bravo on an EXPERI_T
TIMES 14, WAVELENGTH, SHORT and
got that data. Then went on and
.._ did 36 Alfa again. This time wss
only able to get a count of 3600
on that same area in the bright
spot. Then we moved on and did
JOP 6_ did a - a quickie with no
problem. I might add I certain_
have done, in this particular
ATM pass, a lot of rolling back
and forth from zero to 5400 and
back again. We did the quickie
for JOP 6 and then moved on in
and got set up for J0P number 7,
with a ROLL of a thousand. I
started S055 with 3 minutes to
go rather than 2, and took care
of the SHUTTER opening and CLOSI_
on 52 at ll and lO seconds, TIME
REMAINING, and shut down 55 at
time, zero.
355 23 17 ]9 CDR No great amount of activity -

of sun - of active region O0 other
than some oscillation between thse
two bright spots that I mentioned
It went behind the Earth on the
last pass looking fairly dim; it
"" - came out on this side in the morning
k •
L)ump Tape 35_-09

Page 3 of 5
of this pass looking _ little

brighter. It brightened up some,
and then we go I had hoped maybe
the oscillation was a precurser
to some sort of a flare or some-
thing like that, but the PMEC count
only went up about a htkndred s_ud -
and the XUV PERSISTENCE IMAGE SCOPE
didn't really show any kind of
brightening at all. So I had to
told my tent and ste_l off into
the night. And that covers it
for this ATM pass.
355 23 18 10 CDR CDR out,
TIME SKIP
355 23 26 12 SPT SPT at 21:26. Correction - 23:26.

Set up for S063, Kohoutek photo.
First one coming up at 23:36:35.
We've got the ROTATION set for 2@.2
and TILT for 23.6. SAL door is
open. We're looking at Nikon 4,
BE08, 55 millimeter - -
355 23 30 26 SPT Okay, SPT back again. And we'll

continue on here. Camera, Nikon 4_
e_ssette, BE08; lens, we've ggotthe
55 millimeter, visible. T025 fi_ers
inst_lled_ A1 is the first one.
F-stop set to 1.2, and focus is
to infinity. Shutter is cocked,
and the first frame is 27, frame
number 27.
SPT Okay .... going to stop the

exposures by 20:10. Got a pretty
tight time line. All manua/.
23:36:35,
PLT ...
Dump Tape 355-@9
Page _ of 5
355 23 32 3] SPT Thank you, Bill.
355 23 34 57 SPT Okay, coming up to 35 even.
355 23 35 00 SPT MARK. Okay, that's the same

scene that I saw yesterday ....
Horizon, about a 45-degree, almost
halfway through the field of
view. The airglow ... the stars.
One very bright one - nice - which
has about - almost an inch in the
camera's field of view. And a
second one, closer to the horizon,
I believe. It's barely - some-
times I can see it and sometimes
I can't. Now there it is. It's
closer to the horizon and a litt_
off, but in line. The other one
is pretty much out of line. The
centerof the camerais perpendi_lar
to the horizon. Okay. Coming _p
hereto 36:35 and we're going to
give you a one-second exposure _h
AI. Stand by.
355 23 36 36 SPT MARK. Closed. Okay. A is com_

up, and you want CI in. A is out.
CI is in. You want this next one
initiated at 30, 23:37:30.
SPT Stand by.
355 23 37 30 SOT MARK.
SPT All right. I gave you too long

of one on that one. I gave you
20 seconds rather than i0. God
dang it. Thirty ... two. That's
the one I was looking at; God
dang it.
355 23 38 22 SPT MARK.
SPT Shutter closed.

Dump Tape 355-09
Page 5 of 5
355 23 38 50 SPT _L%BK.... DI is in there.

Shutter open.
355 23 39 14 SPT MARK. 15.
SPT Shutter closed.
355 23 39 45 SPT MARK. And D2, shutter open.
355 23 39 51 SPT MARK. That's ten seconds;

shutter closed.
355 23 39 59 SPT MARK. Okay, D3, and a 25-second.

Film advanced; shutter open.
355 23 hO 14 SPT MARK. 15. Ah! That was at hO:15,

all right, that last one. Last one
is no good. Ah! God dang it.
... a tight schedule. You're
-- hustling around here in the dark,
you sure can blow it, which I
apparently did on that one. What
I did was give a 30-second expos_e
to - to C1. That pad is rough to
read, those lines across. God dag
it. Okay, what you got then wwss
no frame 6 that _as worth anything
because it was looking in the s_light.
Was started 5 seconds after sunrise.
Or the time you told up, 23:40:10.
And number 2, Cl_ was a 30-second
rather than a i0. I'll tell you
it's a tight one. I'll try and
get it next time. SPT out. We3D,
let me give you the last frame
number here. Frame number 32 is
the one we're looking at right
now. I'm advancint it at 33. So
you got up to and including frame
number 32. Although the last on%
as I said, is not working.
355 23 42 12 SpT SPT out.
END OF TAPE
Dump Tape 356-01
,_ Time: 356:00:37 to 356:02:11 GI4_
12/21/73
Page ] of 3
356 00 37 14 SPT - debriefing the -
356 00 37 29 SPT - the pass. But active region zero

was much too good to pass up and d
I was able to squeeze it in some
time, so I picked up flare wait
in building block 32. Building
block 32, of course, no problem -
lare wait. I rolled so that thee
55 MIRROR LINE SCAN was encompassing
a lot of bright points. And also,
82B was parallel but not immediately
adjacent to the neutral line. I
moved fairly close to the Sun spot -
Just to the east of the Sun spot.
That's where the brightest point
was and there was a leader going
into the Sun spot and I'm pretty
confident that when one breaks
f- out, it's goingto break out along
in that region.
SPT It also would give a reasonable

picture for 82A in a flare sequence
in looking at the XUV MONITOR.. The
vertical path was relatively clear
of other active regions, although
not completely. 99 was still up
therebut was not i_ediately above.
The roll was minus 325, UP/DOWNN was
a minus 254 and LEFT/RIGHT was a
minus 55. At 23 after the hourur, we
got a point brightening in XUV
MONITOR, one in H-ALPHA and I
initiated 54, 56 in their flore
modes and 55 was already running.
Took another look, the point got
brighter ... l0 or 15 seconds
and gave 82B their exposure of 20
seconds, which we had setup onn the
event timer. And 82B and I set
up the exposure times one-quarter
and then somehow managed to hit
the worng start I hit the one on
the panel rather the one above.
-_ So I'm afraidyou've got yourself
Dump Tape 356-01
Page 2 of 3
a relatively long exposure rather

than a swquenee of three. And
I'm sure that will not happen again.
However, it was a - a sun flare.
The PMEC did not get above 300 to
400 or so in that. It was not
rising rapidly; BERYLLIUM APERTTURE
was in _ and remained in _, but
it certainly was a very pronounced
brightening in XUV MONITOR and
H-ALpHA.
356 00 40 35 SPT There was no mistaking that some-

thing was going on. The 55, orygen V1
at the point I was - I was - had
originally selected was originally
around 20,000 and it got up to
80,000 - 58,000, a little past the
peak when I did look at it. So
f- we're on the rightpoint and the
MIRROR LINE SCAN; so 55 got some
good short rise-time data on a
subflore, but unfortUnaltely I -
it did not pan out to be the big
one we're looking for.
356 00 41 i2 SFT SPT out.
TIME SKIP
356 02 07 57 CC Skylah, Houston through Goldstone

2-1/2 minutes/
356 02 08 02 SPT SPT at 20:08; S073, ready for operation.

We're set up for frame number i.
SPT And it will be frame number 28 of

TV 43. It'll start at exactly at
20:29. I will give you a mark.
Got 338.8 for ROTATION, and TILT
is 5.3. It'll be a 10-second ex-
sposure. Stand by.
f_
Dump Tape 356-01

Page B of 3
356 02 08 59 SPT MARK. SHUTTER, OPEN. Stand bby

for CLOSE.
356 02 09 ii Sl_r MARK. SHUTTER, CLOSED.
END OF TAPE
/
/
I
Time: 356:00:37 to 356:02:11 CMT
12/21/73 _
page 1 of 3
356 00 37 14 SPT - debriefiingthe -
356 O0 37 29 SPT - the pass. But active region zero

was much too good to pass up and d
I was able to squeeze it in some
time, so I picked up flare wait
in building block 32. Building
block 32, of course, no problem -
lare wait. I rolled so that thee
55 MIRROR LINE SCAN was encompassing
a lot of bright points. And also,
82B was parallel but not immediately
adjacent to the neutral line. I
moved fairly close to the Sun spot -
Just to the east of the Sun spot.
That's where the brightest point
was and there was a leader going
into the Sun spot and I'm pretty
confident that when one breaks
out, it's going to break out along
in that region.
SPT It also would give a reasonable

picture for 82A in a flare sequence
in looking at the XUV MONITOR.. The
vertical path was relatively clear
of other active regions, although
not completely. 99 was still up
therehut was not i_ediately above.
The roll was minus B25, UP/DOWNN was
a minus 254 and LEFT/RIGHT was a
minus 55. At 23 after the hourur, we
got a point brightening in XUV
MONITOR, one in H-ALPHA and I
initiated 54, 56 in their flore
modes and 55 was already running.
Took another look, the point got
brighter ... i0 or 15 seconds
and gave 82B their exposure of 20
seconds, which we had setup onn the
event timer. And 82B and I set
up the exposure times one-quarter
and then somehow managed to hit
the worng start I hit the one on
the panel rather the one above.
So l'm afraid you've got yourself
Dump Tape 356-01
Page 2 of 3
a relatively long exposure rather

than a swquence of three. And
I'm sure that will not happen again.
However, it was a - a sun flare.
The PMEC did not get above 300 to
400 or go in that. It was not
rising rapidly; BERYLLIUM APERTTURE
was in 4 and remained in 4, but
it certainly was a very pronounced
brightening in XUV MONITOR and
H-ALPHA.
356 O0 40 35 SPT There was no mistaking that some-

thing was going on. The 55, orygen V1
at the point I was - I was - had
originally selected was originally
around 20,000 and it got up to
80,000 - 58,000, a little past the
peak when I did look at it. So
we're on the right point and the
MIRROR LINE SCAN; so 55 got some
._ good shortrise-time dataon a
subflore, but unfortunaltely I -
it did not pan out to be the big
one we' re looking for.
356 O0 hl 12 SPT SPT out.
TIME SKIP
356 02 07 57 CC Skylab, Houston through Goldstone

2-1/2 minutes/
356 02 08 02 SPT SPT at 20:08; S073, ready for operation.

We're set up for frame number i.
SPT And it will be frame number 28 of

_I_ 43. It'll start at exactly at
20:29. I will give you a mark.
Got 338.8 for ROTATION, and TILT
is 5.3. It'll be a lO-second ex-
_posure. Stmud by. -
_v
Dump Tape 356-01

Page _ of 3
356 02 08 59 SPT _AHK. sHUTTER_ OPEN.

for CLOSE. Stand bby
356 02 09 ii $PT MARK. SHUTTER, CLOSED.
END OF TAPE
Dump Tape 356-02
Time: 356:02:16 to 356:0h:08 CaT
12/22/73
Page 1 of 9
356 02 15 33 SPT i0 - second exposure. The first

one -
SPT .o. the first - the first one is espec_al_y

inverted in order of frames 2 and i,
Right now we are on - in the cassette,
frame nnmher 31. So 31 corresponds
to your frame number 3; 30 corresponds
to your fram_ number l; 29 corresponds
to your fram_ number 2; and 28, a very
short time, I'm not sure exactly what
it was set o_, probably ...
356 02 17 06 SPT Okay, 1 minute to termination, frame

number 3.
356 02 17 52 SPT Okay, stand by.
CC Skylab, Houston. We're about i minute

from LOS. We'll be right baek wlth
.......... yOU .................
356 02 18 00 SPT MA_K.
CDR Roger, Hank.
SPT FILM ADVANCE.
CDR You want a quick fr_-_ count?
SPT OPEN. Okay, that was 5 seconds

between SHIfI_I'_B
CLOSED and SHIfI_ER
OPEN again. And this is goiag to be
an 8-second eme.
CC Go ahead.
CDR Okay, 5526, Ih67, 23, 553, 3255, 1881.
CC Okay, we copy.
SPT Okay, that's frame number 4, and

we're going to tmke this one up here.
Dump Tape 356-02
Page 2 of 9
02:27 and 5 seconds, give you a full

8-minutes, and change the ROTATION
and TILT.
356 02 19 35 CC Skylab, Houston. We're back w_th you

through Bermuda for 5 minutes.
356 02 22 56 CC Skylab, Houston. We need a couple of

items on the ATM eloseout ...
CDR Okay. We thought sure you'd want it

all set up for flare ...
CC Skylab, Houston. We're 1 minute from LOS.

We'll see you at Madri_ at 30, and
we'll be standing by for the evening status.
CDB Roger.
SIT All right up to sunlihgt, Jer. We got

whole series of long exposures all
I-- packed in here. Need a ... Say again.
Oh, boy.
SPT Okay, we're coming up here on 26, and

at 26:05 we will terminate this exposure.
You'll have exactly an 8-minute one,
and we got to change the rotation and tilt.
8PT Stand by.
356 02 26 05 SPT MARK. SHUTTER's CLOSED, FILM ADVANCE,

looking for 137.8 in EOTATION. 138.8.
There it is. TILT is i_.9. i_.9. Minus
you w_nt a 6 _ minute one beginning at 27.
37.8 and 14._ set in. And film is
advanced. Stead by.
356 02 26 39 SPT MARK. Sh_I'TE_'s OPEI_. 6 minutes beginning

at 27 takes us up to 3B.
i
Dump Tape 356-02

Page 3 of 9
356 02 29 24 SPT 249. What do you do?
CDR ...
SPT Yeah, I - I've got some five 2-minutes

exposures here, Jet.
CC Skylab, Houston through Madrid for

9 minutes.
SPT Okay, a problem Just arose with the

equipment that we're using. The - I
should say the scheduling. I believe we
only have one manual shutter release
on board.
CDR o.. problem developing. $233 and

S073 both need the remote shutter release.
And I have two choice. WE can - three
choices. We can cancel $233. We can
delay it until the next opportunity,
which is probably timed and not move the
ca_ra by pushing the button. And while
they're thinking about that, I'ii give
the evening status report.
SPT Okay, we're at 31.
CDE Okay, Sleep: CDR, 7.0, 6 heavy,

"I light; SPT,' 7.0, 5 heav_, 2 light;
PLT, 6.0, 5 heavy, 1 light. Volume:
CDR, 2000; sPT, ll00; PLT 2300; CDR, 7620,
SPT 3146, FLT, 9256. Body mass: CDR,
6316, 6314, 6316; SPT, 63h7, 6350, 6349;
PLT, 625e, 6253, 625_. Exercise: CDR,
method Alfa, minute 2 minutes; SPT, no
change; PLT, no exercise today. Medication:
CDR, none_ S_T, none; PLT, Tinactln as
directed. Cl_)thing: CDR, One pair
shorts, one pKir socks; SPT, one shirt.
Food log: CDR, 2.5 salt, plus one
apple drink, plus two coffees with su4ar ,
all - let's s_e; SPT, zero salt, plus one
tea, plus 2h _unces Of water; PLT, 0 salt,
plus one cher_Y drink, zero water. The
flight Plan deviations, none; Shopping
_-_ list accomplishments : none. Inoperable
Dump Tape 356-02
Page 4 of 9
equipment : none. Unscheduled stowage :

none. Photo log: no DAC usage
today. Nikon, camera 01, no change;
02, BRAVO, Victor 43, and we'll give
you a frame count later - -
SPT Okay. Coming up on 33.
CDE - - 03, no change; 04, Bravo Echo 08,

33; 05, Bravo Hotel 05, and we'll give
you a fra,_ count after 233.
SPT 33, we're going to go 127.1 and 31.8.

Stand by.
356 02 33 00 SPT MARK. SHUTTER CLOSED. Open the vent.

Going to frame number 6, 127.1. 127.1
set in, 31.8 which will remain the same
from here on but. 31.8, Okay. 127.1 - -
CC And, CDR, I guess we're going to have to

/-" go along with your suggestion to handhold
the $233 and use - do the best you can.
SPT Okay, Stand by.
356 02 34 00 SPT MARK.
CDR - - and do the exposures by squeezing

the camera. And I think I can do a fairly
steady Job.
CC Okay.
SPT Okay, there's your exposure on frame 6,

initiated on time at 02:34. 02:34, that
will take us up to 2_0; i minute is
Just about the right --,_tmt of time
in there. It gives you enough time
to carry out all the functions and make
one - one more check, any shorter
than that and you stand a chance of
coming up with an error.
CC And, CDR, while you're up there in

the MDA, the M518 experiment checklist,
at the bottom of page 11-3 note that
/
F
Dump Tape 356-02
Page 5 of 9
you put the bulkhead vent valve into

VENT positio_ for the ni@ht. If you
haven't already done that _ now's a
good time to do it.
CDR Okay, thanks, Hank. The bulkhead vent

valve to the V]_Vf position.
CC That's affirmative.
CC CDR, in reference to the $233, if you

choose to use the T position, Just a
little reminder there, when you press
the button it _ill opon the shutter, then
you'll have to turn the speed knob to
release the shutter.
CDR Okay, t_rn the speed knob to release the

shutter.
CC That's right. You !0robably remembered

that. You know, if you press the button
down, it holds the shutter open _mtil
you turn the little speed knob a little
bit and that releases it to CLOSE.
CDR Okay, thanks. I had £argotten it, frankly.
356 02 37 h3 SPT Okay, co_mlng up on 38, and amother

2 minutes after thst.
CC Skylab, Houston. We're 1 minute from LOB,

and we'll see you again at Tannanarive
at 49.
SPT Okay, 60 seconds to terminate.
SPT Okay, stand by.
356 02 39 59 SPT MAB/(.
SPT Okay, thats 6. Com_tng up on 7, and

that's a 125.1. Okay, we're Just
going to change them 2 degrees.
8PT ROTATION to ]25.1 is set. ROTATION ...

I've changed to 31.8. We're coming up
Dump Tape 356_02
Page 6 of 9
for a 5-minute exposure; that's frame

number 7. Give it to you on my mark.
Stand by.
356 02 41 O0 SPT MARK.
556 02 95 44 SPT Okay, coming up to 01:20 - 1 - 02:46,

to terminate. Stand by.
356 02 46 00 SPT MARK.
SPT Frame number 7, at 02:40. 7, we're

going to give you a 2-minute exposure.
SPT Btand by,
356 02 47 08 SPT MARK. Okay, that was at 07; we're

7 seconds late on that.
SI_T This will terminate at -
/-" SPT 49:0?. This time we'll give you a

10-seconds exposure. Okay, there's _9.
Stand by.
356 02 49 06 SPT MARK. FILM ADVANCE, SHUTTEH OPEN.
B56 02 49 ii SPT MARK; at 12. 22, stand by.
356 02 49 21 SPT MARK. $hq]TTER CLOSED.
SPT okay, what would be helpful on this pad

is to put the remark of shutter speed knob-T
to T then cock shutter at the beginning
as opposed to; at the end. That would
have saved me on duplicating the ones
since I would, have checked it a second
time on the first item. As it was, I
checked when I set it up, but somewhere
in the process of the handling it got
knocked. Okay, I'ii give you the frame
I was last looking at, and that is
frame number S7 without advancing it.
It will advance to fr_m_ number 38.
356 02 50 12 SPT SPY out.

/,
Dump Tape 356-02

Page 7 of 9
B56 02 55 hb CDR This is the CDR at 02:50 with a -

first of all a debriefing of the SeB3
pass. The first exposure was taken
on time at 02:42, and that was exposure
number 35, frame 35. At 02:4B and
h2 seconds which was comet rise, that
was the time that I took the second
frame, 02:43:_2. The first frame was
60 seconds, 15 foot focus. The second
exposure was 60 seconds, infinity. The
third exposure was started at h4:55 and
was terminated before sunrise. No
problem with manually doing it without
a remote cabal. HOwever, this is one
for the FAD people or for the flight
planners, this is another reason why
we should not have experiments such as
S073; you need the corolarles scheduled
during our PSA period. I reiterate,
the PSA period is our tlme_ it is not
available for the sehedullng of various
experiments. WE are doing only Kohoutek
work and ATM work during the PSA period.
And I would llke to he assured that
there will be more assi_nts of anything
like 8063 atmospheric, or anything like
that, or any S073, or any of the others.
They've got no business being assigned
during a PSA period. Okay? That covers
it on $233.
356 02 52 _h CDR I have a new subject now, and this is

a debrief of the ATM pass which began
at O1:19 Zulu.
CDR And the SPT handeled the first - the

first two parts of that time, and
we will assume that that all went
smoothly, an& there were no hangups at
all in the - in the procedures. And
I will mention it to him, and if he's
anything special to say about those
tow particular blocks _ he will debrief
them separately. Those were - - let
me get some light here - -
,, i , t
•F
Dump Tape 356-02

Page 8 of 9
CDR JOP 6, stand by.
PLT Hi, gang.
356 02 53 52 CDR Okay, I'm going to do a zuZ update..

I'll come back and get with you in
Just a minute.
356 02 54 57 CDR Okay, this is the CDR again getting

back to the ATM pass debriefing for the
01:19 ATM pass. The first was a JOP 6
building block IA. That was done by
the SPT, and he did some %"ER downlink for
you, or some VTR video recording. And
then he did a JOP 2 Delta, step i,
building block Ii. At that time I
came in and did a J0P 2D, step i,
building block i0 and had no problems
with that. At _ minutes to go, I
went into JOP' 7, building block 15
and I extincted your extinction. I
got 55 running properly at precisly
ll seconds remaining in the time. I
released the switch and opened the
shutter. And then deggone if I didn't
put the switch back back to START again
to - to close the shutter; we ended
up with a 3-minute - 3-second exposure
rather than a l-second exposure.
While I gathered my motor skills and
figured out what to do and remembered
to put it down to STOP and close the
shutters. So_ I'm afraid I butchered your -
your extinction picure for you.
356 02 56 17 CDR Okay, the s_-_ two bright H-alpha

points that Ii mentioned before did the
same thing during the this pass; they
were changing _ intensities. One would
drop in intensity, the other one would
pump up Just _lmost as if there was a -
an energy exchange going on between
the two of them. Other than that, there
was nothing else of interest going on.
We were Just watching Active Region 00
hoping for a - a flare and unfortunately
none oc cured. !
/-
Dump Tape 356-02

Page 9 of 9
356 02 56 52 CDR CDR out.
TIME SKIP
356 04 05 31 CDR This is the CDR at Oh:05 Zulu reporting

on handheld photography of the aurora.
Camera that _ras uBed Was Nikon 02
with a ma@azine of Brsvo Victor 43.
The frames that were taken for
aurora tonlght were frames numbe r 8,
7, 6, and 5, !These frames were taken
over the peribd 03:58 to Oh:02 in
about i minute intervals. Side'comment,
the aurora tonight is nowhere near as
active or _Q _eautiful and extensive as
it was last n_@ht. What I could see
tonight looke_ kind of llke a prairie
fire, you might say, Occasional patchem
of very high _lame here and there, hut
_ for the most part a low - a - a low
level of ligh_, rather _ low activity
in the aurora i.
356 04 06 32 CDR CDR OUT. i
END OF TAPE
T_e. : 3_b. [_2_.
_[_9t%° 3_6. [_2._i_O<_f
_%_ l_o_fii
j_%_6,,-2._66,,_.
_ :_ _mLh__T _r,_t..
_D, q_
Dump Tape 356-04
Time: B56:lh:07 to 356:14:42 GMT
12122173
Pagei of h - _ .........
356 lh 23 26 CDR This is the CDR at _4:07 Zulu. The

subject is DAC malfunction that was
assigned at this time. The transporter
03 which was the jammed up transporter -
the preeedures on my details reference
me to the photo ops book page 5-3 and
that particular page, as best I can
see, applies only when you have a
camera that's Jammed and you know it's
in the transporter and you've got
to make decisions as to whether or
not you are going to use film, or
destroy film, or pull it out, or
whatever you are going to do with it.
Now what I've done with transp,orter
03 is IVve taken the film in it - tD_e
piece of film that was strung through
it out. It seems to run freel_now%
The wheels arc running quite freely now.
The wheels are running quite freely, and
I can't see that there is much more
that I can so with transporter number 3,
-- unless they mean for me to take it
apart and check it. At any rate
I've done what I can with transporter
number 03, and I'm going to file it
Back in locker number 523.
356 14 08 3B CDR CDR out.
356 lh 34 51 PLT PLT time is 14:30 reporting on handheld

photography. Coming up on the African
coast we got a good look at the - the
sand dunes there. Actually I think IVll
be taking pictures north of Walvis Bay
there and out of the H1478, 77 area, In
any event, I got some good pictures of
dunes, two frames there. And observations,
in the northern part of South_:_est Africa
there, and in particular ... coast ...
there and Just north of Walvls Bay. If
• you will look on a ma]_, on - Just at the
_order there between Angola and South-west
Africa around - oh, I can't pronounce
the name of this place. 0ndangua is the
closest I can come to it - you will notice
D_m_p Tape 356-0_
_ Page 2 of 4 ..................... ___
a lot of l_ukes trending in a northwest,

south direction. There - there is a
pattern which appears to be a crisscross
pattern prevalent in that area and looks
like cross faulting and fracturing. The -
there's a distinctive east-west
generally, maybe it's west-southwest
east-northeast pattern in the area,
a very large area. But again it
goes on inland, oh, halfway to the -
apparently almost halfway to the
Botswana swamp area and there is a
distinctive east-west trending
linear em - markings on the surface
which Y had previously attributed
to wind direction. And - however,
today I noticed quite a few lakes
in there.
356 14 37 06 PLT So I think in this general area

starting from about, oh, say
17 degrees south to about 22 degrees
south s_nd extending from 35 degrees
I guess I'd say east to - no, excuse
me I didn't get that one right.
15 degrees - I'd say 17 degrees east
into about 20 to 21 degrees east
longitude as sort of a - that area
in there, South-west Africa an5
part of Angola, there's a very
interesting linear l_at - surface
pattern east-_est and generally
north-south which is very prevalent
and seems to dominate as far as
surface wind patterns and also the
lake. Of course I know the two are -
are not related, but in any event
the a -this is _ this is the pattern
that I noticed before but today I
noticed much more markedly, Also,
the Botswana swamp area, I think
we're going to have to get in the
morning. This is the second time
I've looked for it, and man, that
whole area is cloud covered and
Cbs popping all over the place.
Dump Tape 356-04
/_ Page 3 of h .................
356 lh 38 20 PLT Okay, now I'm coming up on Addis Ababa.

I got a resl nice low sun angle view
of that fault zone that extends down
to the west of Lake Victoria. I took
two obliques of that area which should
give very good area coverage at low
sun angle. Then coming up on Addis
Ababa I was looking like a son of a gun
and I never did see the city. I took
one pic - one frame at the right time
and I was trying to use the mountains
_nd everything else and anyway I didn't
see it visually so I can't comment on
whether it's a sector town, or circular
ring_ or whatever else. And then - so
I took one picture of there, then I
took one more frame oblique of the
Afar Triangle, low sun angle f- stop h.
All these were f-stop h. Should be a
very good area coverage of the Afar
Triangle. And it was the coming up on
the terminator; I don't know how that
" frame is going to come out, but at f/h
I think probably it "_ill register
reasonably good. And there should be
some awfully good data because that is
'a should - that frame should cover
that whole ar - Afar Triangle at low
sun angle.
356 lh 39 36 PLT PLT out.
356 14 40 18 PLT Comment on handheld photography,

footnote to the previous by PLT. I
think this was an extraordinarily
good call by the visual ops people,
passing over Africa like that and
at - at low sun angle. I think there
is a - I was tempted to take more
pictures in South-we_t Africa b&cause
the geology was all very dramatically
illustrated in relief because of the
shadowing effect. _d my only regret
on that pass is that I didn't take more
pictures in South-west Africa, although
I was sort of, as I ._ay, I w_s tempted.
Dump Tape 356-0h
" _l_gge
4 of
And that I was unab'le to see the city

of Addis Ababa; I didn't have the
binoculars and I'm not even sure it
would helped. And anyway I think
that was a - this pass was a good
call by visual ops people. And the
one further con_uent and that is that
I've already said, we are going to have
to schedule our Botswana Swamp, I think
early in the morning local time. And I
don't know when that's - when that's
going to come up. I mean, keep - keep
throwing it in but I - I Just say
because of the weather that seems to -
prevail there, looks like we're going
to have to schedule it - -
356 lh hl 26 PLT Also, one additional con_nent, has

nothing to do with visual ops as
such but is related. And that is the -
the subject of the gyro stabilized
binoculars. I couldn't find any
battery to put in it, so we haven't
been using those. We_ve been using
the handheld which I v.hink are probably
Just as good. And also, the - I am -
'I've got nearer set e:_es I suppose, but
this is a comment for the future. The
gyro stabilized binoculars do not have
an innerpupilary adjust which is capable
of accon_nodating my - the - the spread
of my eyes. I Just - I put it - pulled
it all the - adjusted it all the way
down and I can't adjust it down narrow
enough for my eyes. It's Just a sort
of a general note because I think I
might have something to do _rith pro-
curing gyro stabilized binoculars in
the future. It's something you ought
to watch is that there's not sufficient
adjustment in that in - innerpupilary
adjustment on the _vro stabilized bino-
culars.
356 14 h2 27 PLT PLT out.
END OF TAPE
Dump Tape 356-05
_'_ Time: 356:16:11 to 356:17:50 GMT
12122173
Page i of 19
356 16 l0 h6 PLT This is PLT. The time is 16:10,

debriefing the ATMpass starting
at 15:17 approximately. The for the
technicial performance of the JOP
and the building block - those were
all preformed monimally. The - did
take a quick look at the corona.
When I was doing the JOP 6, step 2,
building block 32. There appears
to be another streamer on the west
limb now. It's just about on
3 o'clock position. The other two
streamers are still there. The one
on the east limb seems to be a little
bit more developed, that is, a little
more dense as far as the appearance
on the screen. This - no big
problem, but it did go overshoot on
the DETECTOR for the GRATING POSITION
- once. But I was a littleahead,
so that didn't cause me any problem;
I'd traced the orbit. I put it in
MIRROR LINE SCAN, line 25, ROLL 0000,
up/down minus 0189, and LEFT/RIGHT
plus 0136; that was the pointing.
Across that kink is - seems to be
disappearing; it's not nearlyas
prominent. Other than that, looks like
the old active region 00 has sort
of paused to take a breath.
356 16 12 24 PLT PLT out.
356 16 16 52 (Music)
356 16 17 ll CDR This is the CDR at 16:20 Zulu with

results of the inventory. I'll start
right down the list, the teleprinter
pad that was sent up to me, and ive
you the data as we go. M168, solid
traps: 9. M301, PDC02 cartridges,
new: 4 red active and h red passive,
6 blue active and 6 blue passive.
And ther'll be a CO 2 inlet and
s_ outletcartridgechangeouttoday,
so you'll need to subtract those
numbers from these. Delta 418 -
Dome hlS, towels: read, 40; white, 45;
Dump Tape 356-05
Page 2 of 19
blue, 30. Dome 448, wipes:

3 wipes; 2 wetwipes. F -
Foxtrot 569, trash bags, 35: Echo
622, urine disposal bags, i
bundle. I did not count the number
in the bundle; I figured you'd know.
356 16 18 22 CDR Wardroom 700, dispenser: zero wipes,

and zero tissues and 1 full wetwipes.
W710, disposal bags, zero. W711,
disposal bags, zero. W723, wipes
(music). 723 has no wipes and no
washcloths. We have put four
con_nand module tissue dispensers in
j23, and they're - all four of them
are full; those are from the SL-2/3
mission. W729: wipes, zero; wash-
cloths, 1 red, 1 white, 1 blue.
W734: biocide wipes, 2; wipes, zero;
"- washcloths, i red, i white, i blue.
W735: biocide wipes, l; washcloths,
1 red, 1 white, 1 blue. W736: zero
toweld, zero wash cloths. W737:
zero towels, zero washcloths. W738:
zero towels, zero washcloths.
356 16 19 34 CDR W739: towels, 6 white; washcloths,

1 red, I white, 1 blue. W741: wash-
cloths, 1 red, 1 white, i blue. W746,
dispenser: wipes, minus 4 inches;
tissues, minus 4 inches and full.
We have - in W746, we have one
dispenser of wipes and two dispensers
of tissues. W753: trashbags, 2&.
Dispenser in W768 has i tissue, and
that's minus 6 inches; zero wipes;
and 1 wetwipe, which is minus 3 inches.
W772 dispenser - let's see.
Tissues, zero; wipes, minus i inch
and minus 6 inches.
356 16 20 41 CDR H802, which is a dispenser:

biocide wipes, minus 8 inches;
no tissues. We have minus 7 inches
of wipes in one and minus 1 inch
/_ of wipes in the other. H804: trash-
bags, 1 full bundle. H831: wash-
cloths, 6 - correction, minus 6 inches
of red, minus 1 inch of white, minus
Dump Tape 356-O5
Page 3 of 19
1 inch of blue. There are 3 red

towels and 5 blue towels in there.
H832: urine disposal bags, zero.
H835: urine disposal bags, 1 bundle.
$900: towels, 1 blue is missing;
all the rest are there. $909, which
is a dispenser: wipes, minus 2 inches;
tissues, minus 3 inches and empty.
S911: trash bags, 40, h0. $921, which
is a dispenser: wipes, full; tissues,
minus 4 inches and empty. $923:
trash bags, 27. $925: urine disposal
bags, 1/2 bundle. $931, which is a
dispenser: wipes, minus 2 inches;
tissues, minus 1 inches and empty.
$933: trash bags, 13. A7 - the 2 A7
SL 2/ 3 lockers, I guess that is.
Anyway, we transferred all of those
tissues, as I mentioned before,
f-- toW723.
356 16 22 32 CDR Bravo I: urine disposal bags, zero.

LEB, urine disposal bags: we have
Alfa - bag Alfa, bag Bravo, and
another bag down there, and they're
all three full. They are full of -
of - things like - Mae Wests,
pockets off the suits; and the one
that's - the one that's unlettered,
that is full has got all of the
contingency - of the transfer water
in it, in the bags. The upper
equipment bay, urine disposal bags,
none. Extra, I found two containers
of wet-wipes in film locker hl6.
356 16 23 12 CDR Okay, getting back to - I mentioned

a couple of places here, zero in some
dispensers; that means they're empty,
not - not zero inches missing. If
it's _11], I said full; if it had
some missing, I said minus so many
inches. Let's see, 768 Delta, I said
wipes, zero; I probably should've
said wipes, empty. W772 Delta, I
_• said tissue,zero; I should'resaid
tissues, empty, Just to make sure it
/
Dump Tape 356-05

Page h of 19
was quite clear. Okay, that

covers the - the inventory.
356 16 23 54 CDR CDR out.
356 16 25 09 CDR This is the CDR at 16:30 Zulu

reporting completion of the
housekeeping 14 Hotel and 28
Mike. In the inlet C02 filter
changeout - or sensor changeout,
the checklist calls for the INLET
PPCO 2 to be between h.5 and 5.5.
Well, I found on mol sieve A that
it was up to around 15. And all I
did was take the cover off again
and put it back in, and dropped
back down to a little less than
4. And I - the - MOL SIEVE B INLET,
-- which is the blue in each case, -
the MOL SIEVE B was reading 7 when
I went over and opened the top on
it and then closed it back down
again. By the the top I mean the -
the - holder that - for the sensors,
the active and passive sensors,
the cartridges. Then it dropped
down to about 2, so I guess that
we'll just have to wait for awhile
until they all settle out.
356 16 26 17 CDR CDR out.
TIME SKIP
356 16 38 ii CREW ... the direct outlet ...
356 16 39 56 SPT SPT at 16:40. Stand by.
356 16 40 00 SPT MARK. Ready for S063. 4 frames,

Nikon 04, 08, starting with
frame number 33. Shutter's cocked.
First is 1-second exposure. Got
filterA1 set in. Door is OPEN,
we're set to a ROTATION of 209.6
and a TILT of 023.6. Okay, first
one. Give you your 1-second a
little more accurately, I'll use - On
/
Dump Tape 356-05
Page % of 19
the EXPOSURE knob, I'ii set

it to I second, then move it
over to D for the remaining.
Okay, there's _l -
356 16 41 02 SPT _[ARK.
SPT Okay, there's the horizon. Small glow,

blue. not see any stars as
yet, nor the comet.
SF2 Coming up tO 43 now. Stand by.
356 16 43 02 SPT MARK. There's your 1-second

exposure. Going to B .... for
some reason the darn shutter won't
cock. There it goes. Boy. Oh,
boy. That's A3, going now to -
2 minutes and 2 seconds - Shutter
._ closed.And A out. Al in....
3 for 45. Stand by.
356 16 44 40 SPT MARK. Okay, that was a t 37. _0

seconds, 9-
556 16 45 23 SPT MARK. BI, shutter open•
356 16 45 h0 SPt MARK. Okay, that was at 21 seconds

before. Okay.
SPT Stand by.
356 16 46 lO SFT MARK. Okay. And I got your exposures

in, but that was tight. And we also
blew one more frame of film.
I'll tell you the overhead on this
thing is getting a little high•
SPT Okay. For some reason I think I

•.. four frames exposed at the
proper lenght time with one extra
exposure in there. Which was
another short one on 81. It
seems we got 1 second in one -
approximately that length. What
/_ I had to do w_s unscrew the MANUAL
SHUTTER RELEASE. Cycled the
shutter for those 2 frames of film
for some reason. Okay, your last
Dump Tape 356-05
Page 6 of 19
frame was 37 and advanced to

38.
356 16 47 51 SPt SPT out.
356 16 5_ 49 CDR This is the CDR at 16:55 Zulu

with M487-3 Bravo using subject
eval guide number 2. We'll use
a habitability parameter. Okay,
first off is the wardroom. But
before I start on that, let me slip
a few parameters your way on what
I think of the food bags, the
food containers not the cans.
356 16 55 19 CDR As I look back over 487-3 Alfa,

I see we talked about the water gun
and the food constitution -
f_
reconstitution dispenser and the cans
and all that stuff, but we never
really talked about the - the food
bags or food containers themselves
and I should have talked about then
at that time and I want to take this
oportunity to do it. The - the bags
in the cans that have the nozzle at the
very top, have them coming to a peak
at the top with a nozzle on top I have
found by far to be the most
convenient to use.
356 16 55 59 CDR You can add your water and mix and
then when your ready to - you Just
hold it by the nozzle on top and
stick your knife in around the side,
and essentially cut the whole top cone
away and leave - leave an inch or so
of it - attached and then fold it back
and it serves as a little flat top
thing; you can pull the to back out
of the way, put your spoon in your
food and get what you want and then
le - set the flat top back down
again. Works out very nicely.
356 16 56 33 CDR The spoon bowls, as far as I'm con-

cerned, are lousy. I would give
them a rating of lousy on your scale
f "•
Dump Tape 356-05

Page 7 of 19
which is somewhat below poor. But,

the - the problem with those darn
spoon bowls, particularly with the
sloppy food like the soups and the
potatos - I mean the chicken and
gravy and corn and some of those
things, is that the funny little
disc type seal that bends inside
a ways never holds.
356 16 57 13 CDR You put hot water in there and these

seals Just open right up and let all
that food move right up against the
top of the bag, and then when you
try to cut that top strip off with
a pair of scissors you - you succed
in slopping the scissors all up with
food. And as soon as you manip -
manipulate the bag the slightest bit,
_-- trying to get your fingers in the lees
or trying to do anything else, sqirt,
out comes the - a squirt of food that
seems to get siphoned out through that
slot at the top and goes lurching
off into the workshop somewhere and
you're - you'recatching them.
356 16 57 &8 CDR If you are unfortunate enought to

let the top of the hag slip while
you're trying to get your finger
in the loops and then snap back,
that pumps a big glob of food off
into the - into the area somewhere
tOO •
356 16 58 01 CDE Generally I find that offd pack -

it sounded like a neat idea on the
ground when the food would stay
aw_y from the slot that you're
trying to open with your fingers,
you know ... the finger that you
stick through the loop, but up here,
in zero g, when the food moves -
everytime you manipulate that slot
or move it Just a little bit, it
/-- pumps food up to the lost for some
reason, and then all you got to do
is pump it a little bit or let it
slip or something like that, and you
f.
Dump Tape 356-05

Page 8 of 19
got a big @lob of food propelled

off away from the bog.
356 16 58 36 CDR It's not all that handy to be

able to close it and open and all
that stuff. REally, the nozzle type
bag that I was mentioning at first
with a nozzle on top, that you can
cut, really seems to he a little
bit better. You can take that
bag by the nozzle and swing it fairly
gently, force all the food down
to the bottom and it all sticks
together and you can put it back
in the can you got it out of, and
carefully cut it with a knife until
you got your flap and your food seems
to stay pretty well in one place.
.... 356 16 59 08 CDR The Apollo food pit, food bag ...
food bag you got stuffed down in
the, in the can, all Just, I think
more trouble than they're worth,
and I would prefer to do without
them. I would rather try to mangag
with the nozzle at-the-top type.
Cereal is another problem, the rice
krispies, corn flake_ and those,
when you get the milk in there, and
shake it up, it Just kind of goes
all over the place when you try to
use this food bag the way it was
designed.
356 16 57 42 CDR We've had a couple of failures in

the water input nozzle into the food
bags, that is, the ones that are
in the cans, you know where you've
got the nozzle going into the side
into a little flapper v_lve. That
little flapper valve has stuck on us
twice now, and yo put that on the
reconstitution nozzle and try to
pump water into it, and if that
flapper valve doesn't open up and
let that water in, you've ahd the
stroke, because in Just a second or
so later, your seam, the Junction
f.
Dump Tape 356-05

Page 9 of 19
between the nozzle and the bag

is going to split and you're
going to have waer going all over the
place and then you have no choice
but to open the top of the food
bag, and reconstitute your food
from the top using your drink,
and that is a very messy business.
356 17 00 32 CDR So, all and all, that should Just

about do it on the food bags, I
really don't like the food bags at
all, I much prefer the other type.
Okay , let's get on with subject
evaluation guide number 2. Wardroom
table, eating station.
356 17 O1 09 CDR Okay, you're interested in the

general arrangement and orientation
of the compartment.I would say tha
the arrangement and orientation of
the compartment is excellent, or very
good. The table is - is well - located,
relative to the lockers, and each man,
within, his arm's reach has got light
available to him, plus his locker
with his G-utensils in it, and, the
fact that it's oriented with a - a
window that looks out toward the
earth, I think is very, very good.
And all and all I think the arrangement
is excellent.
356 17 02 02 CDR The volume of the compartment is -

is very good, I'd say, there's plenty
of room, in fact, about all you need,
and I don't think there's anything
to be said about that. Ceiling to
floor proximity is excellent, every-
thing's within comfortable reach,
... some of these took place ...
wardroom table, you see that I was
abel to lock my feet into the
ceiling and push against the floor
and hold a screw while Ed was busy
working underneath. Ingress and
egress positions are - are very good,
are excellent in the wardroom, there's
lots of room, and no problem getting
P
Dump Tape 356-05

Page lO of 19
in and out.
356 17 02 52 CDR Trash collection provision is -

is excellent. Each man has a
trash bag within arms reach of
his eating station. Stowage
volume and access is excellent,
there's lots of room, and as more
and more clothing is being used
up, and lockers are being emptied
out, we're moving more and more bulk
volume food, overage food down into
th lockers near the tables, so we
don't have to spend as much time
transferring from the wardroom up
to the food lockers, into forward
compartments.
356 17 03 27 CDR Access is very good in all these

stowageareas,theselockersin the
wardrobe. Temporary equipment
restraints, we make extensive use o
of the bungees in the doors, and we
make extensive use of Velcro, and
they're all very good. I think the
best temporry equipment restraints
is the bungee with the flap, I
don't want to call it hook, it's
really a hook but it's long and
flat, pinched, I like, I like that
better than the sharp wire or the
other type of hook, Just about a
3/16ths of an inch wide piece of
metal bent into a hook.
356 17 04 09 CDR Personal mobility aid, now that

we've got the, well I don't know
what you mean by a personal mobility
aid. I don't think there are any.
The personal restraint devices, I
think the thigh restraints are okay,
but not necessary. I would say tha
removal of the floor plates has
greatly improved the ease with
which we can nachor ourselves, to
_ eat our dinnerand do whateverwe
want to do. Thermal comfort _ it's
very comfortable down in the wardroom,
it's one fo the more comfortable rooms
f ,
Dump Tape 356-05

Page ii of 19
in the whole spacecraft. Noise

level is very low in the
wardroom, as it is in the entire
OWS, unless you've got the ATM
EREP cooling loop running and then
the dome takes the noises as it
comes down the air-lock and serves
as a great big megaphone and,
sends it down to us slightly
amplified.
B56 17 05 ll CDR Illumination in the wardroom is

excellent. Waste management
compartment, general arragement and
orientation in the compartment, -
I guess I have no complaints, I call
that very good. Volume of the
compartment, I think that 's very
good; it's quite adequate for the
_ use.
356 17 05 33 CDR Ceiling to floor proximity is

adequate; ingress, eggress provisions
adequate, no problems there at all.
Trash collection provisions, there's
one trash bag in there adn it's
located in a good position. I
can't really complain about that.
Temporary equipment restralnts,
those are ndnimal. Again we've _ved
in a bungee 8_nd put it over the
- the top 6oor_ in the top locker,
over there above the S_9_D, and that's
where we put urine bags and things.
Usually the first guy in the waste
compartment gets all three urine bags
and all three ssa_01ing bags and puts
them under the bungees available for
the other guys to uses and to void
having to open and close the Io cker,
down at the bottom near the floor so
many times,
356 17 06 30 CDR We use velero to restrain pensils,

things like that. Personal mobility
/-_ _ids, none. Fersonal restraint de-
vices, I've already discussed what
f ,
Dump Tape 356-05

Page 12 of 19
I think of the restraint devices in

the - in the waste management com-
partment, they're terrible, Somehow
we needed te have an open grill izo
there.
356 17 06 56 CDR You just, you're in there trying to

clean up after defecation, or you're
trying to urinate or comb your hair
or do anything in there, and you Just
ricochet off the wall like a bebe in
a tin can. You've Just no place to
anchor yourself down, those restraints
that are in there are completely un-
satisfactory. The fecal collector
once you anchor yourself down on that
rascal, I got no complaints about
restraint devices there, I use the
lap strap and there's Just no problem;
_-" I put my feet in the foot restraint
area that's back behind the urine
drawers, and it all works very nicely;
it's once you get off that thing and
start the clean up process, when it
begins to get exasperated.
356 17 07 4B CDR Thermal comfort in the head is fine,

noise level is okay, Just a little bit
noisy with the separaters going, but
it's not uncomfortable at all. Illu-
mination is quite adequate, more
than, more than a_equate. Sleep com-
partment, general arrangement.
356 17 08 02 CDR They're fine for sleeping, there's

not much of a place to go hide and
be by yourself, unless you're going
to get into your bed, because there's
no place to anchor yourself or really
put yourself unless you're in bed.
The volume of the compartment is
Just about right for that use.
356 17 08 19 CDE The ceiling to floor proximity is

okay. Ingress - egress provisions,
they're good, the doors are very
f
Dump Tape 356-05

Page 13 of 19
good and light - the light blocking

devices, the fact that you got the
velcro doors and the - the light
attentuators in the ceiling, they're
all very good.
356 17 08 40 CDR Trash collection provision, no prob-

lem. Inside they're well located,
and no problem there. Stowage volume
and access, well I've already dis-
cussed that earlier; I think werre
a little light on personal item stow-
age volume; I think a little Ben
Franklin type desk top or something
for the second from the top, a locker
would have been very nice, because
you could lay in bed and reach that
and write or read or something like
that, that would have been very nice.
356 17 09 17 CDR It would have been nice if that locker

was - was provisioned with ways to
restrain small articles that you would
want to keep in there, personal articles.
Temporary equipment restraints again,
we're in wide use of snaps, velero and -
and springs, bungees in order to aneher
your personal equipment down. Personal
mobility aid, none.
356 17 09 43 CDR Personal restraint devices, none other

than the bed, I have all ready talked
about the bed, I think it is a step
in the right direction; it's a very
good piece of gear. Don't know how
you would improve it off-hand, except
possibly rather than body straps, you
might want to use something llke a
big body sheet, much like the sheet
thats over the front of the SMMD, that
sort of thing might be kind of nice.
I don't know, but it will - would bear
looking into.
356 17 I0 18 CDR Thermal comfort in sleep compartment,

I thinkis good. There'slotsof air
moving through there and you can adjust
Dump Tape 356-05
Page 14 of 19
your bed - your bedding to keep you

at the right comfort level. Noise level
is excellent. It's very quite in
there; the walls pretty well da - and the
door pretty well damp out the noise
as well as the light altenuators.
Illumination is fine. One light in
there is more than adequate. Experiment
compartment, general arrangment and
orientation. I think that's fine, the
chair's kind of off in the corner and
out of the way where I would really
put it.
356 17 lO 59 CDR I have no complaint about the arrangement

and orientation of that compartment.
The volume is about right. Ceiling to
floor proximity is fine. Ingress
egress provisions are more than adequate.
356 17 ll 13 CDR Trash collection provisions, I think

there is where we fall short in the
experiment compartment. There really
aren't any good places for trash. I
think we need a trash stowage area
over around Ml31 area and something over
say between the bicycles and the UMD.
356 17 ll 40 CDR Stowage volume and access no problems

there. Temporary equipment restraints,
again - again in this area we use mostly
velcro, not many - many springs. Personal
mobility aids: none. Personal restraint
devices, well, the floor grid is the
primary device and that's excellent.
Most of the other restraint devices that
you got are mobility aids are Just
grabbing - grabbing hold of things like
the handles on the BMMD or the handlebars
are on the bike or something like that.
356 17 12 12 CDR Thermal comfort is fine; no - noise

level is fine; illumination is excel-
lent. Trash airlock, problem here for
the operator of the trash airlock,
thereis no reallygoodway of achor-
ing yourself or restraining yourself
Dump Tape 356-05

Page 13 of
r
Dump Tape 356-05

Page 15 of 19
while you'r, trying to use .... trash

alrlock. _ ....
full on the L :-_!e;
open the d_/_; and pull on _ handle
to push the trash out and your body
goes the oposite way, and you find
yourself having to lock your legs
down around the trash airloek and Just
grab it with your legs.
356 17 12 h3 CDR And I think there could be a better

way to restrain the operator of the
trash alrlock. The forward dome
compartment, general arrangement, I
have no quarrel with the general
arrangment of the dome area, forward
compartment area.
356 17 13 01 I have all ready talked about the

.... dome lockersand their arrangment,
I think that's quite excellent. Vol-
ume of the compartment is more than
adequate. Ceiling to floor prox -
proximity, that's not applicable here
because we've got a lot of distance
between ceiling and floor and that's
what we want. Ingress/egress provi-
sions, I think is fine.
356 17 13 23 CDR We have two ways to get in - In through

here or up from the wardroom or up
through the center area over the trash
airlock. And they're both Just fine.
Trash collection provisions, again,
there - trash collection in this area
is Just about nil and I think there
ought to be a couple - a couple of
lockers with trash bags in them would
be very good. We've got one over in
5 - in the 500 stack over there, 560.
356 17 13 51 CDR And another one on the other side

would have been very nice. Stowage
volume and access, no, problem there,
there's lots of volume _,d access for
j._ _ stowage,and the dome ic_kere are very
good. Temporary equipment restrain1.,
here we use equipment straps bunge _,
and the floor grid itself and itfise.
f--
Dump Tape 3_6-05

Pa_e 16 of 19
356 17 14 17 CDR I think probably a few snap patterns

under the dome area would be handy.
We could put some - some equipment
up there. Fersonal mobility aids, the
flreman's pole we used the first part
of the mission until we got our bear-
ings; we got rid of it. The - we
haven't even tried to use the strap.
356 17 14 43 CDE In this compartment it's a matter of

deciding where you want to go, aiming
yourself in that direction, pushing off
and coasting. I don't think you really
need many mobility aids in here. Per-
sonal restraint devices, the good old
grid_ no sweat. Thermal comfort is
quite comfortable in this compartment
as well, the noise level is Just a
little bit noiser than the experiment
compartment because we're a little bit
closer to the noise of the MDA.
B56 17 15 ll CDR Illumination in the forward compartment

is excellent. Airloek compartment,
general ara - arrangment and orientation
... well there can't be much said about
that. A tube is a tube is a tube, and
you have to put a few panels in there
for the EVA systems and it's all in
there and you Just can't say much about
it.
356 17 15 30 CDR It's - It's acceptable. The volume of

the compartment is acceptable; it's -
really would be nicer if the airlock
could have been bigger. When - there's
two guys in there with all their equip-
ment and their suits, the volume does
appear to be rather cramped. It's very
tight in there.
356 17 15 51 CDR It would be better I thing to have it

bigger, however having a bigger airloek
means you've got to pump more air when
you want to pressurize or depressurize
it. Ingress/egress provisions, no prob-
r
Dump Tape 356-05

Page 17 of 19
lems with it. The gemini hatch is a

fine external eXterior hatch and the
hatches on each end of the airlock are
of adequate size. Stowage volume and
access is NA, not applicable. Tempo-
rary equipment restraints, snap patterns
and delco are about all that are in
there.
356 17 16 30 CDH And we use - make extensive use of wrist

tethers and waist tethers for the EVA
situation. Personnel mobility aids,
there are none in there. Restraint de-
vices, little or none, some hand rails
and that is about it and there really
isn't much you can do about that either.
356 17 16 53 CDR Thermal comfort, it begins to get cold

when you move from the dome to the air-
lock toward the MDA. Noise level; it
is extremely noisey in the alrlock. The
alrlock pumps - the water glycol pump -
correction, not water glycol, coolanol
pump and the - the primary coolant,
secondary cooler loop, also, the KTM
coolant pump, are very noisey. Illumi-
nation in the airlock is fine. You can
set it negative or dim and it's quite
adequate.
356 17 17 3h CDR Ok_qr, MDA/STS, general arrangment and

orientation of compartment, I would say
given the size and volume you got to work
with, it's rather well-oriented and
arranged and compactly done so; the vol-
ume is acceptable, adequate. Ingress,
ceiling to floor proximity, well, you
know that's not applicable in there
really. Ingress/egress provisions, one
whole in each end is quite adequate.
Trash collection provision, there's
none up there and there really ought to
be at least two areas for trash col-
lection, one around the EREP area and
one over next to the ATM.
Dump Tape 356-05
Page 18 of 19
356 17 18 23 CDR PErsonal mobility aids, they're limited,

you find yourself grabbing on to what-
ever handholds you can find up there.
And I all ready mentioned the fact that
I thought that there ought to be one
handhold of some kind every four foot.
At least one - if you grab one you
should be able to look four feet in any
direction and find a handhold. Thermal
comfort, it's colder than the dickens
up there.
356 17 18 47 CDR I understnad why it has to be that way,

but it still is and you have to dress
for that area. If your going to work
in the airlock, you dress more warmly
than you do if your going to work
down in the experiment compartment or
in the - the forwardcompartment.
Noise levels in the air - in the MDISTS
I think is unacceptably high.
356 17 19 09 CDR The biggest offender right now is the rate

gyros and I realize that wasnt' a designed
feature, that was something we had to
add to survive and I understand that, but
still you do have pump noises up there
from the cooland system and all, and it's
higher than it should be. Illumination
in the airlock MDAISTS is - is more than
adequate, qutie adequate.
356 17 19 31 CDR CDR out.
356 17 27 38 CDR This is the CDR at 17:30 Zulu; subject is

M509 batteries. Terminate charge on
M509 battery number 6 and initiate
charge on battery number 7.
356 17 27 57 CDR CDR out.
PLT This is the pLT reporting the ATM

debriefing J0P 18, that started at 17:12.
JOP 6, step 2, building block 2 completed
- - per pad, the Sun centerexposureof
82A completed per pad. The corona was
about the same as reported last orbit.
b" rL • "
.-_" Dump Tape 356-05

Page 19 of 19
The streamer on the east limb is

brightening at the base and widening
considerably. The west limb, still has
a good strong coronal streamer about
2, 2:15 and another one lighter but much
fainter at 2 :30.
356 17 48 20 PLT The JOP 2 Alfa, step 6, building block

l0 was repeated per pad with the
following modifications: The grating -
the MIRROR AUTO RAST_ with grating
zero was conridinating with 56 and 54
per pad. I saw I had time so I sneaked
in a few extra MIRROR AUTO RASTERS,
ine at 594, which was the 54 and 56
exposures were coordinated; another one -
RASTER at 10:42, with no other instruments
running. And then a 24:34 RASTER with
coordinated with S056. So S054 did not
run on that one. I did a threw in a
coupleof MIRRORLINE SCANSright
after we were in the atmosphere. The
region seems to be dying down. Doesn't
look near as bright.
356 17 49 00 PLT PLT out.
END OF TAPE
/ -
Dump Tape 356-06 II_E I_UE ;
Time: 356:19:05 to 356:19:48 GMT "_1_ ig_/i_ _f_l" /_£
12/22/'73 _141._t1(J6 I=f_ow_ pIz_V_s
Page i of 17
, • 4 ,i'_,_,pr /_4_
356 19 06 00 PLT PLT reporting at 19:05 about 18:54, coming
up on the South American coast. And
this was at about 75 degrees west and
about - let's see - 40 - yeah, about
40 degrees south. That it's out in the
_("_ water off - make it about 42 degrees
i¢
south. I noticed my - the first time
I've been able to notice the - apparent
current in this area. It was a lighter
blue, the water and so forth, and it
appears, the plar_ton blooming.
But, man, that - this is the first time
I've noticed it on the west coast
of South America. And it was - oh,
I guess about i00 miles out to sea in
a fairly large area. Forel scale 7 to
8 is all this stuff, apparently is.
It varies slightly. Anyway, I thought
it would be significant to report.
_ Also I took a pictureof a smokecloud
inland about - oh, 300 miles south of
Santiago, and that was about oh,
40 degrees south latitude on the coast,
little small town, looked like. I
took one picture with the Hasselblad.
That the picture I took of the smoke
cloud was 300-millimeter. Took one
picture with the Hasselblad over what
I thought was Brasilia. It may not
have been. But I saw what appeared
to be a fairly large area of
development, and we had not been able
to get the picture of Brasilia, so
I took it. That was with a 100-millimeter
Hasselblad.
356 19 07 42 PLT PLT out.
356 19 09 30 PLT PLT. Time is 19:10.
PLT And this is a subjective evaluation

guide number 2, page 3-5. Evaluate
each of the following habitability
compartments with the parameter.
Dump Tape 356-06
Page 2 of 17
Okay, I guess I have no pat -

particular objection. Like it if
the window was accessible from more
angles. We find ourselves thrust -
thrusting ourselves against the ceiling
to look out. Nothing against the
wardroom; the window Just happens
to be in there.
356 19 I0 57 FLT Think it's sufficient in volume. The -

we find our - we need more place
to stow things on the surface.
We _ind our - we - c_meras, ... papers;
our Flight Plan ha_l to be cut into
small pieces because they're - they come -
they come up in - in bunches and they're
all different ... amd we need to
cut it all up. And we need to have
more places to stow sm_ll pieces of
paper. Ceiling/floor pro - proximity -
same thing. I find that probably - food
spills causes a lot of trouble. I've
already co_ented on the fact that
open grid work in the future should
be removable in sections so that you can
clean. Also, the grid work itself -
it's very difficult to clean food off
of because of the small - little small
pieces, the sharp corners, and so forth.
Yngress/Egress, no problem there. We
can come in through the ceiling ...
by the - Z SAL. And also through the
main door. It would be nice in - in the
future if _e could have a - some kind of
a convenient darkening capability for
the volume itself. Other than Just the -
well the door doesn't work, of course,
because the grid vlew_ng is open. Be nice
if we didn't have to use - say something
llke the TOG2 to - course, Y know that's
not the ft_iction of the _ardroom, hut
still that's where the window is.
Wherever the window happens to be, you
ought to be able to _mmediately dark -
_ darken the area without going through
a paper folding rotltlne, like you have
to do with the TO02. Even though that -
Dump Tape 356-0b
Page 3 of 17
that thing is fairly well designed,

it's still an awful lot of trouble
to get out and put back up and
discourages you from even using it.
356 19 12 43 PLT Trash collection and provision. The

bags aren't large enough. I guess - when
you - each place needs a wet and dry trash.
We find that the ca - we're always changing
cans to put away the wet cans and the -
and the drain bags. That's a - it's Just
a minor irritation, not too bad.
But it's certainly inconvenient to
have to continually change because
we don't have a convenient way of - of
immediately disposing of those except
in the overcans, and we have to
continually change those. Stowage
volume and access. There's not too
much of a problemthere. The mixed
purpose of the stowage has been the
big concern as far as I - I have
there. For the - for the window you
need a place to stow a camera and extra
lenses and filters and that sort of
thing without spattering them all up
with food spills. This is a problem;
we've spattered the window up; of course,
there's the window cover, but we
occasionally do take that out. And we
have to have the - out the window -
and we have to have it - the window cover
over. Food spills are a moJor concern
when you start locating anything in an
area where you're eating.
356 19 13 46 PLT Temporary equipment restraints.

Again, the same thing. We did not
have enough there. Personal - personnel
mobility aids. Well, with the ceiling/floor
proximity we have, it's no big problem.
We do find it difficult go over the
wardroom table. We usually find ourselves
going around one-g fashion, because there's
not quite enough space between the
top of the wardroom table and the ceiling
to get over without pinging something
on the table, knocking somebody's utensils
Dump Tape J56-06
Page 5 of 17
concerned. Ceiling/floor proximity

is all right. Ingress/egress provisions,
all right. Trash collection: Well, we
need lots more places to - I - l'd like
to have a lot more for tissues. And
I think that there - and this is -
there ought to be a special
tissue designed for men and women to
wipe the residual urine bubbles off of
the urethra outlet, or whatever you
want to call it. What happens is when
you take a leak, is that you end up -
no matter how careful you are there's
a - there's about a 5 - to 8-millimeter
bubble of urine on the end of your
penis. Or in the ease of a woman, I
don't know how they handle that, since
I've never really watched. But the -
_ this is a real problem;it's a hygiene
problem. And we probably will be flying
women, and I - I invite you to direct
your attention to that hygiene
problem. A tissue or something, some
kind of a wipe designed to clean up the
urine after urination.
B56 19 16 42 PLT Other than that, man, we're always grab-

bing tissue. I would personally like
to have a wet wipe after a dry _Tipe -
dry wipe after defecation. Because -
of course, we're taking dye makers,
which makes it - oh aesthetically
offensive,I suppose, is a good way -
it pisses you off, I guess, is a
way of saying it, when you have that
dye all over your ass end. But, anyway,
to make the defecation a more
efficacious procedure, it would be nice
to follow dry wipes with something like
a utensil wipe, so that you can clean
up the anus area and get the defecant -
the feces all off. A dry wipe - you
can - you can use four or five dry wipes
to try to clean up your rear and it won't
work. I mean all you'redoingis sand-
papering the anus after that. E_ough
on that subject, but I think it's - yau'll
find that is an area that should explored.
If you'll pardon the expression.
Dump Tape 356-06
Page 4 of 17
off their tray, or - if they're -

happen to be out, or Just in general
getting in their way and kicking them
in the head. Personnel restraint
devices. Well, we've already kicked
that one to death. We finally
removed the pedestal and that was Just
a - bad scene all the way around as far
as design is concerned. As far as I'm
personally concerned in evaluating it.
356 19 14 31 PLT Let's see; the - the fire restraint is

useless. The pu - the natural posture
of an individual is _Imost with legs
straightened out. And when - in trying
to design a table to make you assume a
one-g eating-at-the-table posture is
really out to lunch. That is not the
-_ way to go. I wouldrathereat
up like a sack - snack bar, where
you're standing up and eating. And some-
body 's already mentioned the eating
Japanese style, and I think that's
the - that's the way to go. You
need the tray close to your head and
you need room for your legs to almost
straighten out; otherwise you got a
perpetual tension in you abdomen, trying
to hold yourself in. Thermal comfort;
no problem. Noise level. No - well,
it's really not that bad. Illumination
is not problem.
B56 19 15 ll PLT WMC: general arrangement and orientation.

I've already beat that one to death
too. I don't llke the way you have to
hold your legs out straight when you
take a crap. It's not a natural posture
and it's Just - it's Just - it's
irritating to have to consciously hold
your legs out while you are straining
to defecate. If you have to strain; a
lot of times you don't, of course. But,
anyway, it - it also prevents you from
seatingyourposterior well on the
waste- wastemanagement crapper.
Size of the compartment. Well, it -
it's plenty big enough as far as I'm
Dump Tape 356-06
Page 6 of 17
356 19 17 40 PLT Stowage volume and access. Well, we

got enough urine bags and all that, and
so forth. Temporary equipment restraints.
I don - I - well, equip - equipment
restraints. Yeah. I think that we -
it would be nice to have more. There
are - are none in there. In fact, I was
Just at an M487 - not an M487, a
housekeeping task where I changed out
a fine filter and it said stow it. The -
the - the replacement filter. Well,
there ain't no place to stow it. So
we don't have enough equipment restraints
and clips. We'd like to write down the
weight - the - of the feces and the
urine. Of course we have a place to
write down the - the weight when we
weigh that. But when we use the SMMD of
the feces, we have to either remember,
becauseif the bag's in the weighing
device. And it would be a - nice to
have a place to write down things every
place that you work. There ought to be
good wrew restraints, and there ought
to be good places to write, and there
ought to be equipment restraints.
Because you're - always got your hands
full; put stuff under your arms, between
your legs, and in your teeth, trying to
hold on to all this garbage when you
try to do all these asinine tasks
that people ask - ask you to do in
these areas. And I - I - that is a bit
flippant, because msot of those
are important things, it is nice to record
that data. But we don't have places -
we don't have provisions for it. There
is one spring clip there someone thought-
fully provided in the WMC. But - I - it's
a very, very stiff spring, and we've had
cards under it - permanent cards under
it already, for - for logging the
weight of the urine, telling us which -
certain th - the urine management.
Personnel mobility aids. Well, I - there
"- weren't very many. Restraintdevicesare
cu - totally unsatisfactory in the WMC.
We've already commented on that. Thermal
comfort's okay. Nosie level is okay.
And illumination is okay.
f.
Dump Tape 356-06

Page 7 of 17
356 19 19 23 PLT Sleep compartment: general arrangements,

okay. Volume of the compartment, fine.
I don't think that it needs to be a
lot bigger than that. Ceiling/floor
proximity is okay. Ingress/egress. Ed
has a little trouble getting in and out
of his bunk because of the way his
bunk is provided, but the - ours are okay.
Trash collection is okay. Stowage
volume and access. Okay, once again,
the door on these lockers are really
had designs and another thing that I've
meant to - to - to gripe is the - the
little doors on the wipe and tissue
conts/ners. Those aren't - don't have
a strong enough spring in them. And
the trash - the dry trash doors and
the wet trash doors don't have strong
enough springs on them, because they -
/_ they sts_ open and you find yourself
snagging on them while they're in the
open position. As I say, all these
doors, drawers, and everything
else are Just really very poorly
designed. They don't do the Job. They're
Just - they don't latch, they pop open
when you don't want them to, and then
they - they Just are not satisfactory.
356 19 20 24 PLT Fersonnel restraint devices in the -

okay, we don't really have too much need
for it. Thermal comfort is pretty good.
What I'd like to be able to do would be
control the airflow while I'm in the
bunk. You get down and set the vents in
the floor and then you get back in your -
you get in the - in the - in the bunk.
And it's a big operation to get in and
out of the thing, so if there's a way
of setting the airflow control while
you were in the bunk it would be nice.
Noise level. Well, there's no noise
insulation in the air. I mean, if
you're trying to - to do - get any rest
while anybody else is doing anything,
Dump Tape 356-06
Fage 8 of 17
forget it. Because there is Just too

much noise. There is no noise control
in the vehicle. And that propogates
right into the sleep compartment.
Illumination is fine.
356 19 21 Ol PLT Experiment compartment: general

amrsngement and orientation of compartment.
Well, that's sort of a hodgepodge. Hard
to get back into that one corner over
there where the tool - tools are
kept, because we have to get back there
quite often. And when anybody's riding
the bicycle, you're taking a chance of
hurting them or you when you go sliding
past them, cause they'll be pumping on
the bike. That ought to have a special
volume all its own, because it does
_ occupythat,tied it up. And there
is a small safety problem there when
you start trying to go by somebody with
a - the bike, while they're operating the
bike. The corner over there where the -
it was 131 chair; well, that's a good
place for the 131 chair. It's sort of
out of the way, and sort of useless area
in there, anyway. Ceiling/floor proximity's
fine.
356 19 21 h5 PLT Ingress/egress provisions. Well, here's

a sm_ll point. They put those neutron
detectors in the - around the ring where -
the ha - the hole that we come into
when we come in straight down the X-axis
into the experiment compartment. And
several times we've touched the neutron
detector, which is not supposed to
be touched. Well, forget it' I mean, if
you're coming down through there and you
got to get a hold of something, you're
going to grab_ you're going to grab for
the lightning hole or anything else. And
this is what's happened_ that's why that
particular experiment's been possibly
contaminated. Now, that - that - that's
a consideration. You should not locate
sensitive devices anywhere around a
high-traffic area because, man, a guy's
f
Dump Tape 356-06

Page 9 of 17
going to - going to grab, and

eventually he's going to get a
hold of it. Ingress/egress provisions,
no .. ..
356 19 22 28 PLT Trash collection provision; there is

none out there. I think there was one,
but we - but Pete moved it here in the -
the wardroom. But there ought to be some,
and that's - by the way - oh, yes. I
know what I want to talk about. Disposing
of that - of the myriad of little tiny
bits and pieces you get when you're
putting sensors on for the M092 or what-
ever. When you put biosensors on, you've
got overtapes and those little 31a-
I Jsut suppose adhesive - caps on the -
or rings on the sensors themselves.
And then when you get through, you've got
J to get - pull them off, and you've got
to take the electrolyte sponge out. And
those things are floating all over the
spacecraft. There ought to be a special
way, and the medics ought to bear the
brunt of the responsibility of designing
it, of getting rid of the small sponges
and overtapes and ring tapes, because
those are - are really - they're messy,
they're - it takes time - it's time
consuming to clean those and clean the
harness up. And we have to use the
regular trash pr - trash provision,
and the mouth on that thing is -
the slit on it's too long. And those
things, you can put them in there and
they'll Just chase you right out. They'll
follow your finger right back out. And
they're always covering the diffuser
section up above.
35b 19 23 h2 PLT So, l suppose - going back to the WMC,

since that's what we put our sensors on,
that that would be a - a complaint against
it, although it's not a complaint again
WMC because that's not its designed
function.But it's againstan area
wherever medical preparations - preparation
for medical experiments is performed.
Dump Tape 356-06
Page i0 of 17
Thermal comfort in the experiment

compartmetn, no problem. Noise level,
as my previous comment implies.
lllumlnation' s fine.
356 19 24 08 PLT Forward/dome area; Don't do too much

up there except vacuum. General arrange-
ment and orientation, fine. The hand-
holds are great_ we don't use them a
whole lot, but they're good for moving
around when you need to. Volume is
great. Ceillng/floor proximity is not
applicable, since there's not a
opposition surface. Ok_. Trash
collection. There ought to be a trash
bag by the diffuser. It - because it's s
real nice. And this is - this is a
important note I'm naking, so how about
J_- taking a listen. Any place where you have
a sucking surface, whether it's a diffuser
or a fan or anything, you ought to have
a trash bag located, or at least a provision
for installing one, because that collects
sm awful lot of solids. Now some of
it's stuff that you want to retrieve% it's
good items. But it - it also collects
an awful lot of large trash items, which
could be very conveniently disposed of
in a disposal beg if there was - area right
next to it. That applies to all the
fans and blowers in the - any place
where therets a suction involved on a
surface.
356 19 25 i0 FLT And, let's see - stowage volume, there's

no stowage up there. Temporary equipment
restraints are pretty good in that area.
The personnel mobility aids; handholds
are pretty good. Personnel restraint
devices; there really aren't any other
than the* handholds. Thermal comfort,
noise level, illlrm_natlon - all okay in
that area. Except the noise level, of
course, is reasonably high there.
/ /_ There's - there is sound focusing up in
that dome area because of the spherical
nature of the surface.
Dump Tape 356-06
Page ii of 17
356 19 25 40 PLT The airlock: General arrangement and

orientation of compartment: don't
like the small size of the numbers
on osme of the panels. Hard to see
some of the numbers, not nearly as bad
as the MDA. Volume of compartment
for ... Because of traffic through
that thing, that's a lousy place to
put an airlock. I think an airlock
ought to be out of the main flow
of trafic. But I know why it's -
it's there: because it's reasonably
close to the - supposedly EVA work
area. But we're - we have to go back
and forth through that a hundred
times a day almost, aud the fact that
it's so small in dismeter does cause
a small problem. And also we've had
to string equipment through there.
Like ... - right now I have got a high
power accessory cable connected up to the
video tape recorder from the dome area.
A high power outlet. Now, personnally,
I think that is a questionable procedure,
but that's what the procedures call for
and we've done it be - for the reason.
So it's not Just - I'm not Just directing
this against the ground from - from the
procedure standpoint because we've done
it ourselves. But I personally think
that tha's not the - the - the
safest thing to do is to keep a
cable through there all the time. And
what - that has to do with the volume of
the compartment and the location. The
fact that it - it's an airloek, the
voltnne is satisfactroy for its designed
function. But the fact that it's a tr -
high traffic flow area makes the volume
of the compartment - I'd say marginal.
Now, don't get me wrong. I mean, it's
not hard to get - get in and get through
there and so forth, but I Jsut question
the wisdom of locating an airlock in that
position relative to the major activity
area. That is, betweenmajor activity
areas and the workshop.
Dump Tape 356-06
Page12 of 17
356 19 27 23 PLT Ceiling/floor proximity. Course you

can move around there with no problem.
Ingress/egress, no problem. No, it's
no problem. The hatches - I don't like
the way those hatches are designed.
I think they're totally out-to-lunch on
that design. Those things too hard to
move around. They bang into stuff; they
gouge hunks out of - hunks of point out
of material. And, in fact, it's - those
are designed so bad, the factory put one
of them in wrong, if you what to check
the doct_nentation on them. They had to
change all the pictures. But they're
not very good hatchs, I don't think,
because of the way they interfere with
everything. Trash collection provision.
There's none in there and I'm not even
sure there needs to be. Stowage volume ;
there is no stowage in there other than
the unbilical hoses. And those caps on
"f those umbiliealsare too darnedhard
to put on when you got - they've been
connected. I think that's an
unsatisfactory arrangement. I think that
you stand to damage the umbilical
hose with the force that's required to
put that thing back on. And I think that
ought to be taken a look at by ground
safety as well as the safety people them-
selves. It's Just - you - you bang -
you really have to push on that thing.
And there's no reason and - any operation
involving delicate EVA hardware ; there 's
just no excuse for it to - being that
hard to work.
356 19 28 38 PLT Stowage volume and access ; my previous

co_nent applies to the - this. Okay.
Temporary equipment restraints. Well,
in the - in the EVA position - you've
got a big zipper bag in there for use
in EVA and there's not even a
zipper pull tab on it, I don't think.
That's really bad planning. It's
hard to do that with - with gloves on
and hard suits. I went back in there
to try to get somethi_ng hard suit; I
forget what it was, a pair of scissors,
Dump Tape 356-06
Page 13 of 17
I think. And that was a real

pushing and shoving contest to try to
get that bag open. Anything that's
designed for stowage in a EV - in an
airlock ought to be designed for EVA
use. Because it'll eventually be -
end up used for that. We do not have
enough places to locate equipment
around in the - in the airlock for EVA
use. It's always make do - make do
with straps and tethers and tape and that
sort of thing. An airlock ought to be
very, very flexibly designed with - with
an idea toward equil_nent that you haven't
even seen yet and can't even envision.
It ought to cover a complete spectrum of
size and delicacy. In other words, there
ought to - you ought to - you ought to
have someway of - of restraining large
items, long items, big items, round items,
small and rather fragile items.
356 19 29 56 PLT Personnel mobility aids they're all right.

I think the - the airlock hatch required
too much force to put the pole into
position that holds it open. But that's -
that's too late, way too late now. Each
EVA task, tought by - Just by nature to
be very easy, but that is a problem in
the airlock. Thermal comfort, no big
deal; noise level, fairly high up there;
eliminat ion, no problems. MDA/STS,
arrangement and orintation of compartment:
Well, all I gotta say is, if you want
a very good example of how not to
design - how not to design and arrange
a compartment, the MDA is the best example,
and STS is right on it's heel. Boy, both
of those are so lousy, I don't even
want to talk about it until I get back
down to ground, because everytime I think
about how stupid the layout is in there,
I get all upset. You can't even find the
numbers on panels. They refer to numbers
f that are not even in there. Just the
other day, yesterday, in fact I was doing
557, and I was directed to the battery
vent valve, number - panel or location
number so-an-so. That's another thing,
Dump Tape 356-06
Page 14 of 17
you don't know whether it's a panel

or a location; you can if you look
at the number closely because if it
has an M in front of it, then it's
a location. If it has - doesn't
have a alphabetical letter M in front
of it, then it's a panel number. But
anyway, that number is not in the
spacecraft; this is really a lousy
arrangment. That MDA is really bad.
And if you want an example of how not to
lay something out, there it is. Boy,
go in there and take a good look because
that's the way you don't want to do it.
356 19 31 31 PLT Numbers - sometimes the numbers are

there, but they're hiddne; you can't
find them they're put under pieces
of hardware and on top of it. Okay,
yes I understand.They had the number
there and people directed them to
put something in on top of it. But,
man, there is nothing to keep me
from putting some kind of decal on it
that had a big arrow and said, "Hey,
dummy, look here for 322, or whatever
it happens to be, 157."
356 19 31 54 PLT It - the volume of the compartment is

great ; Ceiling/floor proxmity is not
good enough. It is too great for the
paucity of crew restraint; ingress/egress
provisions, no problem; trash collection,
we ought to have a place to locate a bag
in every large compartment, like that.
Ought to be two trash bags locations,
one near the CSM hatch and one back
near the STS. ATM is a high activity
area; there ought to be a trash bag there.
Stowage volume and access, stowage
volume is, I believe, adaquate-
fairly adaquate as far as the volume; and
access is terrible because some of those
doggoned doors are really hard to open.
The pins are hard to get out; and they're
hardto get back in. And I realizethat
these things are mapped to be made like a
mansoleum valut because of the film
protection, but that does not mean they
need to be hard to operate.
F
Dump Tape 356-06

Page 15 of 17
Temporary equipment restraints, almost

nonexsistent ; personnel mobility
aids very poor; personnel restraint
devices very, very, poor. The foot
restraints for the EREP is good, for
ATM is good. When you use the foot
restraint for the 512 it's not very
good. It - in fact I stopped
using it, it was so bad, I could get
along better without the thing. It
holds your body in the wrong position.
Thermal comfort is cold, but it's
sort of a nice relief from the
workshop, which is hot. It is too
bad we don't have a batter way of
transferring hot air upto the
the MDA to get to cool off some of
the aire we use down in the workshop.
Noise level is fairly high in there.
We have commented on this. I took
some M487 readings 2 days ago, and it
is fairly high. lll1_mination is
satisfactory.
B56 19 33 39 PLT And let's see - To go back the - the

loeatability of items in the MDA is os
bad it A1msot looks like you had to go
out of your way to design it that was.
I mean to try and find a number in
that place for - if you don't happen -
if you know where it is, then dang it,
you don't even need the number, and if
you don't know where it is the number
don't do you any good. So, the
MDA is Jsut - and the STS is not much
better. The panel they got is
terrible, absolutely atrocious.
That DC-B arrangement that was foisted
upon us by Mac Dan is so bad that panel
200, 201, and 202, that it _1_ost
ought to be a law against designing a
panel like that in the future. In fact,
I - There was an error in the checklist
in 557 yesterday, which told me to turn
a - to close a circuit breaker UP,
yesterday; that was the instructions.
And that checklist has probably been
written for quite a long time, but
there - right there is an good example,
Dump Tape 356-06
Page 16 of 17
they want me to close the circuit

breaker, and they put in parentheses
UP. And, of course, you close
circuit breakers by turning them DOWN
when you're looking at the printing right
side up on the panel. But anyway, I
just say they - it's also the guldes.
The guards on the switches and every-
thing conceal an awful lot of
nomenclature and make it pretty difficult
to find the switch. But the 200, 201,
and 202 are so bad that, you know, it
Just leaves a bad taste in _ mouth every-
time I try to work in the area because
you're moving - trying to move your
head to a bad angle. You get your head
where you are in a good angle and
you can't read the numbers, you are lookin@
upside down at the nomanelature. Bad
/_ scene, all the way around, STS. I can't
over emphasize the fact that that is
extremely poor lay out, as far as the
control display panel is concerned. And
that has to do with the more or less
paradoxical conventions that are used -
conventions that are used as far as up/down
and throwing the switches. And the
major problem in the area is the switch
guards, which are ahsolutly essential in
that area; you are really kicking around
in there a lot of time when you are
moving. - And you have to have good
switch guards control guards.
356 19 35 48 PLT But there's gotta be a better way of doing

it, because they conceal too much nomencla-
ture with the big rods and so forth.
This is the PLT completion of M487-3,
Subjection Evaluation Guide 2; and that's
3-5, and then the Eval Checklist. PLT,
out.
356 19 h4 00 CDR This is the CDR at 19:h4 Zulu with a

debrief of the AT2h Zulu ATM pass. The
JOP 6, building block 32 was no sweat.
Then we did a branch of 2-A, building
block i0; again no sweat. The only thing
of significance was the - in active
region 00 the scan spots had; in the
Dump Tape 356-06
Page 17 of 17
beginning of the pas, a piece of

plage, a small plage. It was intruding
in over the umbra of the spot. By
the end of the pass, that plage was no
longer there. The umbra still had a
notch in it, but it was completely surrounded
by penumbra at that time. And I had
enough time left to do a shopping list
item number 6, which was a J0P 2 Echo
step 3. I did a building block 20 -
correction building block ii at the
dark umbra, and that's about it. Nothing
spectacular. Active region O0 looking
quieter mud quieter. Like I said, the
only thing of interest I noted was the
disappearance of the plage over the
t_nbra. CDR out.
Dump Tape 356-07
_'" Time: 356:20:11 to 356:21:58 (_MT
12/22/73
Page 1 of 1
Time Segments: 356:20:11 - 356:20:15:11, 356:20:h8:30 -

356:20:55:48 and 356:21:52:20 - 356:21:54:20 Verbatim
Duplicated in Dump Tape 356-08
Dump Tape 356-08
Time: 356:20:11 to 356:21:54 GNff
12/22/73
Page 1 of 6
356 20 ii 3h CDR This is the CDR at 20:ii Zulu.

With a sub - a debriefing on the
subject of Earth observation. The
site we looked at was New Zealand.
The Sun angle was quite low, it
was shortly after sunrise. I would
estimate the sun angle to be maybe
20 degrees. The Alpine fault
down New Zealand was very, very
easy to see, quite clear. We took
two handheld Eassleblad photos of
it because it was such a terrific
opportunity to see that fault.
The magazine used was Charlie X-ray
17. The pictures were taken at 20:06,
and the frA_ numbers were D,lmhers
146 and 147. They were taken at
a shutter speed or an f/stop of 8
with 1/250 of a second.
s 356 20 12 39 CDR And the fault moving we could -

we were crossing the northern end of
8outh Island looking to the south.
And you could see a fault line
all the way to from the very
northern end of South Island until
it disappeared under the clouds
about 80 percent of the way down to -
down to South Island, so we have
two very good Hasslehlad photos
that graphically show the fault.
356 20 Ii 09 CDR And also the weather is" Just perfect

and the Sun angle is perfect; you
should have some real good information
here. Then getting on and looking
at currents - stand by. As
proceeded on to the East of New
Zealand, we - we came about 55 -
oh, I guess 40 to 150 miles is the
area that we're talking about.
East of New Zealand, east of the
path between North Island and South
Island. Let me get a map. Okay
that's Crook Strait.
Dump Tape 356-08
Page 2 of 6
356 20 14 00 CDR About - between 50 and 150 miles

east of Cook Strait, we saw a
rather clear plankton blooming
situation. It was obvious that
the - the water - the current
was - the current that was coming
through the Cook Strait and
emptying out into the - I guess
it's the South Pacific - South
Pacific Ocean there.
356 20 14 25 CDR And you can see where the current

was slowing down; the plankton was
blooming up, coming up and was
forming sort of a mustasche or
eddy pattern indicating - showing
that the current was reJoing I
guess, the - the rest of the west
wind drift current that comes
around the south end of Nes Zealand
or is that the great Austrailian
Bight Current? It's right in that
transition zone where you call it
on one side of New Zealand and the
other on the other side. But at
any rate this batJh of chlorophyll
blooming - plankton blooming that
we saw very, very clearly showed
the eastern-most end of the current
as it was coming out of the Cook
Strait.
356 20 15 ll CDR CDR out.
TIME SKIP
356 20 _8 30 SPT SPT at 20:48. ATM pass which

begin at 20:12. Act_aISy I
got down here quite a bit before
that probably more llke 58 -
19:58. And building block 2
Sun center, no problem, and the
ten second exposure on 82A left
f - some observing time which I sure
appreciate and enjoy.
Dump Tape 356-08
Page 3 of 6
356 20 49 07 SPT Unforttmately we seem to be

planning about a day behind what
the Sun is doing. Yesterday
would have been a great day
for this type of program,
fluctating by points flarewaits.
Today as you know it is relatively
static day in active region zero
zero. So I -nonetheless seeing
as there still is some flare
potential there, I stayed at zero
zero and tried to use what instru-
ments still had film available
and 55, amounted to essentially 56
getting lots of PATROL SHORTS.
ll of them in the observing period.
356 20 50 03 SPT And 55 with 55 we looked at the

bright point i_diately to the east
of the Sun spot. Did a GRATING
AUTOSCANat thatpointand a
complete MIRROR AUTO RASTER. And
then we Just kept the mirror over;
we got spectra at three additional
locations and one was at the
penumbra of the sunspot, one in
the sunspot, and one in the other
side of the penumbra.
356 20 30 39 SPT I thought it might be interesting

to take a look at the spot. The
sunspot had been coalescing and
if anything, looks like it's being
eroded away a little bit, on the
east side. Yesterday after it coalesced
there was a - almost a perfectly
circular spot with intrusion of -
of plage. Now, it looks like one
third of the easterd side is eroded
away. So I thought it'd be interesting
to look at the spectra on that side
relative to the spectra on the
other side which looks like a standard
penumbra.
Dump Tape 356-08
Page 4 of 6
356 20 51 19 SPT So we were in ROLL of plus 1133,

UP/DOWN of minus 196 and RIGHT/
LEFT of ... h6. Hold on a minute.
Okay, picking up again. I started
out at those first coordinates,
remained at those coordinates
throug_hout the observation. Oxygen
was only around 4000 at that bright
point, beginning not a very bright
point at all. One of the brightest
in the active regions however. We
then move the mirror 4 steps, then
8 steps, then 12 steps to the rights
that's 20 arc seconds, h0 arc seconds,
and 60 arc seconds. And did a
GRATING AUTO SCAN at each, that is
we did a MIRROR AUTO I_ASTER at the
initial pointing, and then a GRATING
AUTO SCAN at 10:33, GRATING AUTO
SCANat 10:37,GRATINGAUTO SCAN
at 10:hl and a GRATING AUTO SCAN
at 10:hS.
356 20 53 23 SPT And then we did another MIFd_OR

AUTO RASTER at the conclusion but
only got down to llne lh before we
got below 400 K, but I think that
was sufficient to show you if there
was any appreciable changes between
the initial and final conditions.
356 20 53 h2 S_T So it looks as though when we

get a view of some prominence on
the limb, we look for it the following
day, and we got a lot of activity
we look for that the following d_y.
I think part of the - part of the
reason for this situation is I'm
not Just getting down to you quick
enough what I see in the way of things
happening. I think we've got to
be much more responsive in changing
the observing program; plan on a
four or five hour basis rather than
on a 2h in these particular instances.
f- Dump Tape 356-08
Page 5 of 6
They're real targets of oppor-

tunity and they don't stay around
long.
356 20 34 29 SPT I usually feel compelled to run

the programs which come up and
I think that I should, but I think
I'll probably be a little more
vocal about reco_m_enddng alternate
observing programs because of
conditions which have changed since
the planning was done. On S052,
one thing that bege_ to concern me
a bit is that we have not observed
on the WLC any coronal transients
at all due to relatively long term
changes in the corona. Even while
we had the fairly active longitude
the ... longitude out there on the
limb. I 'm wondering whether this
lack of activity correspongs to
_ eitherthe inability to see it on
our part of because of a real
decrease in coronal activity. If
you have any indexes by which you
can measure the level of activity
now, versus what you saw on SL-3
I would appreciate hearing that
comparison.
356 20 55 48 SPT SPT out.
CREW ...
CC ...
TIME SKIP

The subject is M092 and documented
exercise - instrumented exercise.
M092 - stand by. MOg_ run was
started at 20:15 Zulu. The
subject was the PLT. His left
/
Dump Tape 356-08
Page 6 of 6
calf was 13-3/8, his right calf

was 13-1/8. The legbands used
were Charlie Juliett on the left
side, Alfa Qulbec on the right
side.
356 21 53 09 CDR Alfa X-ray - apparently has an

open or something in it, because
it indicated full scale high no
matter what the gain or null
setting, and we changed out to
Alfa Quebec and it worked out
perfectly. We terminated the MD92
and blood vol,,m_ measurements
at21:37. _
356 21 53 33 CDR We Just now got started with the

instrumented exercise. It looks
llke this w_s scheduled Just a
--_ little hit too tight - too close
to the $201 exercise that's to
start st 22:20. So, Bill will not
be able to give a full, what he
usually gives, of 35 minutes of
instrumented exercise, but he
said he will - he will quit at -
at 22:20 in time for $201, but he
will give a max effort before he
quits, so that you will have the
data. We owe you a - a CAL HIGH
and a CAL LOW; we did not get them
in before the MI?I run. We Just
didn't feel we could spare the time
and we will give it to you at the
end of the run.
356 21 54 2O CDR CDR out.
END OF TAPE
Dump Tape 356-09
Time: 356:22:40 to 357:00:00 (_4T
12/22/73
Page 1 of 7
356 22 h0 XX CDR - - The cells have the power

off now and let things cool
down and we'll start over again
at 22:42 on T-28. So I messed
up your exposure on T-Ih; I
lost you 5 minutes on that. T-28
is sitting ready to go now over
again. It'll start at 22:42:30.
The rotation is good. It's a
ROTATION of 30.2, a TILT of 27.5.
356 22 h0 h4 CDR Okay, we're coming up now on 22:41.
CDR What I did is I terminated T-14 at

36 and I started T-28 at 37. Well,
I terminated at 36:27 and started
at 37:30, so that was the problem,
so now you know where your film
has gone. We're coming up on
42 in about i0 seconds.
356 22 h2 01 CDR MARK, 42. Okay, this target is

T-28 - Tango 28. 30.2, 27.5 on
: the ROTATIONand TILT. You'll
hear two marks. The first mark'll
be POWER; the second mark'll be
RESTART - or_ START, I should say.
Coming up on 30; stand by -
356 22 42 30 CDR MARK, POWER.
356 22 42 32 CDR MARK, START. Okay, seems to be

running properly. Now I'ii try
to keep my hands off of it until
50. This is the CDR going off
the line for a little while and
the SPT will be coming up with
some debriefing.
356 22 43 19 SPT SPT at 22:43; ATM pass which began

at 21:30. Building block 32 at the
beginning was not done; substituted
a building block 2 in order to - to
/"_ Dump Tape 356-09
Page 2 of 7
get a better look at - to give

52 a little better look at the
the streamer which is appearing on
the left limb. And also to
take care of some relatively long
exposures for the two X-ray and
•.. PATROL, NORMAL and 54 ... exposure.
I gave the signal to 82A. I did
that first because we were close
to a roll of zero when we came
up. Then to building block 2.
55 in that building block 2 is just
a MIRROR, AUTO RASTER at GRATING
of zero. Okay, I got active region
00. Well, this time procedurally
things were relatively quiet again
and rather static. Well, at one
of the shopping list items I have
not before and incidentally the line
profile. And here chose a relatively
high line of m_gnesium X and put
it across as many of the features
as I could in the active region 233
without any bright points. Again
relatively weak, only a couple of
thousand or so. And I could ..°
356 22 25 37 SPT Then I started at a grating of 3250

and I made 30 seconds or so -
30 seconds or more in some cases.
Moved it up one grating position.
Head it going across the Sun spots
on the eastern side of the active
region of the couple bright and
right to the center of the large
Sun spots on the left of the meter.
Following that, I looked around
the limb a little bit and couldn't
see any prominence over at the
west limb. Relatively small
prominences over on the limb -
the east limb, little north of the
equator. Active region 02, 04
are - are there, and not very
complex - Looks llke associated
with them is about the density in
_ Dump Tape 356-09
Page 3 of 7
oxygen VI now as the plage over

at 00m and that's around 3 or
4000. We did the JOP 7, and the
52, I think we got you to time
the exposure at l0 seconds -about
9 seconds - or ll or lO. I'll
try and pick that up on a subsequent
orbit - give you 1 to l0 - ll to lO.
356 22 h7 56 SPT SPT out.
356 22 48 42 CDR Okay, this is the CDR. We're

coming up on 22:49 Zulu. I've been
doing a little calculation here,
looking at the automatic sequence
and it appears that T-lh that I
got you a full automatic 20h sequence -
204.75. I terminated right exactly
at the end of that sequence. You
just didn't get that extra 5 minutes
of photoelectron soakingon the last
plate. So I don't feel quite as bad
about T-lb. What I did do though
was waste - waste some of your film
on a phony sequence which started
at 37 - 22 :37 :30 and went for - on
the order of 4 minutes, which would
have put you into the 107-second
exposure on the calcium floride plate.
So, anyway, thatts where that stands.
I apologize for that, but we're
back on the track and T-28 is
coming 81ong nicely here. We got
about - coming up on 1 minute to
go on this sequence.
356 22 h9 58 CDR Okay, it's 22:50 even now.
356 22 50 32 CDR 22:50 and 30 seconds. Okay,

mY first mark will be at 56.
It'll be a RESET to START. The
second mark will be a POWER
switch, OFF.
CDR Okay, stand by -
f
Dump Tape 356-09
Page 4 of 7
356 22 50 56 CDR MARK. MARK. All right,

resetting the ROTATION to
165. Okay, ROTATION's 185,
TILT going to 9.2. Okay, that's
verified. _ONER s_M_tch, on,
at 22:52. Okay, we're coming up,
we got B0 seconds to go. Re-
verifying the ROTATION is 185.0
and the TILT is 9.2. I don't
know if you're in a position
to do this, but you sure could
make it a whole lot easier on
us if you had swapped T-Ih and
T-28. I'll explain to you in
just a second. 22:52. First _ark'll
be POWER, second mark, START.
356 22 h2 02 CDR MABK. MARK. Okay, here's what

I mean. Your first target was
_ 90 degrees, the ROTATION 27, TILT.
Then T-14 - changes the TILT to
9, the T-28 changes the TILT back
! to 27-1/2, T-9 changes it back
to 9, T-98 changes -keeps it at
9. Seems to me if you'd put 28
up ahead of l_ - no, I don't know
if that's possible because of
timing, _ybe. It certainly would
have made it a little easier for the
operator, instead of going from
27 to 9 to 27.5 to 9.2.
CDR Okay. The sequence looks like

it's Just whistled through your
lithium floride and started on
the calcium floride now. We're
going to throw a POWEB switch,
OFF at 22:55:28.
356 22 53 58 CDR Time is now 22:54.
CDR i minute to go.
CDR 28 seconds to go. Okay, on

my mark it 'ii be 28 and the POWER
_-_ switch'll
_o OFF.
Dump Tape 356-09
Page 5 of 7
CDR Stand by -
356 22 55 28 CDR MABK. POWER is OFF. Adjusting

the ROTATION to 178 eve. Leaving
the TILT where it is at 9.2. At
22:56 even, there'll be a POWER
switch, ON and 1 second later,
RESET. Okay, stand by -
B56 22 56 01 CDR MARK, POWER.
356 22 56 02 CDR MARK, RESET.
356 22 58 02 CDR Okay, it's 58 now.
CDR Okay, it's 22:59 now.
CDR Stand by for POWER switch, OFF -
356 22 59 29 CDR MARK. POWER switch, OFF, at

59:28. At TILT of zero. ROTATION
going to zero. Okay, and we're
going to retract the mirror. Mirror's
retracted. Okay, this is the CDR
terminating the S201 operations.
356 23 O0 _2 CDR CDR out.
TIME SKIP
356 23 57 06 SPT SPT at 23:53. ATM pass which

began at 23:14. Again I got in
a building block 2 in preference to
32. I gave the 52 a STANDARD
and 54 a 256-second exposure and
56, PATROL, NORMAL. There was
MIRROR, AUTO RAS'I'EHat a GRATING
of zero at Sun center also. And
again since things are relatively
quiet, but we had a few active
regiong on the disk, I thought
I'd try a maxiraster. Actually, a
maxi-and-a-half-raster. I looked
Dump Tape 356-09
Page 6 of 7
at active region 00 and 01

and 99 and I was interested -
I will be interested seeing
whether there is any relationship
between those which are across
the equator. I did this at a
GBATING or zero, so maybe it 's
magnesium X - will show something•
I'll give you the coordinated. Now_
first of all, let me check in 56
•.. PATROL, SHORT ... sequence. And
essentially, what we did was to
wotk from the 00 on up to 99. Okay,
first pointing - they all were at
a roll of plus 0001 and when I got
done it read 0002. First pointing
was - I'll Just give you UP/DOWN
and then LEa'f/RIGHT for the six
in the order in which I did it.
One at 231 and plus 322. Next
_-_ pointing, minus 231 and plus 052.
356 23 59 i0 CC ... We're haveing a little

problem being able to comm_nd through
transmitter Charlie. Would like
somebody to check a circuit breaker
for us if you would, on panel 200
•.. transmitter Charlie and report
the status of it. If the circuit
breaker is closed we'd like you to
cycle it open, and if it is open
, .o
CDR In work•
CC ... over there, I Just wondered ...
CDR Well, thank you for calling.

Good show.
CC Thank you.
357 00 00 07 SPT Okay, pardon the interruption.

Next pointing, the third one,
was plus 39 and plus ... 22.
F
F
Dump Tape 356-09
Page 7 of 7
Next, again was plus h9 and

plus 52. The last two were
pluses 009 and plus 22 and
plus 309 and plus 052. Not the
most exciting thing to record.
END OF TAPE
F
_ Dump Tape 356-I0/D-371
Time: 356:20:48 to 356:22:30 GMT
12/22/73
Page 1 of 1
Time Segments: 356:20:48:30-356:20:55:48, Verbatim

Duplicated in Dump Tape 356-08
SPT Could you give me arouud 3 or 4 minutes

at the beginning as soon as we get
that recorder back?
CDR We got it back now but once I get

started I'm going to be pretty tight
and heavy. And I've only got 1 minute
to go.
SPT All right.
356 22 28 01 CDR This is the CDR and the time is 22:28 Zulu.
S201 is the subject, $201 operations.
We're sitting up for target number 23.
Rotation is 90.1, tilt is 27, and
between this one and the next one you've
_ only give me 32 seconds to change the
rotation and tilt. Pray for me, is all
I can ask. There's nobody else available
to come over here and help. Okay,
30 seconds to go. 22:29 coming up
15 seconds. We're sitting at a rotation
of 90.1, a tilt of 27.0. First mark'll
be POWER, second mark'll be RESET.
Stand by.
356 22 29 00 CDR MARK,
356 22 29 01 CDR MARK. Okay, it's running.

b
END OF TAPE
_ Dump Tape 357-01/D-372
Time: 357:00:24 to 357:01:34 GMT
12/23/73
Page i of 3
357 O0 24 i0 SPT SPT at 00:24. Subject is the infamous

SPT limb volume. Starting out with the
left, leg position i, on down to 20.
This is left arm: 16.5, 15.8, 17.0,
18.0, 19.5, 21.5, 24.0, 25.3, 26.2,
26.5, 26.8, 26.0, 26.8, 26.0, 27.0,
27.6, 28.5, 29.1, 30.0, 30.5. Okay,
now left leg, position i down to 25.
19.0, 18.7, 19.4, 22.2, 24.8, 27.8,
31.0, 33.6, 34.0, 32.5, 31.5, 31.0,
33.0, 35.0, 34.8, 35.2, 36.8, 39.5,
42.7, 45.0, 46.8, 48.5, 29.5, 50.0,
50.8. Next, adams apple, 37.4.
Chest, ispired - it's not inspired
Bill Rogue, however - 95.0 expired,
88.5; waist, naval, 37. - correction,
79.2; and hips, 89.0.
TIME SKIP
357 01 i0 23 SPT SPT at -
357 Ol ii 40 SPT SPT at 01:ii, handheld photos, targets

of opportunity Subject was island wakes
in cirrus clouds. Looks like low -
relatively low stratus clouds. The
winds in the area were - where we were -
were moving away from us, south. We
were right by - Just slightly south of
South Island, New Zealand. The island
was a small island off the coast of
New Zealand, not Stewart Island,
but another one smaller than ***
There's actually two sialnds involved
in the wake - the wake off of each
island and the interaction of the
two wakes. First of all the - the
largest wake was seen where, of course,
the clouds were the densest.
357 01 12 52 SPT And it had a shock front, if you will,

or propagation front which angled back
at around 45 degrees on either side.
Dump Tape 357-01/D_372
Page 2 of 3
Behind that there were waves which

were arc shaped, so that they bowed
forward toward the island and were
tangent to the shock front, or the
propagation front. I would estimate
this went back for about i00 miles,
and that the wave length was, oh,
a couple of miles or so.
357 01 13 42 SPT The interaction of the two showed that

they were pretty much Just superimposed
upon another. I did not see a new
pattern emerge when the two island
wakws were superimposed. One island
was back and a little bit to the
east of the other. By back, I mean
further away from us and further
downstream, and a little bit further
to the east - correction, a little
bit further to the west. I did get
some photos on that, mag CXI7,
frames lh8 to 151, 16 on the f stop,
i00 millimeter, 1/250, taken at
0058 to 0100.
357 O1 14 43 SPT Also, I noticed right after that one

of the Chathan islands had a couple
of vorti - voritices, or at least a
cloud generation centers coming off
the peaks of the mountains on those
islands - on that particular island.
In about three points of which - clouds
were originating and flowing further
downstream. I could est - estimate
the clouds were maybe, oh, 20, 30,
40, miles downstream. The largest
stream of clouds went back from the
highest peak. The angle on the
clouds is maybe lO degrees from the
center line. Then there was a very
sharp spike - the tip of the spike
at the island. That was on mag CX17,
frame 152, 162, or 1 - 1 over 16
f stop and 100 millimeters, 1/250th.
357 O1 16 07 SPT SPT out.

Page 3 of 3
TIME SKIP
357 01 33 41 PLT PLT, the time is o1:30 Zulu. Reporting

the installation of battery 6 and PSS
number 3 - correction, make that PSS
number 2, it's in the ASMU.
END OF TAPE
f .
Dump Tape 357-02
Time: 357-O2:5_ to 357-02:58
12/22/73
Page i of i
TIME DID NOT LOCK IN
357 02 55 31 SPT SPT at 02:55. ATMpassage began at

02:ll. Substandard operation.
Straight forward, building block l,
the CDB. I went over and looked at
active region 00. At the conclusion of
the scheduled operation - Naw, I did
not see any signifigant bright points.
Or any activity that would indicate a
flare or ... So, I took a .o. on the
limb and took a look at filament 53,
which is now becoming a prominence,
quite a nice one. And thought maybe
I could a little 55 data on it, as
well as same information patrol
short. So we went on and pointed to
the prominence and started a series of
i-- truncated MIRROR AUTO RASTERS. After
three MIRROR AUTO RAST_S, I started
to look a little harder and got on the
scale and figured out that we already
cutting off part of the prominence,
the top part. So between one of the
56, patrol shorts and the MIRROR AUTO
RASTERS we repointed up again. And I
gave a round four or five MIRBOB AUTO
RASTERS. The f_rst one truncated at
line lb. And next ones were truncated
at line 21. These were all done at
the of zero, zero, zero, zero. SPT out.
END OF TAPE
Dump Tape 357-03
Time: 357:04:55 to 357:05:05 GMT
12/23/73
Page 1 of 4
CDR This is the CDR at 04:55 with

con_nents on general message
3443 Alfa-1 scheduling. This
is - I'll Just go down the - the
the list and when I some to some-
thing I disagree with, will make
the comment. Okay, we're okay
down to ETC load, and we think it
ought to be 30 minutes instead of
15 because it requires a lot of
darkening of the - of the workship
and a lot of care, and I don't
think that's something we want to
be rushed in.
355 04 56 38 CDR M074 CAL - an hour and 15. M172 CAL,

2 hours and 15 minutes. The last
time Bill had to do that M172 CAL,
he greatly exceeded the one hour
.__ and 30 minutes. He spenta lot of
time having to rob - rob time from
other bits of his activities in order
to finish up the Job. Okay. And we're
okay down to center of mass Center
of mass, we think thould be 15 minutes
per man. If you want a center of mass
on all three men you should probably
allow more on the order of 30 minutes -
if your're gonna do Just one man,
allow fifteen minutes, if you're going
to do two men you could probably
allow 20 minutes, and for three men
30 minutes.
355 04 57 35 CDR Okay. The next down the line is

M509-1 2 and 4. Bill, and I both have
felt crowded the last two times. We
think maybe you ought to allow 3 hours
and thirty minutes. Give us an extra
15 minutes, and if we start getting
ahead we'll give it bast to you. SO19
Papa Romeo 2, we think we can do that
in 35 rather than 45 minutes. S019
Sierra Tango -1, we think we can cut
back from 40 to 30 minutes on that.
F
Dump Tape 357-03
Page 2 of h
We can do that in 30. Going down

to S063. Hotel Papa Romeo, we've
never done it before. Looking at
the procedures, we estimate it will
take 30 minutes to do it the first
time and then if we get better, we'll
cut the time. S063 hotel oscar papa,
in fact all of the 04 plus data take,
plus 02 entries, we don't think _e
can get ready to do anything in
4 minutes. I can't even get ready
to do a $233 in four minutes.
357 0h 58 38 CDR So, I would llke - S063 hotel oscar

papa to be a i0, i0 plus data take
plus plus 2 is okay. 8063 - Kilo hotel
papa romeo, both to 30 minutes.
lilu Hotel oscar Papa, i0 minutes plus
data take_ plus 2. The stow is okay.
-" $073, S183, we don't have anything
to argue with there. $233 - the data
take - it should he a l0 minutes
plus data tape plus 2, because you've
got to go in, you've got to close the
hatch. You've got to turn off all the
lights. You've got to make sure your
watch is running properly, set up
properly. You've got to open the
window, set up - make sure the camera
is pointed in the right direction.
And you just don't do all that in
four minutes. You really need i0 to
do that.
357 0h 59 h0 CDR Stereo photos for all three guys.

We think that ought to be 45 minutes.
It takes quite a while to set up all
three cameras, get the string, get
all that Junk put up, get three guys
undressed, get two guys positioned,
talk over what you're going to do,
and get your signals all down square
and everything and we don't do that
often enough to be really swift. So,
so much for that list. Now, in your
f- scheduling guidelines, item 3. Item -
activity which can be scheduled with
Dump Tape 357-03
Page 3 of 4
postsleep. The only thing that bugs

me is selected housekeeping. I'd like
to know what you mean by selected
housekeeping. Ri@ht off hand I can
think of a housekeeping 38, a squeezer
bag dump, but I am not sure what
else there is.
357 05 00 26 CDR Number 5, the s_me thing. The term

selected housekeeping is much to
vague as far as I am concerned. I'd
like to know more about what your're
thinking about like to know more about
_hen you say selected housekeeping.
Item number 10, clean up time of
15 minutes after PT. That should be
each PT. In the case of MEm if you
split my PT, I'm going to need time
to clean up after each of them or
z.... else you're going to have to have
them close enough together where
it won't matter that I stay grubby
and sweaty. Just remember that it
tskes me a minimum of 30 minutes
to run my bieyele run. Bill takes
35 and Ed takes forty minutes. So,
you're going to have to leave enough
time there for clean up. So in
r_# case, I will aeeepta split PT,
but I don't like it. I would prefer
that you do not, under any circumstances,
schedule either the PLT or the $PT
for split PT.
357 05 01 28 CDR Because you - you can't give them

enough time to clean up, It -
under proposed modiflcations, item
number l, we okay that, item number 3,
we okay that, item number 2, we
definately do not okay that. That's
okay, only for the yeah, the CDR, the
other two crewmen, I don't think I want
to have them split at all because
they use to much time on the bike and
they would not have time for proper
/_ clean up. Okay and this is CDR, this
terminates my co_nents. T'II entertain
F
f
D_np Tape 357-03
Page )4 of h
any more questions and I would like to

know - get an answer to what you mean
by selected housekeeping if you
_ould please.
357 05 02 l0 CDR CDR out.
END OF TAPE
D_mp Tape 357-04
Time: 357:13:54 to 357:16:22 GMT
12/23/73
Page 1 of 16
357:13:58:07 CDR Assigned to HHI .... come in to

view that's -
CDR Pass of the northern end of the

desert and the disrupted dumas
and they're pretty much pictures
of the same area of the photos
that were taken that are in the
book. Shows the - the di -
disrupted dumes are very, very
easily seen from - from orbit,
very quickly noticable, and
easy to pick out.
357 13 54 16 CDR We then, as we went on up the

track, we flew over Lake Tanganyika
and right by Lake Rudolf and Lake
Victoria. They were pretty
heavily clouded in so I was
unable to get any photographs
of KilimanJaro or any of the
other HHllO-4 sites that are on
the map. As we approached the
Afar Triangle, it becamse apparent
that any photos that I was going
to take were going to be oblique
photos, photographs to the north.
I took two photos in that area.
357 13 5h 55 CDR Let me get the photo pad here.

Okay, the two photos that we taken
of the Namib Desert were Charlie
X-ray 17 is the magazine; the
exposure numbers are 153 and 15_,
they were taken at a f/8, 1/250.
Two pictures taken of the Aafar -
Afar Triangle looking to the
north obliquely were number 155
aud 156 at f/ll and 1/250.
357 13 55 _2 CDR And then as we moved along over

the - over the Gulf of Aden into
Sandi Arabia, I saw a very
interesting looking linear dune
pattern. I would guess that the
location was about due west of HH
siet number 80, probably something
i
Dump Tape 357-04

Page 2 of 16
like 250 miles, wait Just a

minute, I'ii give you a lat long
of roughly where I think it was.
357 13 56 34 CDR I would guess it was latitude 18

north and 45.5 longitude east.
Pretty much near the heel of the
Saudia Arabia in the flat dessert
area over the mountain. The frame
that was taken there was frame
number 157 taken at f/ll and
1/250, the sun angle was low, I
probably should have stopped
that f/ll down to f/8 but I did
not do it, I forgot.
357 13 57 i0 CDR The - the structure of the Afar

triangle waw quite - quite apparent,
but I think it would have been
a lot better had I been directly
overhead, I couldhave seena
lot more. Between taking the two
picturesa and trying to refer to
my map enough I really didn't
get the looking done I wanted to get
done but I was looking for
Gawa and Dubbi looking for - I
guess the Abyssinian rift valley
was - was quite clear and of
course that was the - the cneter of
my frame number 156, should be
in the lower - lower part of frame
number 155.
357 13 57 57 CDR That's about it, the time was so

limited I didn't get to do all
the looking I would like to do,
we got good pictures yesterday and
good pictures today and maybe
we should now concentrate our efforts
on looking and talking until we get
a good low sun angle picture from
Just about directly overhead.
357 13 58 17 CDR CDR out.
357 13 58 37 PLT ... started at approximately 13:05.

The JOP 50, step l, building block 1-A
f
Dt_np Tape 357-0_

Page 3 of 16
was performed. I got 82B cronking

at 47 minutes instead of 48. I
hit the 82A START switch so I
waisted one 82A frame, and
like a _,mmy I turned it off
immediately instead of looking
down and getting that one minute -
one minute exposure or 30 second
exposure if it happened to be in
SHORT but I wasn't thinking fast,
so I did loose one frame of 82 Alfa.
Got the - the JOP 6, step one - 1A
was completed per pad.
357 lh 03 26 PLT I was losing a little time here

because I got started a little late
and JOP 1B completed per pad, with
the exception that I looked down
and I saw that 52 was running
continuous in the second part
of building blocki, so, and it
also was continuous when 16
minutes in building block 28 so
I Just - once I got it clicking
on building block l, I let it
run until about 3 mintues of
daylight remain, which is a total
of about 17 minutes and 30 seconds
combined eontineous observing on
52.
357 lh 02 05 PLT 56 deviations, I got the 8 minute

single frame 2, I got 4 minutes
and 15 seconds on the single frame
5 before hit atmosphere. Got the
82 Bravo off at h minutes. The 56
off at a little bit - foew sseconds
later. MIRROR LINE SCAN as per pad
on 55.
357 14 02 24 PLT The coronograph and the - I got

the coron - about a minute of the
coronograph and about 3 minutes of
XUV on vidio downlink and also
turned in a little ... which you
probably won'tneed. And let's
see, the nu Z was performed, the nu z
Dump Tape 357-04
Page 4 of 16
update was performed on time

8_so.
357 14 02 50 PLT The corona looked much less

active, I mean as far as the density
of the light, photometric density
of the coronal streamers, that may
be Just my adjustment, but I don't
think so, I think that everything
is sort of less lively on the sun as
far as the - the energy the displ_v
was concerned. The active region
00, let's see is not - doesn't appear
to be quite the brightest one there.
357 14 03 18 PLT There is small looks like -

not emerging but Just to the west
of it, to the right of it, as you
look to the solar north sun,
let's see, that may be the active
retion 01. Looks like it's
brightening up considerably on
the H-Alpha at least. Those are
my only observations as far as
•solar activity. O0 seems to
be waxing and this 01 seems to
be waxing as far as brightness
on the H-Alpha is discernible.
357 14 03 51 PLT PLT out.
TIME SKIP
357 14 45 31 CDR This is the CDr at 14:45 Zulu with

a message for the FAO on scheduling
difficulties. This morning we
had - you had for me AT at 14:30
a PTPX period which really isn't
going to work to well. Number i,
SM233 - Well let's see that was
done at about 31, so there's no
big thing there. The big kicker
here is that on a MIIO day you're
not supposed to eat until after
/'_ you've had your blood drawn and
which means that we end up on
Dump Tape 357-04
Page 5 of 16
this particular day eating late;

there's no way to get arund it
because it Just takes a while to
get one tent set up and
going.
357 14 46 26 CDR Not only that documentary photo

you have scheduled at 13:30
may have to be done during - you
know if that's the picture of the
ll0 blood dr, that's going
to have to be done earlier. At
any rate what it looks like is
that there was no way for us to
reasonably meet the one hour
dead period between eating and
PTPA so eventually what I'm
going to end up doing is skipping
this PTPA period at 14:30 and hopefully
trying to get it all in on my
secondperiod. Now I may have
to do a little squeezing.
357 14 47 03 CDR CDR out.
TIME SKIP
357 15 07 Oh SPT This is the SPT at 015:06. Mll0

resutls are for wrine specific
gravity: CDR 1.0215, SPT 1.0268,
PLT 1.2387. The blood drawn was
at around 12:45; centrifuge set
started at 13:05. Serial numbers
for the file, CDR 156, SPT 190,
PLT -
CREW ...
SPT Corection on that - those are

the ones for day 340. Day 357,
serial numbers are, for the CDR
207, SPT 173 PLT 146. 201, 173,
146. And they are also marked
/-_ the appropriate color decal of the
day number on them. Plasma color
Dump Tape 357-04
Page 6 of 16
was all straw.
357 15 08 27 SPT The only difficulty encountered

was with the SPT in that after
centrifuge there was only around
1/3 of the plasma cartridge
filled. I took what little blood
we had leftover from the
hemoglobin concenstration and
tried - injected that again
in the other end of the centrifuge
all over again it only changed
slightly.
357 15 09 00 SPT I suspect it did not get enough

blood on that draw in order to force
it up. There was plenty of plasma
still visible at theother end hut
it had not moved up into the
smallplasticcartridge.The
PLT while associating a hemoglobin
concentration. CDR 15.5, SPT
14.5, PLT 16_4. Also another
difficulty with the SPT incidentally
was tyring to insert the plasma and
the red cells into the location
that we have lined up for them in
the freezer. In the location 21,
where we have a green receptacle
which holds 2 of them. One of
them will not take two different
cartridges which I tried.
357 15 l0 35 SPT There is a period at the end which

are two small to accept it. I
tried it with one of the ones which
was frozen already. And it worked
properly and the other adjacent one
would not go into that particular
hole. So I suspect we do have a
... problem the - at that particular
location, so I took SPT plasma and
red blood cells and they are now
sitting in the very last one but
three, that's the very last open
station we'll be getting to it in
a couple of days. If you have any
f.
Dump Tape 357-0h

Page 7 of 16
idea of where we can put that -

what location we can use, send them
up. Maybe there is anotehr green
cartridge here. We'll be open
adn available.
357 15 ll 33 SPT SPT out.
357 15 19 35 SPT SPT at 15:09 with the ... people

on ... the bag which was yesterday,
which had boric acid pellets in it.
I find that I still have a whole 1-I/2
boric acid pellets hard as a rock.
The bag was shaken consistently
before it was shelved.
357 15 20 01 SPT S_T out.
TIME SKIP
357 15 2h 15 FLT This is the PLT. Time is 15:25

Zulu. Reporting termination of 557,
I didn't realize that it was on
the CDR's pad and I went by there
and I saw it was - COOL/DOWN light
was on and - I thought that I was
supposed to know to follow
the checklist, so that - I had the
checklist quit right there, and l
looked in the - the checklist -
had a terminate section section
that - I Just asst_ed that I was
suppose to - know to follow the
time on the little card there,
357 15 2h 48 PLT And I went _Lhead slad terminated

it which was no big deal. Jerry had
his °.. this afternoon I found out
just a few minutes ago. One thing that
I would llke to do is pint out the
need for having a callout in the
details - whoever does it. The
evening when you so - when you're
doing a 557 - when you - excuse me -
when you're doin_ a 516 whatever - 518.
f
Dump Tape 357-0h

Page 8 of 16
•.. purpose for this exercise.
PLT WE should have a calout in the

evening on somebody's details
presumably mine if I'm ontin the
big middle of something else to
got to VENT on the bulkhead valves
adn in the morning to go back to
OPEN, if that's what you want.
357 15 25 28 PLT In other words, I think that

out to keep us honest, because -
I have a tendency to forget. You know,
you put that in there and it's
all automatic and it's a beautiful
operating machine, as far as I
can tell_ the thing Just works
and clicks and doesn't make anuy
noise or anything else.
,-- 357 15 25 47 PLT The only thing we need is that

it works so well we need to
be remined to go by there and
do whatever is required - you know -
monitorial or handling the protocol
on that bulkhead vent vs/ve and
then doing the terminate, which you
very welll did calout on Jerry's
pad. So that's no problem on
that.
357 15 36 o5 PLT PLT out.
357 15 28 40 CDE Okay, this is the CDR at 15:28:40,

and the subject is 5201 apoerations.
The first exoisrue is Tango I0.
The ROTATION of 38.1 which is
verified. A TILT of 31.7 which
is verified. POWEE switch will
go on at 15:30:30 and 15:30"31
the RESET switch goes to START.
TIME SKIP
357 15 29 33 CD_ Okay, Ed, I'm starting 201 now.

Dump Tape 357-04
Page 9 of 16
SPT .•.
CDR Say again.
CREW ...
CDR Okay, I'ii be done at 16:06:27.
CD_ Okay, we're coming up on - 15:30

mark at this time - 15:30 even; 30
seconds to go. I verify the
SAL window is open, the mirror is
extended and we got the rotation and
tilti set in; 15 seconds to go.
CDR Okay, r_ fiTst mark will he 15:30:30;

the second mamk will be 15:30:31•
Stand by.
357 15 30 30 CDR MARE.
357 15 30 31 CDR MARK.
CDR I did a POICE2 switch On first

and REST switch to START.
WE're going to 15:33:59 when
I'll trun the POWER switch OFF.
357 15 33 17 CDR Okay, this is the CDR with 8201

again. We're coming up
on 15:33:59. We'll be there in
30 seconds.
CDR Okay, on my MARK, I'll he turning

the POWER switch OFF at 15:33:59.
Stand by.
357 15 33 59 CDE MARK. Power's off. Going to

a ROTATION of 356.6. And going
to a TILT 02.7. Okay, reverify
it 350 - 356.6 -
CDR Okay. And we're coming up on

15:35 even and the POWER sitch
ON and at 01 RESET switch
to START. 556.6 ROTATION to
02.7 TILT.
Dump Tape 357-4
Page i0 of 16
CDR Okay, coming up on 15:35 even.
357 15 35 01 CDR MARK. POWER.
357 15 35 02 CDR MARK START. All right the next

movement will be at the 15:43:26 -
357 15 37 58 PLT PLT, time is 15:40 reporting the

start of M509.
357 15 38 00 PLT PLT out.
CDR This is the CDR at 15:39 Zulu

reporting a urine bag discrepancy.
Upon completion of dumping of
my urine bag this morning, I checked
it over carefully and I found three
pellets of boric acid that had
not dissolved. Each of them was
about a quater of an inch long,
_ and are quitehard. The can't
even be crushed wit the fingers.
I might also note that normally
everytime I've taken a sample
from a bag that's had boric acid
in it, the urine has had quite a
fe3 little bitty flakes of white
in it, and I Just assumed, I
had assumed that hose little flakes
of white have not been calcium
but boric acid which is not eompltely
dissolved.
357 15 40 05 CXR CDR out.
CDR Okay this is the CDR at 15:_2 Zulu.

The subject is S201, and we're
standing by for a RESET switch
to start at 15:43:26, the POWER
switch OFF at 27.
CDE Okay it's now 15:43 even. On my

first mark it'll be 15:43:26
I'm going to res, start on the
RESET switch, at 27 there'll be
a mark for power switch off.
Stand by.
F
Dump Tape 357-0h

Page ii of 16
357 15 43 24 CDR MARK.
357 15 _ 25 CDR MARK. Okay, setting the ROTATION

to 12h.9. Okay that's done
and LOCKED. Setting the TILT
at 15.9. That's done. Okay
I'm going to reverify this.
Doggone ROTATION METER is really
a bad news piece of gear. 124.9,
15.9, okay, POWER switch is
going on at 15:44:30, and the
RESET at 31, it's now 15:hh:23.
First mark will be POWER, second
mark will be RESET. Stand by.
f
Dump Tape B57-04

Page 19 of 16
357 15 44 31 CDR MARK.
357 44 32 CDR MARK. 15:44:30, POWER switch was ON

15:44:31, RESET switch to START. We're
looking at Tsngo 19, with a ROTATION
of 124.9, TILT of 15.9. Okay, I'ii
be turning these off at 15:52:56.
UDR Okay, this is the CDR at 15:52 Zu/u;

the subject is $201 operations. We're
about 50 seconds now from tern/nation
of the exposure on Ts_ngo 19. Okay,
on my first mark it'll be 15:26 and
I'll RESET switch to START, at 15:52:57
the POWER switch goes OFF. Stand by.
357 15 52 5h CDR MARK.
357 15 52 55 CDR MARK. Okay, changing the ROTATION to

164.1 now. That's set in LOCK. The
/_ TILT's going to 12.4_ that's set in
LOCK. Exposure starts at 15:54 even,
which is 30 seconds. Reverify the
_DTATION of 164.1 and the TILT at 12.4,
this is Tango 32, POWER switch comes
on at 15:54 even in 15 seconds. First
mark will be at zero zero, second mark
will be at 01. Stand by.
357 15 54 00 CDR MARK POWER.
357 15 54 01 CDR MARK START. All right our next operation

will be at 16:01:56 when we terminate it.
CDR This is the CDR again. The time is coming

up on 16:01 Zulu, and the subject is
$201 operations. We are at the moment
taking an exposure of Tango 32, with
a ROTATION of 164.1, and a TILT of 12.4,
at 16:01:56, we're going to terminate,
and point at the comet. Time is now
16:01 in 30 seconds. Okay on my first
mark_ it'll be 16:01:56, and I'll be
setting the RESET switch to START at
16:01:57 POWER switch goes off. Coming
/_- up on 56, standby.
357 16 01 57 CDR MARK.

F
Dump Tape 357-0h

Page 13 of 16
357 16 01 54 CDR MARK. Okay, setting the ROTATION on

214.5. It's set and LOCKED. The TILT
is going to 23.5, and that's set and
LOCKED. 16:03:00 is the time we're
going to start it, and at 16:02:30
reverify the tilt - to be ROTATION of
the 214.5, the TILT is 23.5, our target
is the comet. We're going to start
this thing going at 16:03 even with a
POWER switch, which will be my first
mark. My second mark will be a RESET
switch to START. Coming up on 16:03
in about i0 seconds. Stand by.
357 16 03 00 CDR MARK. POWER.
357 16 03 01 CDR MARK. START. All right our next one

will be termination at 16:06:26.
357 16 03 II CDR CDR out.
CDR Okay, the time is now 16:05 and

7 seconds; at 16:06:26 we're going
to do a termination of the comet. The
title of this little effort is S201
operations, this is the CDR talking.
CDR Okay, we have full Sunlight shafting in

the window of our friendly wardroom
down below me. I certainly hope it isn't
doing the same out on the, whereever it
is we're looking right now. It's now
16:06; at 26 the first mark will be
START, 27 the second mark will be a
POWER OFF. Standby.
357 16 06 27 CDR MARK, START.
357 16 06 28 CDR POWER OFF, and that does it. I will get
our TILT set to zero. I think maybe our
timing might have been wrong, I don't,
l'm very suspicuous of it, the fact that
we have full Sunlight in the wardroom
window, a good h5 seconds before termination
of this exposure, makes me think we've
done something to ourselves here. The
/'- TILT is zero, I'm now putting the ROTATION
to zero, and they're LOCKED. Going to
RETRACT the mirror.
Dump Tape 357-04
Page 14 of 16
357 16 07 ii CDR This it the CDR out.
357 16 08 47 PLT This is the PLT at 16:08 Zulu.

Message for photo people. We have
broken the second reel of film and the
takeup reel has pulled the - okay, from
the third reel, trying to use this
procedure on the time exposure, where
you remove the lense, put a time and
mark the film and then advance one to
see if it's moving. Man that works
great - all you've done is clawed a
great big hole in the film, and then
when you try to put it to run, you
break the film. This is the third time
we're, we lre in a process now of installing
or while I'm waiting for ground instructions,
we used two of these empty reels already,
and we're going to have to use another
one in order to get the film out of the
supply reel.
357 16 09 36 PLT I think you ought to rethink that procedure,

because we have -we don't have many,
more many of the empty reels left, and
I seriously question the wisdom of using
this time exposure technique to check
film advance. So _ow about th_nking _that
over, and we%ll do 1_t ever _ou s_ hut
this is the third time this had happened
trying to use this time exposure teehni_ue
to verify film advance.
357 16 i0 06 PLT What it does_ the elaw_ Just yanks a

great big tear in the film, and I don_t
know if that%s what's doing it or the
takeup reel or what, but anyway _t
_naDs the fi]" Apparently somewhere
_ownstream, it sucks it all into the
takeup reel and there you are left with
a supply reel, that, in this case,
was 68 percent left on the supply reel
and some 32 percent inside the takeup,
and there you are. So, we dontt have
but 2 more empty reels as far as I
can tell.
357 16 i0 40 PLT How about thinking that over and i have

one other anomaly to report and that is
Dump Tape 357-04
Page 15 of 16
this morning when I was trying to

thread film, I installed the packs
and pulled the 6 feet out, installed
them, pressed the button, nothing
happened, the inner film light didn't
go out, removed the, most of the
_00 foot cassett to the takeup and
supply, and the film _as inside the
supply reel,
357 16 ll lO PLT As seen here, I took out the next one

in order, whatever it happened to be
it'll be on the evening status report.
Now I could have done two things, I
could have had the film far enough hack
in that it aecidently moved it back
in as I was installing it, or I could
have installed the magazines improperly,
reversed them. I don_t think I did the
latter either _ the dlstlnct poss_YLilit_
and I could have acc_dently, after I
tripped off the fflm I I could have iuad
it so far hack I suppose, that some how
or another, when I _s giggling it to
get it into position, I pushed the film
back in,
357 16 ii h-_ PLT In any event, that cassette is now back

in its container in the F-drawer, and
I took the next supply cassette up and
I installed that in the transporter.
357 16 ll 59 PLT PLT out.
357 16 I_ 52 PLT This is the PLT at 16:15 Zulu, This

transporter I Just had trouble with,
was the one that dinged up the supply
reel this morning. So I'm not quite
sure what's going on. I had, this is
the one I say I w_sntt sure whether or
not I made a procedural error or if the
transporter_ somehow or another w_s
malfunctioning, but in any event, I Just
had to, _ had a good load on it on the
second attempt this Morning and I did -
Just .°. stand by one second ...
Dump Tape 357-04
Page 16 of 16
B57 16 16 12 PLT PLT, the problemthis morning in _

the loading, was with transporter 08
and I - and now I have Charlie India 77,
installed as the supply reel and Charlie
India 71 as the takeup. The difficulty,
I Just had was with the film breakage
with the transporter 02, Charlie India 75
the supply, Charlie India 73 the takeup.
END OF TAPE
F
q_: • .
Dump Tape 357-05

Time: 357:16:22 to 357:16:h2 GMT
12-_3.73
Page i of i
357 16 25 53 CDR This is the - -
357 16 25 58 CDR This is the CDR at 16:26 Zulu, report-

ing on 8233 Shls morning. The exposures
were taken exactly on time. I 'm not
pos- they w@re taken out of co--,_nd
module window number i - I'm not
positive of _he pointing, I did not
see the comeS. Probably a smart thing
would have b_en to have had an ogpertmlity
to check out where the comet is rela-
tive to the _olar panels and every-
thing before going out _nd takin_ that.
What we did Ss the SPT came up and said
it should be ipointed in this direction.
And that's t_e way we set up the camera.
And I took t_e pictures right on time.
They were frames niftier 4h and h5 of the
Nikon 05 camra. But I never did see
the comet. _nd hopefully, one of these
sunset - or $,,_n_isessometime during the
day l'm going to @et up there an - without
the camera i_ the wa_ and look for the
comet and m-_e sure I was pointed in the
right ddrect_on.
357 16 27 06 CDR CDR out.
END OF TAFE
_ Time: 357:18:h0 to 357:20:06 GMT
12/23/73
Page 1 of 6
35T 18 39 h6 CDH Heed a mark.
SPT I quXt, my head hurts.
SPT I quit, my head hurts.
CDR Do it?
SPT Yes, I made it.
CDR Need any help?
SPT I don't think so.
CREW I wouldn't ... down there.
357 18 40 12 CC SPT, Houston, we're looking over

your shoulder. ATM officer ... at
i the moment,we have a numberof
orbits for - for all the equipment
that we ... MECHANICAL R_E_CE
...to theSl andit was ...
MECHANICAL REFERENCE ... reference
05Y_.
Over.
CO Skv_lab, Houston ... coming up at

19:08 and SPT, Houston, ... we make
that same tone .., , let's make sure
it is rechecked 71, that mechanical
and optical ....
CREW ...
CREW .i,
CREW ..,
CREW What happens with this?
CREW I know ...
CREW ..,
357 18 54 04 SPT ... wouldn't get a rate ... stop it

right now.
Page 2 of 6
CREW ... are off.
CREW ...
CREW Two.
PLT Ha, ... keep ....
357 18 54 49 PLT And I'll take this ... do that.
CDR You want me to ... hand here?
PLT Yes, if you would.
CREW ... grip.
CREW ...
357 18 55 40 PLT Thank you.
CREW ...
f-
CREW ... minute ...
357 19 07 58 CC Skvlab, Houston, A0S Gn, m for

3 and 1/2 minutes.
SPT Go ahead.
SPT We sure will, we Just about finished

off nice.
CC ...
CDR Got all the way around the base

line maneuver, we used the ... EVA
0.,
CC Thanks for good news.
SPT ... ended up with the .... 7,

give me ...... 0.3, 356.0 ....
off the second ...
F ¸
Page 3 of 6
CC ... S052, ...
CC Thank you.
CREW ...
357 19 ll 00 CC Skylab, Houston we're about 30 seconds

from LOS, I'll give you a call
about 5 or 6 minutes from now,
Honeysuckle.
SPT Crip, we Jumt noticed that ....

74 ;'
CC 28.4 ... le _t in the ... Honeysuckle. [ ,.
357 19 16 55 CC Skylab, Houston, Honeysuckle for <

5 minutes.
CDR Roger.
CC SPT,Houston, we adjustedcommanding ".

to zero that needs to be even, but
we'd like to ... and I'll let you _ ....
know when y_u get me hack,
i
SPT ..., okay?

% @
357 19 19 16 CC SPT, Houston, we noticed S052's not _ _-

running any more.
CC And, SPT, Houston, .,.
SPT Roger, Dick,
CC Skylab, Houston, for the CDR, I

got a couple of things to mention
to you and _o your ...
CDR Go ahead, Dick.
CC Okay, Jer, first thing, we t_ed

about this last night, hut you
know, when i.. Blood pressure data
is what we _equest on that and he
may ... option is not a requirement.
k

Page h of '6
357 19 20 20 CC There are two messages on board for

you that you might look at, one of
them is trouble shooting procedure
on the leg bands for you when you
do your M092 this afternoon; you
ought to get a look at that message
and copy the M092. There's a
checklist change for the EVA checklist,
which way you rotate a table of
data copied T025 in the EVA. And
you might place the ... cards,
scheduled EVA conference with Rusty
a little bit later tonight.
CDR Okay, ... and the schedule criterlor

we talked about last night, I put
on tape at 05:00.
CC Okay, ..., thank you very much,
CC We're about 30 seconds from LOS, and

I'iigiveyou CharlleCanaryat
20:06 and _ii be dumping the data/
voice recorder at Canary.
CDR Roger.
357 19 21 24 CC Skylab, Houston, one of tomorrows

flight plan is on T_oard ....
SPT ... white light coronograph, do you

need this way .... fairly large
shadow which with the - like I'm
already ...!both the ... must be
our attitud_ ... light coming from
your aperture.
357 19 22 14 CC Roger, Ed, popy.

!
CREW I've got the leg pressurized in and
lighter should be in a little more.
!
CREW ...
PLT Oh, pressurized .... Moving in on

... so I al_ays, ... pressurize ...
f
,r

Page 5 of 6
CREW Okay, one mode .,.
CREW Okay.
CREW ...
CREW .,.
CREW ...
357 19 28 h5 CREW All right °,.
PLT ... two or three t_mes,
CREW Okay .... pressurized ....
CREW Okay?
CREW Yes.
CREW Okay.....
CRE_ ... You got to pull hard.
CREW Okay.
CREW I guess that's it.
CREW Cut. Cut.
TIME SKIP
357 19 57 27 CDR This is CDR at 19:56 Zulu. The

subject is Earth observations; hand-held
!_hotographyJ The scheduled site was
the Humhold Current, H_bold ,.. Current
and upwelling and there so much clouds
over the water that I saw no sign of
either upwelling or the H_bold Current.
No signs of plankton, up _loomlng or
anything and no dark _ dark blue a_eas,
357 19 57 57 CDR The sun glint w_s not in our field of

view and wh_t little ocean we mould
/ see, there was no sun glint on. The
j_

Page 6 of 6
clouds were fairly T6uled up to about

15 miles or so or 20 miles off the
coast and then it cleared up.
357 19 58 12 CDR As we were going by on this particular

one I looked over toward the - the
city of Antofagasta and the Atacama
fault zone area. I think I saw the
fault zone fairly clearly south of
Antofagasta and so I took an oblique
shot from . oh I guess about 30 or
hO miles southwest of _nllendo, Peru,
looking to the southeast and T thine
it's a pretty good oblique shot of
the Atacama fault area.
357 19 58 _7 CDR Then as we proceeding on inland on -

in Central Brazil near the to%_a of
Porto Velho, Z saw a rather large patch
of cloud streets _d some open B_nara
Cells in that area. I figured that
f was probabl_ a pretty good weather
picture, soI took that also. The
first frame of the Atacam- Fault zone
area was Ch_rlle X-ra_ 17, n_er i_8.
357 19 59 23 CDR It was tsken at an f/stop of fill, 1/250

on the Easselhlad. The central Brazilian
cloud street was taken -was frame
number 159; ithat was taken at an f/sto9
of 11.5, or_between ii and 16, whatever
that click is between the two, Z tell
you it was a little dark down there so
I didn'_ mean to full 16 and the ll
w_s probably not eno,_. And that w_s
at 1/250 of a second. I'm pretty sure
I saw the t_wn of Porto Velho; it's •
a clearing along the side of the river.
And these cloud streets and open cell
area are d_t north and extending from
right dlreetly north of Porto Velho to
northeast of Porto Velho.
357 20 O0 21 CDR CDR out.
END OF TAPE
/
Dump Tape 357-08
Time: 357:17:00 to 357:18:31 GMT
12/23/73
Page 1 of 1
357:17:03:11 to This tape is a verbatim duplicate

357:18:30:29 of Dump Tape 357-06/D-377
Time: 357:18:31 to 357:18:39 GMT
,,_. 12/23/73
Page 1 of 1
357 18 32 56 PLT This is the PLT, I don't see any

reason to have this tape recorder
on. Maybe you want to hear the ..,,
I guess, so I'll leave it on.
357 18 33 08 PLT Okay. I'm going to leave this -
END OF TAPE
r
Dump Tape 357-i0/D-381
Time: 357:20:45 to 357:22:21 G_
1/23/73
Page 1 of 6
357 20 45 45 PLT Okay, PLT. GMT of 20:45. MAZE switch

is ON. I'm on page 1-2 of the Student
Project Experiment book - CHECKLIST.
Okay I'm going - I'm reading step 18.
"Procede from start. Insert stylus into
each of the ll9 holes in series. Hand
or forearm must not rest on maze.
Complete test as quickly as possible
and voice record finish time. Repeat
step 18 once, recording and finish
times." And I'm going to use my stop
watch. Allos 1 - 1 second for getting
ready to start. And I'm going to use the
sweep second hand on my stop watch as my
timing. Be sure I give myself a second
at the start and a second at the finish.
On my mark -
357 20 _6 _0 PLT GO.
PLT Yes, I find this easier in zero g, oddly

enough. Don't make as - near as many
bad holes. May not be any faster.
357 20 27 23 PLT STOP. Okay. All righ. That was -

was 1 minute and 2 second - 1 second.
I - my time - the sweep hand is on
1 minute and 3 seconds. I said I'd
taek a second off the start and a
second off the finish, and that m-Wes
it l:O1. That is 61 seconds. Okay,
I'm resetting my watch. And on my
mark we'll do it again. That's Just
about my nominal time, by the way.
Okay, stand by -
357 20 48 ll PLT STABT.
357 20 h9 07 PLT And my mark. Okay and that was 56 and

1/2 seconds. Taking off 2, makes it
54 and 1/2 seconds for completion time
on that. That's a completion of two
maze routes. Okay, that's MAZE switch
OFF. "Replace stylus." I did.
_ Dump Tape 357-I0/D-381
Page 2 of 6
357 20 49 30 PLT SIA RECORD switch is going OFF now.
357 20 51 04 CDR Okay, this is the CDR with ED-41

performance here. Let's see. I have
the MAZE switch ON. We're ready to
start. And how many times do you want
it to be done? Twice? Okay, that's
what I'll do, twice. And the time
coming up is 20:52, and I'll start it
at precisely 52. That's about 25 seconds
away.
357 20 51 42 CC Skylab, Houston for Jerry or Bill. Not

sure how far you guys got through the
M509 post procedure, but we noticed that
duct fans are not on and you might want
to get the thermal control system reacti-
vated. That procedure is page 14-4 of
the EVA Check - I mean the Maneuvering
Experiments Checklist.
CDR Okay. I forgot to do that, Bill.

f-
CC Roger.
357 20 52 06 CDR Okay, we got distrac - distracted by a

call from the ground; so we'll have to
pick another time to start. We'll start
at 52:15, which is 4 seconds away.
Stand by.
357 20 52 17 CDR MARK.
PLT And, Dick. Just a quick word of expla-

nation. I had to erminate early, and
Jerry had to do my work. And actually,
I've already commented that the 509 runs
are really taking all the time that's s
scheduled and Just a little bit more,
and I had to quit early and run up ...
the head on the _Rneuver. But, anyway
that's - our com_etns are on tape.
CC Okay, Bill. Thank you.

Dump Tape 357-I0/D-381
Page 3 of 6
F
CC And, incidentally, we have received the

comments you made on the Flight Plan,
from last evening Jerry and, we're in
the process of distributing them
and absorbing them and we'll - -
357 20 53 01 CDR MARK.
PLT - - be getting back to you - -
CDR That was 42 seconds.
CDR Roger, Dick.
CDR Okay, we'll start the next one at

53:30. That's in 6 seconds. Standby.
357 20 53 33 CDR MARK.
357 20 54 17 CDR MARK. That was 44 seconds.
357 20 54 22 CDR Okay, this is the CDR termination.
357 21 46 13 SPT SPT, ATM at 21:46, debriefing the

_ JOP 18-Delta.Firstsevenstepsno
problem. We did end up in the actual
attitude of 357.7, 349.3, and 356.0.
And it all looks right if - the numbers
should be rounded off to tenths except
for X. There we had a predicted value
of 257.79; so our last postion there
should have been a - a 8. It looks
like it was trucated.
SPT Rates were good all the way through the

maneuver.
357 21 47 16 SPT Okay, we showed up there with the - the

comet at a position of plus 106 in X and
plus 174 in Y. They wanted to move it
down to a 130 in X and 0 in Y. So that
was a delta 22 and 74, respectively. I
netered in the computer a delta of 71 or
21 and 71 at a - 52021, 51021, 520071,
and 50000. When I got there - close to
there, and I had to make another small
tweek, which was a 52021, 50005, 50004,
r Dump Tape 357-I0/D-381
Page 4 of 6
50000. Got us where we wanted to be.

I put the 95 percent skill factor in,
and moved the comet up toward center.
Did a 52021, 50124, 50000, 50000.
357 21 48 43 SPT ... 19:32 GMT. Okay, before we did any

maneuvering at all, however, we did
carry out the first building block 30.
Yes, I hope that went off as called for.
... for that.
357 21 49 29 PLT So, we're not too far off in where it

was visible except in Y. We're six
hundreths off in X and 50 ... in Y.
Do not need to startrack the data.
CC ...
357 21 50 06 SPT I'll pick this up in Just a moment.
357 21 53 08 SPT Okay. SPT picking up again on a

debriefing of JOP 18. We did the
buildingblock 30 whenwe firstgot
out there, and that was done as
specified. Then we ... the maneuver
... comet nucleus - at the center.
357 21 56 53 SPT Okay, we then came up to the - next

building block - building block 30.
q_at was after we had moved in.
357 21 57 47 SPT And there ... about a 23-minute

exposure. 82B - got ther elong wave-
length 1 long wavelength 5 and then
long - something less than 20. And
again I was busy doing the work rather
than keeping books .... see exactly
how long it was. 52 received their
fast scans every 5 minutes. Unfortunately,
the first one was done in standard and
then trucated, but the remainder of the -
the remainder 5 _re done in fast scan.
All of the image-motion compensation
of the comet were done on time every
20 minutes. First maneuver at 13:32;
so that the first image-motion compensation
was done at 19:52.
f
Dump Tape 357-I0/D-381
Page 5 of 6
357 21 59 37 $PT On the next orbit - on the next

viewing opportunity, building block 30
was begun. Unfortunately, I looked at
the wrong building block 30 and started
to do one that we had previously worked
on. I caught it and the ground caught
it and we moved on. I think it's going
to be helpful if we label them A, B, C,
or some other designation so we can
keep them straight. That went off fairly
well. Okay. 52 exposures were done, not
with equal spacing, however.
357 22 00 57 SPT And lastly, we moved out to take another

look at it, and then moved back in. The
maneuvers to move out - Well, first the
52021, 51124, 50000, and another 50000.
That moved it out. I tweeked it up a
little to get it to get it to where I
could make another precalculated maneuver
between with the 52021, 5003, 51006 to
50000. I next maneuver to - maneuver to
F_ comet to our left or our maneuveringto
the right.
357 22 0i 41 SPT 52021, 50000, 51062, 50000. And tehn to

move that up the axis so tha the slit
would be looking at the tail was a 52021,
50122, which I did rather 824, I did a
... 22 inorder to take into account a
small pointing error, which we had
initially, even after those corrections.
And a 50000 and another 50000. I could
follow it up until it got into around
70 ... the intensity as seen on the outer
edges of the scope w_re about the same a
as mercury. I also noticed a very brigh
source at a position of 140 in X and
minas 60 in Y. That's when we were
pointed so that the comet was at the
bottom of the field of view.
257 22 02 55 SPT The comet is much stronger today than

it was two days ago, and quite a bit
easier to see. However, in the centere
of the scope, it still looked very
difficult.
f
4 -
Time: 357:22:44 to 358:01:04 GMT
12/23/73
_>_ge ] or 4
357 22 43 27 CDR This is the CDR at 22:43. The

subject is M092, and our subject is
the SPT. The exercise was started
at 22:20 Zulu. The SPT's left calf
was 13 5/8. His right calf was
13-3/8. His left legband is Charlie
Juilet. His right legband is Alpha
quebec. And I tried your little
wiggle the lead routine to see if
there were any shorts or intermitents,
and it looks quite solid. There doesn't
seem to be any problem with Alpha Quebec.
357 22 _4 03 CDR CDR out.
357 ii 25 24 SPT Getting a little bit close to film

locker.
PLT Okay.
357 ii 25 28 SPT Okay.
f- 358 00 47 28 CDR Okay, this is the CDR again continuing

with M509 brief. It's 00:47 Zulu. And
we're talking about the HHMU for M509.
The transfer maneuver - I indicated
that I Just pushed myself off, and
maneuvered up through an natural might
say, to the ... I turned around and
used my hands - got myself pointed in
the right direction, and then released
myself; and then began a translation
down to the docking station. I arrived
at the docking station in - with
reasonable dignity.
358 00 48 i0 CDR I had a yaw right - I was yawed to

the right about On, 20, 25 degrees.
And I was about 18 inches to the left
of the target. But, I was satisfied
with that, so I data marked it. Then
we restabilized, and I went for a
baseline maneuver. And, I guess you
could tell from Bill's tapes when I
started the baseline maneuver. And I
Page 2 of 4
terminated the baseline maneuver

with - Let's see. I had to overrun
our time by 9 minutes.
CDR So, it took some time to do the

baseline maneuver, but I got through
the doggone thing. I went to station
number l; arrived at station number 1
with about a 15- or 20-degree left-yaw
error and in reasonable good shape
there.
358 00 49 06 CDR Then, as I mentioned to you, I did

my octaflugeron [?] down to station
number 2, which is the FMU-2, in
which I ended up with a roll to the -
a roll to the right, and ended up
with my feet headed in the wrong
direction. I Just - I Just let it
keep going until I did - I ha -
had done a complete 180 and ended up
in FMU-2 in fairly good shape with
f- my feet pointedin the right direction.
358 00 49 35 CDR And then I backed off, and headed for

dome locker 404, which is position
number 3. Got there - let's see -
in good shape, except I believe I
touched. I finally - I data marked,
and then I touched, and then I got
myself going again. It took quite some
time to move around the - the dome
locker. But I got all the way around
to 432 and tehn turned and made my
translation back down to the docking
target. And, essentially did just
about the same thing as I did with
the transfer maneuver. I ended up
with a yaw error to the right this
time of about 35 degrees, and
displaced to the left about a foot,
and that was about it.
358 O0 50 28 CDR Bill had had to leave me because he

had to go up and - and take on his
duties as monitor on the JOP 18-D.
Dump Tape 357-12/D-_83
Page 3 of 4
So about the last 15 minutes of my

HHMU run, I was in here by myself.
Bill had left his headset on I-COMM
PTT, so you could possibly hear
some of the mquirts, and I imagine
you heard me scream how bad my arm
hurt, and I was going to quit when I
was finished.
358 00 50 55 CDB Did you have any difficulty aiming

the HHMU? Yes. I mentioned those
already. The umbilical was a real
hindrance in setting up for the
roll, and - and for the wide trans-
lation. It was a real bother. It
bothered a little bit when I wanted
to put the sensor up over my head
for a pitch maneuver. Thrust impinge-
ment on me or the AFMU, did it per -
produce a noticable effect?
:_5800 51 24 CDR Yes it did, and as I did it - you

/-- know - as I heard the impingement,
I knew what was going to happen, and
sure enough it happened, but it -
I'll have to admit, it wasn't quite
as severe as I thought it would be.
This was only on the large thrust.
In the little squirts that I was
doing, I did not have - I did not see
a noticable effect.
358 O0 51 47 CDR Okay, sJll in all, I must say I was -

favorably - I don't even want to say
favorably. I was slightly pleasantly
surprised by the HHMU, and the fact that
it is a little easier to work. I
think I indicated to you after my last
HHMU run, where I did a little ... work,
that I think the real clincher that
makes the KHMU work up here a little
bit easier is the fact that you can
feel - feel the accelermtion, and
it seems to be different from the
6-degree-of-freedom simulator in
Denver.
F
/_ Dump Tape 357-12/D-383
Page h of
358 00 52 24 CDR And since you've got those sensiti-

vities working for you, it's a little
easier to do. But it ain't that
easy to do; and it doesn't make me
htink that the R}IMU is the way to go
in anyway, shape, or form. I - I
am very, very strongly in favor of the
mode of attitude stabilized - mode
of some sort of maneuvering unit. I
don't think -
358 00 52 4_ CDR _ think it's worth it to be attitude

stabilized. And I think the CMG
method is best, but I would say _e -
we could go for the rate gyro Just
as well. We ought to go for
the - the mode that gives you ghe
best thrust-to-weight ratio, that is,
the best - the best thrust or acceler-
ation for the weight you have to take.
Okay, this is the CDR terminating the
debrief on M509, run number 2.
f-
358 00 53 15 CDR CDH out.
END OF TAPE
f
Time: 357:17:02 to 357:18:33 GMT
12/23/73
Page 1 of 26
357 17 03 ii CDR Ed, I think you need the PAO photos,

next, don 't you?
PLT Yes, that's correct. That's coming

up. I'll Just go right down the
checklist, try to go slowly, so Y
don't forge_ anything. Yeah.
CDR Why don't you turn off that dome

camera? That Was ridiculous if. that
thing is running while all weSTe
doing is - --
PLT I - I agree. I think that we ought

to leave it irunning for the simple
reason that _ to let them know what
they're documenting. -
CDR Okay.
PLT Okay. This is the summary; I'll come

back ot it. This is the time line. _
Okay. Take ifive PAO type photos with _
Nikon S5-millimeter lens and flash
anytime _ anytime during run.
CDR Okay. '
PLT Yeah, I think those are supposed to

be taken during the run.
PLT How about HHMU ... ?
CDR I don' t know.
PLT Yeah....
357 17 04 21 PLT 0kay. TV'S on. Undoeking and

checkout s_pproximate time, 3 minutes,
500 psi rain.
CDR ...
PLT Release paddle locking pin.

Page 2 of 26
CDR Okay. It 's done.
PLT Thing is right in the way. Pull

release lever inboard to lock. AS -
to unlock ASMU. Umdock by pulling
on handrails with both hands.
CDR ...
PLT Okay. And I - when you get free, I

go to receiver data, nor real, crewman
ID1. Fly clear of donning station and
verify all RHC commands.
CDR ...
357 17 05 06 PLT Verify all RHC commands.
i/
CDR ...
" 357 17 05 36 PLT Okay. MODE, RATE GYR0. Verify

CAGING light, on and then off. Verify
all RHC eo_mauds. He's in the pro-
cess of doing the RATE GYRO verification.
PLT Drifting up towards h30 from the

center up - center of the -
357 17 06 14 PLT Fly to donning station and stationkeep

at handrails.
PLT He's in RATE GYRO, coming around now

to the handrails, donning station.
He's got a nice rate established. He's
translating down, turn - yawing to
the right. Okay, he's in one of those
translation thrusters ... RATE GYRO,
obviously. Thrusting down and to the
left. When you get down there, I need
a data m,_k, when you get down there.
He's in a - Just a little left ... -
t_ng it out now.
CDR Hey, are you supposed to be able to ...
these handrails?
PLT I don't think so.
:i:

Page 3 of 26
CDR ...
PLT Yes, it is, too.
PLT Okay, the handrails are - they are now.
CDR Okay, data mark ....
357 17 07 49 PLT DATA MARK for the donning station

stationkeep. Okay, the next is the
baseline maneuver. Let me check
here. All right, now I want to turn
on the F10 DAC. Stand by Just a
moment. 0kay. F10 - -
CDR MODE, DIRECT.
'/ 357 17 08 15 PLT MODE, DIRECT.
CDR Here we go.
357 17 08 18 PLT Okay. He's starting baseline,

DIRECT. Three translations to the -
minus X in l, minus Z. And he's
yawing to the right. Gave it one
•.. in DIRECT. Okay, that was
translation to the plus Y. The
one I didn't qult_!- can't quite
see what he's doing with his hand
controller. He _ a very nice
track established tovards the
banjo. Ok - he's got a ... yaw rate.
Okay, now he's going to start pitch
up. He 's pitching up slightly. Now
he's stopping to yaw. Over shot very
slightly in yaw, but he's still
... - good enough .... Okay. He's
pitching up now. Pitching up, He's
got a slight yaw - left yaw. About
got the translation killed. He's
in very good position at the banjo.
Now he's killing the translation -
• .. translation already.
CDR DATAMARK.
<
Page _ of 26
357 17 09 22 PLT DATA MARK. At banjo, position number i,

Okay, he's translating minus X and
minus Z - plus Z ... Okay, now he's
got a left roll and a left yaw
established. Rotating in a left roll,
left yaw. Now he's going to start
killing his roll - excuse me - his
yaw. He's letting it - letting it
go Just a tad too far, I think. Yeah,
he's going to end up - Okay. Good
show. Now he's stopped roll, trans-
lating down to position number 2. Now
he's got reel - now he's got good
attitude. Head's getting Just a little
low. In other words, he's ... little
bit too much left roll. Got a little
/f bit too much left roll. Okay, now
he's coming down to the FSMU. He got
down to the level Just before he got
over to his position, so he - he's
now translating over on a more or
less - plane level with the lower ...
And ... he's translating. His head's
just a little bit low ....
CDR DATA MARK.
357 IV l0 54 PLT DATA MARK .... slightly low there.

Okay, now he's pitching to the plus Y,
minus X. Now he's in attitude control.
Coming around, he's yawing left,
rolling right. Very good track. Okay,
we end up in pretty good shape on
this one.
PLT He's right above me; he's Just going

to contact the light. His right foot
contact ... high intensity light. Got
off slightly on attitude and real
good track established. Off slightly
on ..., he ended up over by 402 and
now he's yawing around to the right,
which is - he's in flight to the
right translation combined with ...
flight, translation's going to put
him Just in good position. Ought to
Page 5 of 26
put him in 40 - 406. Okay, station-

keeping. Data mark?
CDR DATA MARK.
357 17 12 ll PLT DATA MARK. Okay, data mark in ...

number 3. Now he's starting around
the dome region.
PLT Okay, he's periodically ... minus X,

right yaw. Little pitch up there,
another little pitch up. Now he's
correcting the pitch up. Okay, he's
... his handrail to - about 6 to
8 inches out frc_the domw locker.
Got a very good position Just about all
/_ the way around; looks like he needs
to inch up his yaw rate slightly. Pretty
good short- fairlyeffectiveshort
push in DIRECT there. Looks like
he's got a pretty mtable attitude in
pitch and re0-1. Yeah, he's not quite
keeping up With his yaw. Going sort
of back first, Just a little bit, not
much.
357 17 13 39 PLT He's Just about to 32/34. Okay, 32/34.

He's trying to -
357 17 14 00 PLT DATA MARK. Okay, data mark at station

number 4. NOW, he'll be coming down
to donning station. Minus X, must be,
in front of minus X. Right yaw two
pulses. _a_0ther pulse to the right.
That was pitch down. Okay, that was
plus Y and plus Z. Right roll. Left
yaw and right roll. He's about to
kill off translation right now. Stabi-
lizing attitude as he turns around
and faces the donning station. He's
about 4 inches out. Okay, he's going
to start killing his downward thrust -
There, he's thrusting up ... downward
motion. MinusX, ...pulsesminusX.

... plus X ... And now multiple firings
to fine correction.
Page 6 of 26
CDR DATA MARK.
357 17 15 l0 PLT DATA MARK. Okay. All right.
CDR Now touch and go.
PLT Touch and go maneuver. Okay, let's

see.
CDE ...
PLT That's right.
CDR ...
PLT Okay. No, I got to be - I got to

put you in ID2, also.
357 17 15 40 CDR All right. Looking at ii00 pounds

- and--
PLT Okay, you're MODE, CMG, right?
CDR MODE, CMG.
PLT We need 750 psi.
CDR ... ii00 pounds ... 45 ...
PLT ... 45 volts, ii00 pounds. Okay.
CdR DATA MARK.
357 17 16 19 PLT DATA MARK. Okay, he's starting

the touch and go maneuver DIRECT. I
mean, excuse me, C_4G.
PLT Okay, he's pitching up with the CMG's

now to face the b_Jo. Very smooth
maneuver throughout. Okay, hers
starting to Tire translation Jets now
to kill his translational rates. Okay.
There ...
CDE DATAMARK.
Dump Tape 357-06/D-3T7
Page 7 of 26
357 17 iT 37 PLT DATA MARK. Okay, he's going for ,/

position 2 now.
CDR ...
PLT He pretty yell k_lle_ the - rates off r
at that position i initead of Just

touch and go.
SC Okay, he's taking the full advantage

of the CMC_.
CDR DATA MARK.
B57 1T 18 33 PLT DATA MARK.
-- PLT Gettinga littlebit close to film

locker.... Okay. Got a pretty
.... good trajectory established now. 'j' u,
:
Okay, looks real good. Yawing around; .-.
pitched down Just a bit too much. Y': :.."
Take care of that - Okay, that was ,_§_'._
a plus Y transl_tion, using slow :_ '
rates. Okay, he's correcting his _ _
attitude now. He's breaking. _,.,._"4.',.
357 17 19 29 CDR DATA MARK. [
357 17 19 BO PLT DATA MARK. Data mark at number B. _

Okay, he's starting around the dome
... lockers. About I0 inches out
the hand - into the handrails.
PLT Okay. Good - very good control all

the way around. Coming around now
to 42/43, position h. Starting to
slowly straighten down.
CDR DATA MARK.
357 17 20 51 PLT DATA MARK. Okay ncw he's starting to

translate back to the donning station.
PLT Stand
by.
CDR DATA MARK.

Page 8 of 26
357 17 21 52 PLT DATA MARK. Okay, he's at the donning

station. Next _rillbe the tracking
maneuver in 600 psi.
CDR ... We have ...
PLT Okay, he has 600. Okay, I got to

give him crewman ID-3. Crewman ID-3,
MODE, CMG. Fly -
CDR ...
PLT What?
CDR MODE, CMG ...
_/--_" PLT Eight. MODE, CMG. Fly to the center

of 0WS, head up facing &32_ data
mark.
CDR ...
PLT Okay .... You don't really need to

give a data mark until you get here.
PLT Head up, facing 432.
357 17 23 09 PLT Okay, looks like he's in very good

position in the center of the workshop.
He's going to turn around and face
432, which he's doing right now. Now
he's yawing off at a rotational rates.
He's probably going to have to give
a pulse or two translation. He's -
there we go.
CDR ...
PLT He's got a little minus X drift;

apparently he hasn't noticed.
PLT Okay, he's getting it.
CDR Okay,DATAMARK.
357 17 24 01 PLT DATA MARK. He's getting ready to start

the rotation, 180 degrees.
Dump Tape 357-06/0-377
Page 9 of 26
PLT Okay, he's Just about around 180 degrees.

Just 180 degrees, Jer.
CDR ...
PLT Okay.
CDR DATA MARK.
357 17 25 06 PLT DATA MARK. After tracking C_Gs - -
CDR RATE GYR0.
PLT RATE GYR0. Repeat tracking in opposite

direction.
CDR ...
_- PLT Okay, you give me _ data mark when -

before you start back around.
357 17 25 28 CDR GO. DATA MARK.
PLT Yeah, one translation ... minus Y

... center of the workshop. Another
one, and he's tracking around to the
right in RATE GYRO.
CDR DATA MARK.
357 17 26 14 PLT DATA MARK. Okay, it says to - at

this time to turn off both DACs.
CDR ...
PLT What? ..., I'm sorry. DIRECT.
CDR ...
PLT Right. Give me a data mark when you

start.
CDR What was that?
/'--_" PLT Give me a data m_k when - when you

start.
Page i0 of 26
CDE DATA _RK.
357 17 26 50 PLT DATA MARK. He's starting the tracking

maneuver, DIRECT•
CDB DATA MARK°
357 17 27 51 PLT DATA MARK. Okay. Both DACe going

off.
CDR ...
PLT Okay, we changing the battery ... the -
CDR Battery has to be in the ... mode.
_ 357 17 28 06 PLT Okay. Stand by. I'ii turn the

recorder off.
35717 34 24 CREW Okay,21 ... ,,
PLT Okay, PLT here. We Just completed " _'

the changeout of the PSS. And ready :'
to pick _p now on the baseline, RATE _
GYRO. Let me verify that. ",% _.
CREW ... ' _
PLT Okay. DACs comingback on. _ -
CREW .•.
PLT Okay, both DACs running. Okay.

Start a baseline, RATE GYRO.
CDR DATA MARK.
357 17 35 lh PLT DATA _L%EK. Baseline RATE GYRO. Minus-X

and minus-Z. Plus the rate gyro
attitude thruster firing. Okay, he's
turning around; he's facing the banjo.
Now he's almost to the ... There he
is. Eeleasing the attitude hand
controller. And he's translating up.
He's got plenty of contact. He's a
little bigher .... About in front of
h32 and he's going to come up ... and
/ i_
Dump Tape 357-06/I)-377

Page ii of 26
then pitch up toward the banjo,

Feet are pretty close to the dome
ring lockers. 0k_y, his head is about
a foot - 12 inches - l_ inches away
from the banjo. O]ta_ he's .., out his
up translation. Thrusting down. Okay,
he's just about to translate , ..
there. Just about ... -
CDR DATA MARK.
357 17 36 27 PLT DATA MARK. Okay, he's going for

position number 2.
357 17 36 39 CC ... 1 minute to LOS.
._ PLT Looks likehe's got very good

attitude. He's translating down
toward the .., SMU. About have
to do ... control, Now his head's
a bit low, He's Just ... head low.
Okay, now he's Just about - his
XZ plane is slmost parallel to the
floor. Okay, final thruster to
stabilize the translation. Put in
just a little bit too much plus-Y.
357 17 37 39 PLT DATA MARK. Okay, minus X and plus Y.

Awful hard to Judge .., the same ...
head's too close to the dome locker.
Doing sort of a combined attitude
maneuver around in that ... And he
ended up trying to more or less kind
of correlate and pull those in instead
of the i0h/406. It's very easy to
do when your - you can't look around
and see where you're going. Okay,
... - that is to station 3. Stabilized
at station 3.
CDE DATA MARK.
557 17 38 42 PLT DATA MARK. Okay, starting around the
dome ring lockers.

PLT Okay, he's about h to 6 inches out
with the hand controller on.
DumpTape 357-06/D--377
Page 12 of 26
PLT Okay, he's coming around to 40 -

432/434. Stand by.
CDR DATA MARK.
357 17 40 lO PLT DATA MARK. Okay, data mark at position

_. Now he's thrusting back and down.
And now he's yawing to the right. Com-
ing back down to the donning station.
PLT Okay, now he's facing the donning

station .... translational rate.
That is ... fairly stable.
CDR DATA MARK.
357 17 40 55 PLT DATA MARK. CMG.
CDR Baseline in CMG ...
PLT I don't - Just a minute.
CDR ... Oh, yeah .... has zero pressure.
PLT Stand by.
CDR ...?
PLT Stand by. Let me check it.
CDR ...
PLT Yeah.
CDR ... RATE GYRO ...
PLT It was on. I'll put it on again.
CDR ...
CDR ... through?
PLT Negative. Stand by.
PLT Okay. How'sit look?

,._*_ ,: _ _;a _.
Dump Tape 357-06/D-377 :

Page 13 of 26
CDR Okay now .... that what ... says?
PLT Yeah, that's exactly what it says.
357 17 42 55 PLT Okay, I guess I Just didn't have

a good connection there. But it
was in o
CDR ...
PLT Okay.
CDR ...
PLT Just a second now, You did - you Just

didthe baseline.
CDR ....
PLT Okay. CrewmanID 2 we did - no we (!:_i _

didn't. We have crewman ID 3 for that _i_4_:
one. Okay, after baseline CM - let's '_'_ _
see. After baseline PATE GYRO - CMG. i >_,
Okay. You got 800 psi, so you're in _ ,'_
good shape. Okay, we - , ._,_
.. _.-_ _.,_.
CDR ... 3 right now.
PLT Crewman ID-2. Okay, we're crewman ID-3 ,._.

for the RATE GYRO baseline. We're
nov in crewman ID-2.

P_I_ of26
PLT Okay, I had'the i_%_t-rumet_a_ionhooke_

up to the - to the dust cover and that's
why he wasn't gettlmg a readout on pressure.
357 17 hh 59 CDR DATA MARK.
357 17 45 O0 PLT DATA MARK. Okay, it's data mark at the

bsnJ o.
PLT Okay, now he's translating down to _MU.
357 i7 45 56 CDR DATA MARK.

i
_57, 17 45 57 PLT DATA MAR_. At position number 3 - 2 rather. !

Okay, he'Js translate toward position On
number 3_
PLT Turned around and did a good Job on translating

that404- 400.
357 17 46 47 i PLT DATA .MARK, Okay, data mark atposition 3.

He's starting around the dome ring locker.
Okay, the controller arms are about 6 inches
to 8 inches out in the dome ring locker.
And it looks - it looks like we're going
to be very tight on time again here. Stand by :_
for data mark. '_"
357 17 48 l0 PLT DATA MARK. Okay, data mark in position

4; be coming back down to the donning
station.
PLT Okay, he's facing the donning station now,

stating a you translation.
357 17 51 23 PLT DATA MARK. That's the - the end of baseline

RATE GYRO. After baseline RATE GYRO. MODE,
CMG.
CDR I Just did it.
PLT He Just did the C_G. Okay, after baseline

CMG .... CMGs and RATE GYRO.
f ••

Page 15 of 26
CDR ...
PLT Okay, now, this'll be the crew discre-

tionary. And I'm going to turn off the
F-10 DAC.
357 17 50 01 PLT Okay, that's off. ,%_candby, - Let me check

the run. Okay now, Our crew discretionary
ispage -- "
CDR ...
PLT Ok ay. /,
CDR About 600 left.
PLT Okay. All right. Discretionary is, first

/ they want you to do a tumbling object '
retrieval.... on it. Okay. I'm going
to use the portable water tank. I think
that is probably the most reasonable thing
to use. Stand by Just a sec.
PLT Water tank.
CDR Okay, two in RATE GYRO and two in direct? •

Is thatwhattheywant?
PLT I have to check it, but I'm pretty sure

thatis right. _
CDR ...
PLT I'm gonna put it - try to put it ... wiht

the top of the dome ring locker, i-
CDR Okay.
CDR Okay, I'm going RATE GYRO now.
PLT Okay, he's going RATE GYR0 now.
CDR Okay, I'm ready.
PLT Okay,let me get out of the way. It's all

yours, Jet.
PLT Okay, do it once more.

Page 16 of 26
CDR Okay.
PLT Okay, got two handhelds there,
CDR ... see where I am.
PLT Okay, I'll make it a little harder this

time.
CDR All right.
PLT Okay, this is a little big higher tumble

rate. See if Y can _get some _ take one
more of this. Okay, that was RATE G_O. _ave
theothe r two for HHMU.
CDR Now I've got to ,,, in DIRECT_ right?
PLT That - Let me see, Ti%at_sright; that's

correct. _ "'
CDR ......
PLT Okay, let me make the first one relative ...._---

easy because that's .- I imagine this is .....
_'_•
going to be heck of a lot more work.... _,,
Yeah, a little midair collision there. Okay. _ _.
CDR Okay. _ _.
357 17 54 )42 PLT Okay, Jer. Okay, he is going after DIRECT _

now.
CDR ...
PLT Okay, he_s got a little feet roll right.

What is your voltage?
PLT Okay. So we got - you caged _ you caged the

CMGs, haven't you?
CDR ... I'm pretty sure you got to turn them

off.
CDR ...
PLT Yep, CMG - ,. Okay. You tot the CMGs off,

don 't you ?
)

Page 17 of 26
CDR ...
PLT Okay.
CDR Yeah....
PLT Yeah, I will. Just let me tie this thing

down so we don't have two loose objects
in here.
CDR ...
PLT We should have changed the battery when _

it said to.
L
CDR ... what I was doing and forgot ....
PLT Okay.211. .
_,
CDR ... what would be good would be for you "i

to put me on exter poweri real quick ...
changing batteries. _'
q
PLT Well,
okay.
.r
CDR ... hook Up the external power.
PLT If you can hold that, I will go to - ._
357 17 57 B5 PLT Okay, we are on power internal while I hook _

up here.
_3
CDR .... "-
PLT Okay. Allright, you can go on now; I have <

it on external power.
CDR ...
PLT Okay. No, I don't have it on now. Now

try it.
CDR Okay, now we 're
_'_ PLT Yeah. Okay we are on externalpower while

I change out this battery. We let the
battery get down too low.
2 .¸ ,
f •
D_np Tape 357-06/D-377 .

Page 18 of 26
• Cl)R _ ... change i_... - ......
PLT Okay.
CDR ...
PLT Okay, we'll have to kill it short -

briefly while I break this instrumentation
cable.
357 18 O0 17 PLT Okay I am turning the PSS off.
CDR ...
PLT Yeah, I'II go ahead and get this unscrewed .°!

OD first. Don't want to do that, dang it.
Let's go by procedure. C
CDR ...
PLT Let's just go by procedure on PSS. _
CDR All right. That is what I am trying ,_

to do now. Are you ready to take the
instrumentationoff? _
PLT Well,yes,I am.
CDR Power coming off ... coming off first ....

_|
PLT Okay. _
CDR
..... (°;
;Z
PLT Okay, two dust covers; man, they're real hard .

There we go. So you've tried to bleed
them, huh?
CDR Yeah.
PLT What?
CDR ...
PLT _ust a second. No_ you screw i_ back

down then. Okay Direct and give it a
_'_ shot.
CDR ...
!

Page 19 of 26
357 18 02 55 PLT I guess q cnuld turn that c_nera off

up there, darn it. I guess they want it
to continue to run tho_h.
PLT I sm afraid that they have underestimated

or - yes, underestimated time require
for all these.
CDR ...
PLT Okay, I will.
CDR ... U
PLT It's in work. And that's complete•
- 357 18 05 36 CDR Powering going off ...
PLT That' s complete. _
CDR . _
PLT Tt's on. '<_:ii!i

7
_
:- , ?
CDR . __
PLT It'
s on. _-
CDR ... _.
.r
PLT It's closed. Okay, stand by I.

-4
CDR ...
PLT Okay.
PLT You pretty firmly anchored? Because I

can't keep my feet on the grid while I'm
doing that. Okay, if you would - -
CDR ... electrical connection.
PLT Okay, Just - Let me get into position here

and I will tell you.
CDR ...
PLT No, you put the gas connector in and have
I
]>_mpTape 357-06/I>-377
Page 20 of 26
something to hold everything together.-

Okay now, ready for instrumentation - or
correction. It's complete.
CDR I will try again,
PLT All right.
CDR Give _e Power to take off .... turn

off your DAC ... for a second.
PLT That's what they were. Both DACS?
CDR That is what it says, but I don't know - - _.:

i
PLT No, I don't want it.
CDR ...
PLT Yeah, they only want the - -

i
CDR . .
PLT Sorry about that.
PLT Man, I sure would have isworn it had it

on there when I got it out. Jet, would you
hold the checklista moment. {._
T
PLT It's stowed right here, isn't it, Jer? n
CDR Huh?
<
PLT Isn't that thing stowed right here? .i,.
CDR ...
PLT Okay, I think what happened is it came off

when I pulled it out. Let me take quick
look around here.
CDR Here it is.
_-_ PLT Whe

re?
CDR ...
PLT Okay.
s_
Dump Tape 357-06/D"377

Page 21 of 26
CDR •••
PLT Also the dust cap.
35T 18 09 32 PLT You know, I don't know where you are supposed
to stowed these things. Oh, well - -
CDR .••
PLT All righty. Stand by, let me get organized

here. I got these two dust caps here
from the HHMU connections to give to us.
CDR •• '_
.4
357 18 09 59 PLT Battery circuit breaker's closed.
/_ CDR .•• "_
PLT Switching
to internal,
standby. '3 .
35718 I0 48 Internal
now. -_
q
CDR ...
i!
PLT Yes/a, I'm going to turn - It didn't say - "
doesn't say to turn the charger off.first?
CDR ••.
,m
PLT It doesn't say to turn the charger off,
first? It does not say to turn the
charger off first.
CDR Yes, it should.
357 18 I0 29 PLT Okay, I'm gonna turn it off. It won't

hurt anything. I think that is the way
to do it. Okay, stand by and we are
Just about ready. Just cover back on. I
still don't know where to put these things•
Okay, you are on internal power. Every-
thing should be okay right now.
CDR ...
PLT You got a sync light. Okay. Okay, mode -
Okay crewman ID-1. Crewman ID~l, MODE HHMU.

L

Page 22 of 26
CDR Here we go.
PLT Fire with same rates as on 6 degree of

freedom, simulator - you know how to do
this. There is no sensibility [sic]
to be telling you. The fearless test
pilot is ready to go. Yay! There he
goes in the HHMU. A look of confidence
on his face.
PLT Okay, I don't really know how to describe

all of this. I think I am gonna let the
picture do most of the t_!_ing. You can _,
hear the ... Okay, I might as _ell get ._1
a nice PA0 picture here, of this. See
if I can- [.
_" PI,T Okay, he's getting himself boxed in up ._ _,:, :

in the dome area. It's awful hard .... '_
to stablize rate. Checklist got away , . %9!_.
from me, too. Okay,now he's going _'_t_'_'
_ .-
track. Jer uses - Okay, his foot hit ]:_._
the handrail up in the dome area. '_i_ ,,
CDR Where'
d the banjogo? _]_
PLT The banjo's your feet,under the PSS. _'_ i_,

It is under your feet and down below. _i
CDR
"'" i_I
PLT Okay. Get a picture of Jer with the

HHMU, because he likes it so well. O
T-
CDR Must have spent a half four Just trying
to get ...
B57 18 14 05 PLT Yeah. Okay, he's moving himself over to

the banjo. Okay, watch the DAC with
your left foot. There you go. Okay,
he's now at the banjo. Stablize -
Trying to stablize himself. Okay like
he's Just about got it.
_-_ CDR I'm gonnalet go now.
PLT Okay, he's going to release.

/
ape 357-06/D-377
Page 23 of 26
357 18 15 53 PLT lle's got some nice slow flransla%ional

rates going now. Now he's going to
try to seal off his pitchup.
CDR ...
PLT Okay, data mark. Now he's going to

translate. I think I'm right in front
of the high intensity light, screw up
the photography. C
PLT Ooooh! It's really bucket of worms. -,,
PLT Okay, that takes care of the PA0

photography. Now we turn back and get
,_ down to the business at hand. :
PLT Okay, he's translating now.

q
357 18 18 0B CDR DATA MARK.
357 18 18 04 PLT DATA MARK. Okay, he's at the donning

station.Okay- - _
CDR ... 25-degree right you error.
PLT Yeah.
CDR ... 1-1/2 ...
PLT 25 degrees right yaw error and a l-i/2-foot

translation error. And you - you're
going to do the baseline now?
CDR ...
PLT That's what I have here. And I've got to

change to crewman ID-2.
CDR ...
PLT I think we're Just about to run out

oftime, too.
CDR ...
Page 2_ of 26
PLT O - Okay. I have-L-l'm scheduled to --

that's right, 18:30. We got - I'm
supposed - -
CDR ...
PLT Yeah. They have m_ leaving - -
CDR ...
PLT Yeah. See, I'm supposed to go do a

JOP 18-D monitor,which I _ I can be
late for. :_
CDR ...
PLT Okay.
PLT Okay, this'll be the baseline crewman ID-2

on two, MODE HHMU.
B57 18 19 18 PLT DATA MARK. He data marked before he

thrusted.
PLT Has anyone ever given thought to just

translating yourself? Of course, you
can't - nothing. Don't have a source
of gas.
PLT Okay, he ended up over by _3_ - _36_ trying

to get to the banjo now. Okay, now he's
gotten himself away from the lockers.
He's translating up toward the banjo.
PLT Okay, he'll be giving us a data mark

here pretty soon.
357 18 22 22 PLT DATA MARK. Okay, that's position

number i.
PLT Okay, this is going to describewhat's

happening here. He's - he's gotten
himself over on his bank now in relation
grid bar. He's going _w1_ back first,
Dump Tape 357_06/D-377
Page 25 c_f 26
using the pusher thruster. Getting

Just a little bit close to the blue
footrail. Re's comes _own between
what it takes about 6 - Seems like he's
got a pitchover - pitehdown maneuver
start - rate started. Trying to use -
body in the right position for the HHMU
position. Seems to be pretty well smoothing
translationaA rates now. Okay, now he's
trying to get his left roll established
to get his head down right position for
HHMU. Okay and I can't quite tell what
he's doing, except to ws/t and see what
develops after he gets through thrusting.
Difficult to tell what he's putting in
Sometimes - Okay, he's about in position,
--_ not bad at 8/1. I'd say it was very good.
- 35718 25 08 CDR O_TAMARK.

!
357 18 _5 09 PLT DATA MARK. Okay. "
CDR ... ,*_
PLT Ye_h, that's not bad at all. That's

real good. Attitudes weren't correct,
but golly, you got in the right position
and everything. He's in the right
position. Okay, now he's going f_'om hO_
to h06, position number 3. He's using
tractor-typed translational impulses. Okay,
he's now around; he's faclng 444 and he's
turning around to face the hOb/h06 locker.
PLT And the ... - I think we're still real

tight on time to any discretionary maneu-
vers, in H}D_U and he _iso did not finish
the discretionary maneuver in the kMU
MODE. He's Just working himself around,
but he's going very slowly. Looks like
he's doing a real good Job as far as I
can tell, for HHMU, anyway.
357 18 27 43 PLT Okay, now he's starting around the -

No, I guess he's not quite at that
position, position 3, yet.
Dump Tape 357-06/D-3T7
Page 26 of 26
357 18 29 O0 PLT DATA _RK. Position 3.
PLT ')kay, he's going around face first. Grabbed

the dome ring lockers and looks like
he's got a fairly good translational -
Got about a couple of inches per second,
maybe an inch per second.
357 18 _0 29 PLT Now he's having some attitude _roblems.
357 I_ _2 58 PLT <]fnisis the PLT. I don't see any reason

to leave the tape recorder on. Maybe
you want to ... I'll leave it on.
_{D OF TAPE
/
Dump Tape 357-11
Time: 357:22:43 to 358:00:45 GMT
12/23/73
Page 1 of 9
357 22 4_ 27 (This segment duplicated within

to Dump Tape 357-12.)
357 22 h4 03
357 23 59 14 CDR This is the CDR at 23:59 Zu]u.

The first subject is M092. We
completed the M082 with limb blood
flow at 23:30 Zulu. We had one
problem - not a problem, an error,
in the lid - limb blood flow work.
The first 6-minute run in at 30 milli-
meters of mercury, the first part
of the limb blood flow - He did
his contractions at 2 minutes and
30 seconds to go, rather than 3.
And so we held off the second set
/F of con - contractions until i plus

i zero. And then we allowed the
st - rest time at 30, with no con-
tractions, to go to minus 30 seconds.
So we ended up Just essentially,
having the whole thing sequence set
bask 30 seconds from the time clock.
And, as I said before, I did the
little wiggle-the-wires check on
the right legband and saw no problems
at all with Alfa Quebec.
35_ O0 O0 20 CDR CDR out.
TIME SKIP
35_ 0O 26 26 CDk Okay, this is the CDR at 00:26

Zulu, with two items. First item
is flight scheduling. In the area
of PT/PH for the FAOs. Today, I
realized we haven't gotten the
guidelines all distributed and
eve_hing, but tods_v was a classic
ex_unple of why we cannot run PT
snd personal - PT/PH concurrently.
Dtuup Tape _57-II
Page 2 of 9
You got three of us all needing

to use the ergometer at the same
time, and it just can't be done.
The ergometer heats up and just
can't be used over that period
of time.
358 00 27 06 CDR I had a 45-minute period this

morning but scheduling difficulties
slid me right into it so that
I couldn't pedal the bike this
morning. Bill - Bill Pogue's
routine - the PLT's routine takes
about 35 minutes. And the SPT's
routine takes about 40. So, there-
fore, when all three of us end
up with PT during the same 2-hour
_- span of time in a day, it should
be apparent that the ergometer
won't stand up under the gaff - _
not under about 8400 watt-minutes _!
put on by the SPT, the 6000 put
on by the PLT, and 5000 by me.
358 00 27 51 CDR So I think this in itself should

be a good reason to not go con-
current on the PT/PH because even
running the SPT and the PLT con-
current runs the ergometer right
up against its limit. I think the
most normal way to do your exercise
is ergometer first. I don't consider
the ergometer last to be a very
good way to do it and that's kind
of the routine we've all fallen into.
So I don't think it's reasonable
to run - to run your exercise in
such a manner that you expect one
guy to do his ergometer work last
all the time or anything like
that. I realize this puts the
scheduling problem on your shoulders,
but as fas as we're concerned the
exercise is Just as important as 8/1
the rest of the experiments that are

Dump Tape 357-11
Page 3 of 9
going on, beCause if we don't

stay in good shape we ain't gonna
stay up here for 85 days.
358 00 28 4h CDR So, that's pretty much the way

the ball bounces on that. I think
this is a pretty classic example
of today of why we should not go
concurrent om PT. Again, I'm
willing to split m_ PT, but as I
mentioned omithe little guile-
line thing, l'm gomma need a little
cleauup time!after:each one of them
rather tb, n _ust one cleanup
time after one whole one. And
don't take m_ 15-m_nute cleanup
time and divide it into two
7-1/2 minute cleanup times and split
them up because that isn't gonna
hackit either.
: j
358 O0 29 12 CDR I think I've mentionedbefore it

takes a good 15 to 20 minutes for iD
a full body wash, and after a : :
45-minute exercise period, I'd
be willing to go for an upper
torso wash. But come the end
of the day l_want my %'hole
body clean. I don't waut to
go to bed smelling. So that's '_
the way that goes there. So
you're gonna!need to - If you
want to split m_ PT, that's fine.
I could do a 30-mlnute ergometer
rim and have 15 minutes to clean
up. Then in the afternoon I
could spend about 35 or _O min-
utes doing the rest of the
exercise I need to do, and then
I'll need another 15 minutes to
clean up. Okay, that's - that's
it on scheduling.
358 O0 29 53 CDR I'd like to move on to my next

subject, which is for the M509
Dump Tape 35T-11
Page 4 of 9
people. I owe them a debriefing

for today's run number 2. ASMU
maneuver ability.
CDR In which mode was the baseline

maneuver easiest to fly and why?
Well, naturally, it's the CMG
mode because it's, as I see, the
most stable and the quickest -
attitide holf, you might say, -
or - well, the attitude hold.
It's the more solid of the two
attltude-hold modes.
B58 O0 30 31 CDR The - free - style stuff that

I flew was the - catching a
t11mbiling object. The object
we used was the portable water
tank. And in the RATE GYRO MODE,
Bill spun - shun it up the first
timefairlygently, and I
flew up to it and grabbed it.
The RATE GYR0 system took over
and stablized it in an
attitude. Then it was up to
me to stop our tramslatlonal
effects. I fo_d that the
traslational effects were mostly
cause by me and my translation
to get to the object. And
when I got to the object I
Just essentially r_ed into
it. And then both the object
and I translated in my direction,
since it was essentially in a
tumbling mode. Then we did
a second RATE GY!_ MODE of this
and th_ mode wa_ a lot faster.
The tumble, I should say, was a
lot faster. So, therefore, the
intercehtion forces were a lot
faster. Bill?
B58 O0 B2 25 PLT I belive so.
CDR The effect of grabbing it were a

lot faster. I seemed very natural
to me as sonas I grabbed it to
Dump Tape 357-11
Page 5 of 9
in close to the CGS so that it

wouldn't affect me so much.
It only took Just a couple of
seconds to get the picture there.
You'd fly up and grab the - the
tumbling object and hole it
off at arm's length. And the
attitude control systen had a
much tougher time stablizing the
attitude. Whereas if I flew up to
it and grabbed it and it kept
coming - letting it come right in
close to me things stabled [sic]
out a wholelot quicker- _:
_
stablizied out a whole lot quicker. _ _
358 00 33 08 CDR Should any maneuver be changed for

the next M509? No, I don't think _ _ •
so. I thinkthe maneuverswe
got laied out are very good
manuevers. I think they cover
the - the envelopethat we want _
to look at very well.
CDR Are translationacced eration _

levelstoo high, about right, _
or too low? I would say _:'
they'reaboutright. By no :_
means would I say they're too low, t
and I don't think I could - would
saythey're toohigh.
CDR Could you null tramslationalrates _•

satisfactory$ That's affirmative,
except in the HHI_J. Let me look
ahead here. Yes we have an HHMU
mode, so I'll quit bringing that
subject up.
358 00 33 52 CDR When attempting minimum the THC

commA uders did you sometimes fail
to activate the thrusters? No,
I didn't. I'm still more heavy -
handed right now th_n I am too
_-_ light-handed, and so I did not
fail to activate the thrusters.
I tried doing some slaping or taping
on the hand controS]er - found that
to be a very acceptable mode,
quite a bit more economical it seemed
like from a fewer-usage stand point.
Did the different acceleration
levels at different axes bother you?
Dump Tape 357-11
Page 6 of 9
No. No, they didn't bother

ne at all. In fact, I was
hardly conscious of them. I
think you get used to the idea
of being avle to rotate about
your X-axis a little faster
then your ether axes. And
I don't think it botheres you
too much. You're Just kind of
used to it. At least we are
up here; I am Just from the
floating around in zero
g. So the fact that we have
different acceleration levels
in the ASMU didn't really bother
me at all.
/ 358 00 3_ 55 CDR Are the rotational acceleration

levels high, low, or about
right? I'd say they were about
right again. I thlmk - the
only - the o_ly problem that I
noticed was with the CMG mode -
was the fact that I think the
stick forces are a little
bit high in 5rder to hold a
fairly high rotational level.
Other than that, I don't think
there 's any problem there. I
though the rotation levels were
real fine in accel - come in
direct. In rate c_and I
.!
think they're fine. And I guess
if I were to complain, I would
say they wer_ a bit slow, a bit
low in the rate gyro mode.
CDR Could you null rotational mode

satisfactory, in DIRECT MODE?
Yes, I think moving the seat up
to position Charlie helped a
little bit. I did this time see
a little bit of shoulder slap,
and the nextitlme I'm going to
tighten down a litter tighter on
those cross traps - the the
equipment restraint straps that
we have, L_ '__ae_ .Di_ y_u ....
Dump Tape 357-i1
Page 7 of 9
sometimes fall to_ activate thrusters in

the DIRECT MODE when you're going for RKC
command? Well, I mixed that up with the
tr_nslationa! one at the beginning. I was
in one - in question number 5 where it's -
no - in question ni_ber 6 when they asked
about translational command I itm_ed
rotational colgman_s in there with it, too.
I had no - no problem with either hand con-
troller yet, in the mode of not getting
something when I ask for it. I 'm more in-
clined to get more than I want.
358 00 37 02 CDR Stoop and acceleration levels. Okay again,

question 7's talking about translation and
I was talking in terms of rotations on 7.
So let's leave 7 the way it is. Now I'll
talk about translation. Different accelera-
tions levels and different axis bother you?
i- NO, again, I think that - Well, I don't re-
member them really bothering me in the
6-degree of freedom simulator where we had
a g field in there too, but they certain-
ly didn't bother up here be - and I think
for the same reason. Because I think it's
Juszt because you're use to it up here.
Yaw and roll take less than pitch and
they're no problem.
CDE Okay, did you inadvertently contact the OWS?

If so, how often? Yeah, I did about three
or four times in the HH_J MODE, which I'll
get to later. I believe on one occasion -
I can't even remember which mode it w_s.
It was in the DIRECT MODE in the baseline.
I barely brushed the locker with my toe.
No problem t_ere at all. I was Just pla_Ing
it a little too close. I found myself com-
ing in and I- I - It was not a surprise.
I knew I was gonna contact it and I did
so very gently.
CDR Did you sometimes need your legs and hauds

to stop or push off? I did so ca the
when I was fooling around with that. But
I'll get to that again later. I also did
. it in the touch-and-go maneuvers on the
very first one, _The touch-and-go m-neu-
ver that I d_d and then I did not do it
Dump Tape 357-11
Page 8 of 9
again a#ter_that: - I Just reached out

and touched and tehn let go.
358 O0 39 04 CDR Is proportional thrust level needed -

for the HHMU_needed? No, I don't think
so. I think_you have enough proportional
trust level &vailable Just in the handle
itself. Tooibadthe darn umbilical has
to be so stiff because it does bother -
bother m_ when I'm trying to do a roll
with the thruster over _y head or when
I'm trying to do Y _ranslations. But I
think there'S enough proportionality
shuttle value itself that you don't
really need a propor%ional thrust level.
Would be icer if _ou could design a kind
of shuttle value that doesn't require so
much squeeze. My hand and forearm got
very tried today.
CDR Was the H}G4Ukick bothersome? Indeed not;

it was very helpful in providing a piloting
cue which I Just - slipped sideways right
into question number 16, I didn't find ....
the HHMUkick bothersome at all. I found
it was very useful.
CDR I think the H}_4U thrust level is Just about

right. Every once in a while, I needed a
fairly big kick an_ I got it when I wanted
it; most of the time I Just barely squeezing
it.
CDR I have already indicate_ yes, I can modulate

the HHMU thrust level as desired.
CDR Did you normally co,_and full thrust? Nega-

tive, very , very seldom did I do so.
CDR Did you sometimes command on the wrong

direction? Unfortunately, yes on - oh, six
or eight times at least.
CDR Did you experience any disoritetation while

F fying the HH_? No I did not. Going from
station number 2 down to - correction sta-
tion number i, shich is the banjo, down
to number 2,1whichisthe FCWJ-2 or FMU-2,
Dump Tape 357-i1
Page 9 of 9
I ended up getting down there in a rather

unorthodox w_v. I pulled back slightly
from the banjo and then down started a
translation to m_ left and ended up with a
yaw to the left and a roll to the right.
So rather than fight it, I Just let it go
and essentially did a f_11] roll to the
right and ended up at the FMU-2 in the
right position with lot less work than
if I had tried to fight it and go down
in the norm,1 way, which is to translate
the left back, and down and then roll
left and - and yaw a little bit left,
too. So it was really - really rather
fortuitous the way it work out.
358 O0 41 57 CDR Let me describe my HIIMU baseline maneuver

/-- to you - First of all, maybe I better
talk about the translation. I Just kind
flung myself to the - up to the banjo be-
cause I realized we're running kind of short
of time. I - them - Just a second, I've got
to check the time. I've got an SO19 com-
ing up and I don't want to keep ta1_ing ....
and miss that.
CDR Yeah. Hang on Just a minute.
CDR Okay, this is the CDR. I'm going have to

terminate the debriefing for now. I'll get
back and describe the HHM - HHMU stuff to
you in a little bit.
358 00 43 20 CDR CDR out.
END OF TAPE

Skylab 4 Voice Dump Transcription 5 of 13

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Skylab 4 Voice Dump Transcription 5 of 13

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Dump Tape 351-01

Time: 351:00:22 to 351:00:32

351 O0 23 53 $PT SPT at 00:23. Handheld photos 153

351 00 24 48 SPT The one thing I certainly was looking

351 00 26 21 SPT I did get a photograph of the - one

351 00 27 19 SPT The Bernard cells, well, were on my

further to the left, they tended to

351 00 28 37 SPT The wave which had drifted over the

351 00 28 46 SPT SPT out.

351 00 29 01 SPT Oh, SPT back in again. I should add

351 00 29 28 SPT SPT out.

351 02 55 39 CC For the SPT or the PLT, I've got a

SPT ... Crip. Go, Crip.

351 02 56 Ol CC Okay, one of the things that's we've

CDR Okay, this is the CDR on S019. It's

CC ... 39 degrees and we were wondering

CDR On the reticle it is about two marks

CC Okay, Ed, that makes - eases the

351 02 57 lh CDR Okay, the corrected angles are 27.7

CC - - ... did not have to turn the power

CDR - - and 22.82, TILT.

CDR Now I'm going to the TILT and ROTATION for

CC ... very good. We're I minute from LOS.

CDR 164,1 and 20. _.

CC - - ..° And for ...... - Just as a

BS1 02 58 O_ CDR All right. Spica's way over to the

351 02 58 28 CDR All right. There's Spica. And

CDR All right, let's verify that again.

CDR Okay, it's where it belongs now. I'm

351 03 00 35 CDR MARK. Starting a 270 widened and I

CDR Okay, and I'm prepared to stop this

Dump Tape 351-02

CDR 40 percent has gone by and it's now

351 03 02 00 CDR MARK.

CDR Coming up on 03:00 now; 03:03. Stand by -

SPT ... Jer.

351 03 03 00 CDR MARK. At 03:03, we had 72 percent.

CDR Okay, Kohoutek is about one-half

CDR Okay, we have - we have at mark,

351 03 04 O0 Okay. And the film hatch is closed.

CDR Okay, we had about 97 or 98 percent of

351 03 04 42 CDR TILT coming out. And ROTATION coming

351 03 05 09 CDR Okay, TILT and ROTATION are out. I'm

351 03 05 26 CDR I'm gonna close the SAL door.

CDR Okay, this is the CDR recapping

351 03 06 15 CDR Okay. This is the CDR terminating

351 03 i0 28 SPT SPT at 03:10. Handheld photo CXl7,

351 03 ll 45 SPT SPT out.

351 04 47 40 CDR This is the CDR at 04:47 Zulu

4 and 5 were tonight's exercise.

351 Oh h9 52 CDR CDR out.

351 04 53 09 CDR This is the CDR at 04:53 Zulu.

351 Oh 53 h8 CDR CDR out.

351 Oh 54 13 PLT PLT at oh :54 Zulu, reporting the

351 05 OZ 53 CDR is the CDR at 05iO3

42.2, 45.7, 46.8, 48.5_.8,

50.0. N_k measd_s, 35.3;

92 •5_waist 71. O_^hips,

CDR subject is the CDR, missi

351 05 08 42 CDR The SPT, there were no measurements

CDR This is the CDRwith an addendum

351 05 09 18 CDR CDR out.

351 14 41 26 SPT This is the SPT at 14:30. PRD readings

SPT SPT at 15:06. M071. A blue dye